Author: Johannes Surya

  • What is Passion? Definition, Types, and Examples

    What is Passion? Definition, Types, and Examples

    Knowing Passion: Definition, Types, and Examples – Doing anything based on our self-generated interests and passions makes something more fun and exciting when we do it, whether it’s work or just a hobby. Doing a job that fits your passion makes us very happy in doing the job regardless of the severity of the task or the pressure of the work given, as long as we like the job, it makes us more comfortable doing the job.

    All of these things are fun because we live them in accordance with the passion that is within us, so anything feels fun and exciting. Someone who does things according to passion will do things with totality and wholeheartedly because this is indeed related to passion in themselves. However, not everyone can work or live their life according to their passion due to various factors and demands of life that we cannot live according to our own ideals.

    And, do you know what passion means? Or have you found the passion you want? If you don’t know what passion means and want to know how to find passion within yourself, then in this discussion we will try to summarize the discussion about the meaning of passion and how to find passion within each of you.

    Furthermore, we will review the discussion below!

    Definition of Passion

    Passion means passion, passion, great desire, joy, emotion, anger and anxiety

    Basically, the concept of passion is not ambition, desire, dream or wish. However, passion is something that begins with awareness.

    Passion because it’s someone’s desire to do something or activity that he likes or thinks is important. Those who already have passion are willing to do various things to achieve something. In fact, they are willing to use their time, energy, and mind to achieve something.

    This is something we consider to be a passion. So if you find something or activity that makes you ready to ignite things in your life, it means you have found a passion that you enjoy.

    According to Vallerand and Houlfar, passion is a strong tendency to perform pleasurable actions.

    Although according to Covey, the definition of passion is a burning desire, a strong belief and desire that can make a person disciplined to achieve his vision.

    Pertula also stated that passion is a psychological state characterized by positive and strong emotional feelings, inner desire and high commitment to an activity that is considered meaningful by someone.

    Gani and Priambodo stated that passion is a strong desire or passion that is aroused when a person believes that he will achieve pleasant results. Gani and Priambodo also interpret the opinion about passion that he who has no hope also loses passion. Passion or passion also refers to a state of mind, according to Gan and Priambodo.

    Augustine gives his opinion about the meaning of passion. According to Augustine, passion is a passionate and passionate spirit to achieve a goal, a great desire and willingness to suffer for that goal. According to Augustine, passion is driven by feelings of love, which then creates passion to achieve goals and desires. Apart from this joy, according to Augustine, there is also suffering in desire.

    Passion (from the Greek “suffer, endure” and from the late Latin (particularly Christian) passio “passion; suffering” (from the Latin pati “suffer”; participle: passus)) is a term denoting a feeling of strength and violence. or tendencies or nearly uncontrollability in relation to certain people or things. Passion can vary from a strong interest in, or admiration for, an idea, proposal, or goal; enjoy an interest or activity with enthusiasm; strong attraction, excitement or feelings for someone. It is used primarily in the context of romance or sexual desire, although it usually conveys a deeper or broader range of emotions than the term lust, often including the notions of ecstasy and/or agony.

    Denis Diderot (1713-178) described passion as “desire”. We call inclinations, desires, and aversions brought to a certain intensity, by vague feelings of pleasure or pain, caused or followed by the disordered movements of blood and animal spirits, lust. . They can be so strong as to prevent the exercise of all personal liberties, a state in which the soul is somehow passive; hence the name lust. These tendencies, or so-called inclinations of the soul, arise from our understanding that great good or great evil is contained in the object of passion itself.

    Passion Types

    For some people, passion can be something very unique, both in type and intensity. But in general there are 3 types of passion, namely:

    • Passion for knowledge

    The first type of passion is the desire to know. It is the kind of passion one has to have to have the desire to learn a new skill or knowledge. Knowledge is the first pillar one must master.

    Because if someone has adequate skills, he can optimally develop himself or help others optimally.

    One example of a person who has a passion for science is David Attenborough. He is a British national who works as a broadcaster and natural historian. David is known for his writing and programming for the BBC’s Natural History Unit. David loved collecting fossils, rocks and other natural objects from an early age. As an adult, he continued to study geology and zoology.

    He started his career as an editor of children’s science books and joined the BBC on television. He currently hosts a science program related to animals and vegetables. From this we can conclude that David has and lives his passion for wild animals and nature.

    • Passion for Business

    Another type of passion is the passion for business. This kind of spirit is highly recommended so that everyone is motivated to be independent and not burden others financially. Moreover, they can even help others by making meaningful donations either directly or indirectly.

    • Passion to serve/people

    This kind of passion is necessary because humans are basically social beings. So naturally, the urge to connect with each other arose. Whether we realize it or not, people in various interactions want to provide services to others. They seem motivated to be more considerate of others.

    Examples of Passion We Can Have

    People who do things with passion tend to keep trying even when they fail. An example of passion is that we continue to be excited and passionate about what we want.

    Other examples of Passion can be seen, for example, there was a professional dancer who was very sad, even desperate, because she couldn’t appear on the big stage with other dancers, because of illness, for example.

    • Such a strong feeling

    Passion is a feeling of extraordinary enthusiasm that comes from doing a job or task. An example is the excitement of participating in a soccer competition for the 17th time. Another example is the feeling of immense pleasure when you do something you love.

    • Strong emotions

    Passion is a state of high concentration and seriousness. People who work for their passion, like a computer that uses maximum memory.

    As a simple example, many children who were fond of computers or IT in their childhood were curious to invent or create new things. Why? because he has their wants and desires. It might motivate him to create something useful in the future.

    • Terrible Enthusiasm and Desire

    Passion are things that can add great enthusiasm and high hopes. If work excites you, wastes time and interrupts your day, you can say it’s your passion.

    You never stop talking, thinking and discussing. In fact, you feel like no day is complete without interacting with him. You do your job cheerfully, sincerely and willingly do it, even if you don’t get paid.

    Tips for Finding Passion

    Everyone has their own way of finding their passion and it takes time to find it. So, how to find passion is as follows:

    • Know your strengths and weaknesses

    Of course, everyone has their own strengths and weaknesses. This is the first process you need to learn about your passion.

    Try doing a SWOT analysis or, if necessary, ask your partner for help in assessing your personality. Try to remember what you have done so far. Based on the frequency of your routine, what stands out the most?

    In addition, you should also think about what things are causing you the most trouble.

    • Hobby

    The next way to find your passion is to know your hobbies. It helps you see what is hidden inside you. Childhood is the beginning of knowing your life.

    Many things you have loved since childhood may be passions that you don’t fully understand.

    Besides, as a child, you can also ask your closest relatives. Then try again to check if something you enjoy is still related to your current hobby.

    • Knowing the greatest hope

    Everyone must have hopes for the future or ideals. When we were young, we probably knew our ideals based on what we found attractive. But it was definitely different from today.

    Only you decide your future, if you know the opportunities and possibilities that open today.

    This means that you already know the passion that indirectly makes you think about this hope, but you don’t understand it.

    • Know your favorite activity

    Based on your daily schedule, are there other activities that make you feel good besides your hobbies? This is how you know your character.

    What you loved as a child is also very closely related. Think about it and answer this question, are the things you are enjoying right now a part of something very important in your life?

    If yes, then this activity is your passion. This allows you to refine it to get what you wanted before. This way you can achieve your expectations in a unique way, namely through what you love.

    • Ask the closest people

    The way to find another passion is to ask the people closest to you, for example, your spouse, parents, friends, friends.

    You can ask the following questions: “What kind of person do you think I am and what are my abilities?”

    • Don’t Limit Yourself

    One thing you have to do if you want to find your passion is to be creative rather than limiting yourself. You can “adventure in every activity of your life. Remember, to find passion, stay away from fear as long as it has a positive effect on your life.

    Benefits of Finding Passion for Yourself

    Here are 5 benefits of passion that you will get if you do it with passion:

    • Build a strong character

    Passion makes a person a strong character. How could that be? So when someone does something with passion, he still tries to reach his goal.

    No matter how many people underestimate it. It encourages persistence. This character makes a person a strong person.

    • Teaches about time estimates

    A person who knows his passion automatically knows what his goal is. For that, he knows which activities should be prioritized. Don’t waste time on useless things.

    • Increase people’s joy in life and work

    There is a big difference between people who recognize their passions and those who don’t. A person who recognizes his desires clearly knows what he wants.

    Another case with people who have no passion. He tends to do things for other people or on other people’s orders. Hence, he does not live a contented life because he acts according to the wishes or orders of others.

    At the same time, passionate people are satisfied with what they do. He enjoys every process, and even though obstacles often arise, he tries to find a way out. It is believed that passionate people enjoy life and work more.

    • Improve concentration

    On the other hand, passion drives a person to do something wholeheartedly. It’s also what separates people who have passion from those who don’t. Someone who doesn’t have passion tends to do something half-heartedly because they don’t do it voluntarily.

    Passionate person knows very well what he is doing. What are the goals and objectives. This makes it easier to concentrate. It’s easier to focus on what you want.

    • Reduce stress

    Other benefits based on research published in The Annals of Behavioral Medicine. Passion can remember stress. In addition, passion also increases passion and happiness. This is because passion affects the purpose of life. He feels his life is full of meaning.

    According to Ika Indriasari and Noni Setyorini, passion is related to work. The benefits described above are generally the benefits of passion. So, Ika Indriasari and Noni Setyorini’s research specifically looks at the impact of passion in work.

    Two of the three planned hypotheses are correct, namely passion has a positive effect on work performance. Second, the meaning of work affects morale. The higher the importance, the stronger the relationship between morality and performance.

    So the benefits of passion in the world of work are not just a figment of the imagination. Passion affects performance and morale. Therefore, a workplace that supports and supports the morale of employees is very necessary to keep them motivated and excited.

    This fact shows the importance of passion in a career. Before you enter the world of work, you must identify your passion from now on. This will make it easier for you later when you graduate and finally go to work, because working with passion is much more fun than working without passion.

    Conclusion

    So a brief discussion of the definition of passion. The discussion this time does not only discuss the definition of passion but also discusses the types, examples, and benefits of passion itself. Understanding the meaning of passion makes us learn to understand ourselves and look deeper into our passions and the direction of life goals that are in accordance with our own desires.

  • What is Oxidation and the Redox Concept in It

    What is Oxidation and the Redox Concept in It

    Oxidation is one of the chemical reactions that you need to understand and know about in chemistry. Where, this oxidation certainly can not be separated by reduction. Both form a reduction-oxidation reaction or commonly called redox. The redox reaction itself is a reaction of releasing and binding of oxygen.

    Redox is the term used to describe changes in the oxidation number or oxidation state of atoms in a chemical reaction. This can include simple redox processes, for example the oxidation of carbon to produce carbon dioxide or the reduction of carbon by hydrogen to produce methane (CH4).

    Redox reactions themselves can also include complex processes, for example the oxidation of sugar in the human body through a series of complicated electron transfers. Where, oxidation and reduction precisely refer to changes in oxidation number because the actual transfer of electrons will not always occur. So oxidation is better defined as an increase in oxidation number and reduction as a decrease in oxidation number.

    So, so that you understand and understand more clearly about oxidation and redox you need to pay attention to the full explanation. The following is an explanation regarding oxidation and redox, starting from the definition of oxidation to examples of redox.

    Definition of Oxidation

    Oxidation is a term that you need to understand, especially in studying chemistry based on the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), which states that oxidation is the combination of a substance with oxygen. Where oxidation itself is the release of electrons by a molecule, atom, or ion, this is different from reduction, which is the addition of electrons by a molecule, atom, or ion.

    In chemistry, the oxidation state is an indicator of the degree of oxidation of an atom in a chemical compound. The oxidation state includes an integer consisting of a positive, negative or zero value. Where for pure compound elements themselves the oxidation state is zero.

    These oxidations and reductions of course refer to changes in oxidation number because the actual transfer of electrons will not always occur. So oxidation is better defined as an increase in oxidation number and reduction as a decrease in oxidation number. Such reactions involve the transfer of electrons.

    So if it is based on the transfer or transfer of electrons, the reduction reaction is a point electron capture reaction. Meanwhile, the oxidation reaction is a reaction of releasing electrons. In practice, the transfer of electrons will always change oxidation number, but there are many reactions that need to be classified as redox even though there is no transfer of electrons in the reaction, such as something involving covalent bonds. Non-redox reactions that do not involve a change in formal charge are known as metathesis reactions.

    Get to know the concept of Redox

    So, in order to know more clearly about redox, in the following a discussion on the concept of redox has been presented. Where, chemical reactions involving redox or oxidation-reduction reactions are often used in titrimetric analysis rather than acid-base reactions, complex formation or precipitation. The ions of various elements exist in different oxidation states, which is why there are so many possible redox or oxidation-reduction reactions.

    The development of the redox reaction concept resulted in 3 (three) concepts, namely classical theory, modern theory, and the concept of numbers. Then, what are the differences between the two? Let’s pay attention to the full discussion below.

    Classical Theory

    The classical theory says that oxidation is a process of capturing oxygen and losing hydrogen. However, on the other hand reduction is a process of losing oxygen and capturing hydrogen.

    Modern Theory

    The concept of redox has developed through various experiments, giving rise to the modern theory. Where, this modern theory says that oxidation is a process that results in the loss of one or more electrons from a substance. Substances that undergo oxidation will turn out to be more positive.

    Meanwhile, reduction itself is a process that results in the acquisition of one or more electrons by a substance. Where, substances that undergo this reduction process will become more negative. From these two theories and reduction which is not only seen from the capture of oxygen and hydrogen but as a process of transferring electrons from one substance to another.

    The concept of Oxidation Numbers

    The concept of a redox reaction involving the transfer of electrons can only occur in ionic compounds. Meanwhile, in covalent compounds it is not. For this reason, a third redox concept emerged, which is based on changes in oxidation numbers or also called oxidation states.

    Oxidation number is the positive and negative charges on an atom. The positive oxidation number element itself is generally an atom of a metal element, for example Na, Fe, Mg, Ca, and other metal elements. Meanwhile, elements with negative oxidation numbers are generally atoms of non-metallic elements, for example O, Cl, F, and other non-metallic elements.

    According to the concept of change in oxidation number, states that a reduction reaction is a reaction in which the oxidation number decreases. Meanwhile, the oxidation reaction itself is a reaction that experiences an increase in oxidation number.

    Where, there are 8 (eight) rules in determining the oxidation number of an atom that you must know, including the following:

    1. The concept of the oxidation number of free elements in the form of atoms and molecules, namely O

    Atomic free samples.
    C, Ca, Cu, Na, Fe, Al, Ne = 0
    Free examples are molecules.
    For example H2, O2, CI2, P4, S8, = 0.

    2. The concept of the oxidation number of monoatomic and polyatomic ions according to the type of ionic charge

    For example:
    The oxidation numbers of monoatomic ions Na+, Mg2+, and AI3+ are +1, +2, and +3, respectively.
    The oxidation numbers of polyatomic ions NH4+, SO42-, and PO43- are +1, -2, and -3, respectively.

    3. The concept of the oxidation number of elements in metal groups IA, IIA, and IIIA according to group

    An example of the oxidation number of Na in a NaCl compound is +1
    Such as: IA = H, Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr = +1.
    An example of the oxidation number of Mg in the compound MgSO2 is +2.
    Such as: IIA = Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra = +2.
    An example of the oxidation number of Al in the AI203 compound is +3.
    Like IIIA = B, Al, Ga, In, Tl = +3.

    4. The concept of oxidation numbers for more than one transition group or group B elements

    Example:
    Oxidation numbers of Cu = +1 and +2.
    Au oxidation number = +1 and +3.
    Sn oxidation numbers = +3 and +4.

    5. The concept of the total oxidation number of the elements that form ions = the total charge

    For example: NH4+ = +1

    6. The concept of the sum of the oxidation numbers of the elements that form compounds = 0

    For example: H2O = 0

    7. The concept of Hydrogen Oxidation Number (H) When Associated with Metals = -1 But when H is related to non-metals = +1

    For example: The oxidation number of H in AIH3 = -1

    8. Concept of Oxygen Number (O) in Peroxide Compounds = -1 and Oxidation Number of O in Non Peroxide Compounds = -2

    For example: The oxidation number of O in the compound BaO2 = -1.

    How to Determine Reduction and Oxidation (Redox) Reactions Based on the Concept of Increasing and Decreasing Oxidation Numbers

    In reduction and oxidation (redox) reactions, there are several elements that act as reducing agents and oxidizing agents. Where, the substance that is being oxidized is called a reducing agent, while the substance that is being reduced is called an oxidizing agent.

    Try to look at the following example:
    Reaction Mg(s) + 2HCl —–> MgCl2(aq) + H2(g)
    Because Mg is a free element, so the oxidation number of Mg = 0. Then, the oxidation number of H in the 2HCl compound is +1 because H elements are related to other elements and H is a group of IA. Furthermore, because H = +1, it means that Cl = -1 so that the total oxidation number of 2HCl = 0.

    On the right-hand side, the oxidation number of Mg in the compound MgCl is +2 because Mg is bonded and is a group IIA element. This is because Cl has an index of 2, so the oxidation number of Cl = -1 so that the total oxidation number of MgCl2 = 0. In addition, because H2 is a free element, the oxidation number has a value of 0. Where, the element Mg experiences an increase in oxidation number from 0 to +2 So it will undergo an oxidation reaction.

    So that the element Mg can be said to be a reducing agent. Meanwhile, element H will experience a decrease in its oxidation number from +1 to 0, so it will undergo a reduction reaction. Therefore, HCl is called an oxidizing agent.

    Definition of Oxidizing and Reducing

    An oxidizing agent is a compound that has the ability to oxidize other compounds or is commonly known as a compound that accepts electrons. Where, the oxidizer itself is a compound that has elements with high oxidation numbers, for example H2O2, MnO4-, CrO3, Cr2O72-, OsO4, and other very electronegative compounds.

    Meanwhile, a reducing agent is a compound that has the ability to reduce other compounds or is commonly known as an electron donating compound. Compounds in the form of reducing agents are found in metal elements. For example Lu, Na, Mg, Fe, Zn, and Al. Another type of reducing agent is a hybrid transfer reagent, such as NaBH4 and LiALH4.

    Examples of Redox Reactions

    One example of a redox reaction is between hydrogen and fluorine:
    H2 + F2 a 2 HF

    You can write all these reactions as 2 (two) half reactions:
    Oxidation reaction: H2 a 2H+ + 2e-
    Reduction reaction: F2 + 2e- a 2F-

    Analyzing each half reaction will make the whole chemical process appear more clearly. That is because there is no change in total charge during a redox reaction, the total excess electrons in an oxidation reaction must equal the number consumed in a reduction reaction.

    Elements even in this molecular form often have an oxidation number of zero. In the above reaction hydrogen is oxidized from 0 to +1, while fluorine is reduced from 0 to -1. When oxidation and reduction reactions are combined the electrons involved reduce each other:

    H2 a 2H+ + 2e-
    F2 + 2e- à 2F-
    ______________________
    H2 + F2 a 2H+ + 2F-
    And the ions will combine to form hydrogen fluoride:
    H2 + F2 a 2H+ + 2F- a 2 HF
    This is the discussion about oxidation. Hopefully the information about oxidation above can be helpful and useful for readers.

  • What is Ospek: Definition, Benefits, and Series of Activities

    What is Ospek: Definition, Benefits, and Series of Activities

    What is ospek – For students who have just graduated from high school or vocational school and are prospective new students, of course they are already familiar with the term ospek. It can be said that this ospect activity is one of the things that is quite anticipated or even a scourge among prospective new students.

    These ospect activities usually consist of various kinds of activities that can make prospective new students or new students understand how life is on campus.

    But unfortunately, there are still some prospective students who don’t understand what the ospek is like on campus. Therefore, it would be better if you first understood the information about prospective exams so that you can prepare yourself well when you enter college.

    In this article, we will discuss what prospecting is, its benefits, and also the sequences that are usually carried out during exams.

    What is an Ospect?

    The question that often arises from prospective new students is what is ospek? So, ospect itself is Study Orientation and Campus Introduction, which is an activity that aims to introduce new students to college life.

    The campus world has many differences from the education we take at school, starting from learning methods, clothes, class schedules, to the culture. That is what new students will be introduced to when attending ospek.

    The hope is that, after attending ospects, new students can understand the lecture system and can adapt to campus life which is very fast and dynamic. There are lots of benefits that can be obtained by participating in ospek activities.

    Starting from being able to know the lecture system, getting to know the culture around campus, making new friends, and also getting to know seniors. This series of ospect activities must be carried out by new students or better known as freshmen with a schedule that has been prepared by the committee. This ospect activity is also very synonymous with various kinds of special events that will become memories for students.

    Ospect History

    Did you know that Ospek is a colonial heritage? In Indonesia, the Ospek system existed from 1898 to 1927 at an educational institution called STOVIA. At that time, hazing had already been carried out, where the status of senior as well as junior was highly respected.

    These juniors will be used as subordinates by the seniors to do various things. This system continued until 1927 to 1942 at the GHS Educational Institution, Ospek was implemented more formally and student participation was voluntary.

    Along with the development of the times, Ospek continues to be enforced and is required by the institution. Several modifications to the implementation of this Ospek continue to be implemented, starting from the use of strange costumes and carrying items that are difficult to find, which is one of the modifications of the implementation of the Ospek itself.

    Hazing is part of the Opek tradition. This tradition has even been carried out from generation to generation. Many people criticize this hazing system. Because, there are so many cases of hazing that have fatal consequences. Ranging from violence to cause death.

    Many people ultimately criticized this activity. The government itself finally made an appeal to the tertiary institutions to change the Ospek system. The use of strange attributes has begun to be abolished, hazing and seniority have also begun to be eliminated. Ospek has begun to be changed towards its main purpose and main function.

    A series of activities that are usually carried out during Ospek

    During the orientation period, usually the activities that will be carried out are in line with the aim of implementing the Ospek itself, namely to introduce the campus world. The following are some of the series of activities that are usually carried out during Ospek, including:

    1. Teaching and Learning Orientation

    One of the activities during Ospek is teaching and learning orientation. In this activity, new students will take part in a series of teaching and learning processes as if they were attending a lecture.

    This one activity is a provision to prepare new students to take part in actual lectures. There will be lecturers who teach material like in lecture classes. Generally, the material that will be taught is in the form of information about the academic system and also personality development.

    New students will generally also be asked to make assignments and present them so they are familiar with the assignments in lectures. When teaching and learning orientation, never hesitate to ask about the lecture system so you don’t get confused when facing the actual lecture.

    2. Campus Life Orientation

    In addition to teaching and learning orientation, new students will also be introduced to campus life. These orientation activities are generally organized by seniors on campus with the aim of informing new students about activities outside of academic or lecture activities.

    These new students will be given assignments to do and also be collected during the Ospek. The assignments are in the form of personal or group assignments such as making videos or interviewing seniors.

    When the orientation takes place, new students will also be asked to bring a number of attributes. Activities during this orientation were also quite diverse, ranging from talk shows, seminars, games, to singing yells.

    3. UKM Exhibition or Student Activity Unit

    During the Ospek period, new students will also be introduced to UKM on campus, such as organizations to extracurriculars. There are various kinds of organizations that exist at the university, faculty, and study program levels.

    In addition, there are also extracurricular activities in various fields such as sports and arts. Each organization and also this extracurricular will present the activities they usually do in front of new students.

    At this time, you should look for organizations or activities that match your interests and talents. Look for activities that can support lectures and also develop your abilities outside of academia.

    Several extracurricular activities have opened registration for new students during the exhibition. That way, you can register immediately if you have made a choice which activity you will take part in.

    4. Faculty and Department Outlook

    After carrying out Ospek at the university level, new students will also take part in Ospek activities at the faculty and department levels. Generally, the time for Ospek at the department and faculty level will be longer than the orientation at the university level.

    If the university level only lasts for a few weeks, then at the faculty and department level it can take up to 2 months or even one semester, depending on the applicable policies.

    The purpose of this Ospek which is held at the faculty and department level is so that every new student can get to know each other with friends from the same class. In this Ospek activity, students will be divided into groups to work on several assignments given by seniors.

    Aspect’s attributes, from the name tag to the dress code, will also be determined. New students are expected to be compact with their peers.

    In this orientation session, you often find seniors who are fierce. However, you don’t need to be afraid, because after this orientation activity is over, it is possible that you and your seniors can become friends. This Ospek activity is indeed the right time to get to know new friends and also seniors on campus.

    Benefits of Ospek for Students

    The Ospek activity itself actually has many benefits, especially for new students who are entering the world of lectures for the first time. The following are some of the benefits that you can get from participating in Ospek activities, including:

    1. Make New Friends

    The ospect activities which are quite intense require new students to always communicate with other people from different backgrounds. Making good friends and also being selective will make new students have relationships in the world of lectures. Be it at the study program or study program level and also at the campus level. They will help each other in terms of information on lectures, ukm, organizations, and also scholarships.

    2. Get to know the Campus Environment and Conditions

    A fairly large campus environment with various facilities and uses can help us support lectures. Through this Ospek activity, the environment and campus conditions will be introduced to new students.

    3. Understand the Lecture System

    The lecture system is very different from the existing education system in secondary schools. Therefore, in this Ospek activity, new students will be given direction and also an understanding of the academic system and administration in lectures.

    Of course, new students don’t know what a chancellor, dean, head of study program, technician, GPA, short semester, compre, and so on are. In this Ospek, especially the Ospek majors, new students will be introduced to it all.

    4. Mental training

    As a new student, you will be faced with many new things. From that, you will be mentally trained to dare to communicate, move, be responsible, adapt, and others according to the existing situation and conditions.

    5. Practicing Cooperation and Communication

    A lot of ospect activities are filled with assignments, either individually or in groups. Group assignments will be done in groups. From this assignment, student cooperation is trained.

    6. Practicing Discipline and Confidence

    Discipline of new students will be trained by applying the entry schedule, collection of assignments, and also various rules that are applied during the Ospek which have been determined by the committee. In addition to discipline, new students must also practice being confident with the assignments given and having the courage to voice their opinions in public places.

    7. Add Experience

    There are lots of experiences and also various impressive things that you can get from Ospek activities. For example, getting to know people with different regional languages, meeting campus idols, meeting great speakers, and of course it can be a reference for becoming a dream in the future.

    Things New Students Usually Do During Ospek

    The following are several things that are synonymous with the implementation of Ospek. Maybe there is an Ospek tradition that is still positive and still worth maintaining today.

    1. Using clothes with unusual knick-knacks

    Prior to the day of the Ospek, new students will be gathered by the seniors to be given various directions, one of which is regarding the rules of clothing that they must wear while undergoing the Ospek.

    Not only are the colors and models of the uniforms regulated, but also the knick-knacks that adorn their clothes will usually be determined by the seniors. Starting from hats, necklaces, bracelets, nameplates, and so on.

    While in the campus environment, these various attributes cannot be removed by new students until the Ospek period is over. The time period itself is quite varied, some are three to seven days, some can hold Opek up to one month.

    2. Uniform Hairstyle

    Not enough with various unusual knick-knacks, seniors also usually assign new students to uniform their haircuts. Usually, men are told to make their hair uniform and women are told to tie their hair in small pieces. Meanwhile for female students who wear headscarves, the Ospek committee will ask them to decorate their hijabs with various kinds of colorful ribbons.

    3. Eating Together Full of Rules

    This inspection will usually take place from the morning until the afternoon. When lunch time arrives, it is not uncommon for seniors to order new students to have lunch together with the excuse of strengthening intimacy. However, this lunch moment was not free from various rules made by the seniors. For example, eating time is limited, sitting cross-legged and upright when putting food into the mouth, no sound is allowed, and no food is allowed to be left.

    4. Play Various Kinds of Games

    Even though the rules regarding uniforms until mealtime are synonymous with the impression of hazing, it turns out that Opek’s activities are not all annoying. On the sidelines of Ospek activities, the committee will usually invite new students to play various creative and exciting games. There are games that aim to train concentration and also teamwork, there are also games that are played to simply get rid of sleepiness.

    5. Get acquainted with Lecturers and Various SMEs

    It is not uncommon for people to think that Ospek activities are a waste of time, energy and materials. This impression is not entirely correct. During Ospek activities, new students will also be given the opportunity to get acquainted with several lecturers who will teach them in lectures.

    By knowing the character of the lecturers and a glimpse of the lectures, of course this is very useful to minimize the anxiety that new students feel before the first day of class.

    Apart from getting to know the lecturers, new students will also be introduced to various UKM or Student Activity Units at university, faculty, department, or study program levels. These various UKM are very useful in helping students to develop their interests and talents.

    6. Familiarity Night

    The last day of Ospek is usually the time most students look forward to. In addition to feeling relieved, the closing of this Ospek is usually accompanied by various fun celebrations or ceremonies, such as an evening of intimacy.

    In this event, usually there is no uniform or hairstyle that is required. All new students can be free to express themselves. The impression of seniority that was attached during Ospek also began to fade and disappear in the evening of intimacy.

    This is an explanation of what Ospek is, a series of activities, benefits, and also some things that are synonymous with Ospek activities. For Sinaumed’s who want to know more deeply about life on campus, you can read related books by visiting sinaumedia.com .

    To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

    Author: Umm

    reference:

    • https://danacita.co.id/blog/ospek-Jadi-info-terlengkap-untuk-mahasiswa-baru/
    • https://deepublishstore.com/ospek-kuliah/
  • What is Organization Theory?

    What is Organization Theory?

    Organizational Theory – In studying and getting to know knowledge about organizations or even those of you who are currently affiliated and active in various forms of organizations. You can read this article to understand more about the organization itself.

    In full, this article will discuss what an organization is, the meaning of organizational theory, various forms of organizational theory, and much more that can help Sinaumed’s in enriching information about organizations. Check out the following information.

    Definition of Organization

    Organization is a social unit that is formed from the existence of a group of individuals who interact with each other which forms a pattern that is structured in a certain way so that each member in it has the duties and functions of each, becomes a unit that has a specific purpose and have clear boundaries so that the organization can be strictly separated from its environment.

    According to Burky and Perry, the notion of an organization is a unit consisting of several individuals who act together to achieve common goals.

    Based on the book Organizational Theory, an organization is formed because of encouragement from within a group of people to achieve certain goals. This book also discusses how to work together in an organization and how the organization can run well.

    Definition of Organizational Theory

    Organizational theory itself is a theory used to study the process of cooperation between individuals. The nature of the group that exists within the individual in achieving goals and the various ways that are taken by using theories that can explain the form of behavior, such as the motivation of an individual in carrying out the process of collaboration in an organization.

    The definition of organizational theory according to Lubis and Husaini in 1987 itself is a collection of knowledge that talks about the mechanism of cooperation between two or more people which is carried out systematically in achieving common goals that have been determined beforehand.

    Meanwhile, Stephen P. Robbins (1994) put forward the notion of organizational theory as a scientific discipline that studies organizational structure and design. Organizational theory refers to various descriptive aspects and perspectives of the discipline. Organizational theory is also often used in explaining how organizations are actually made or structured and offers about how an existing organization can be constructed in order to increase organizational effectiveness.

    Based on the above understanding, it can be concluded that organizational theory has a function to explain the activities and dynamics of cooperation in an organization as well as to provide guidance and guidance in the decision-making process based on predictions made as a result of the decision making.

    To better understand what organizational theory is, a book entitled Organizational + Organizing Theory can be used by Sinaumed’s as a reference because it was compiled by experts on organizational theory topics which will definitely be useful for you!

    Organizational Theory Based on Analysis Level

    The types of organizational theory themselves vary based on literature and library sources. Based on Scott in Legard (2010), organizational theory is divided into three levels of analysis, which consist of a socio-psychological level, a structural level, and a macro level which will be explained as follows.

    1. Socio-psychological level

    The first organizational theory, namely the socio-psychological level, is an organizational theory that focuses more on individual and interpersonal relationships within an organization.

    In this group of theories, organizational experts make efforts to explain how people in an organization relate to each other in achieving their respective goals.

    2. Structural Level

    The second organizational theory, namely the structural level, is an organizational theory that focuses more on an organization in general and subdivisions of an organization such as departments, teams, and so on.

    In this group of theories, organizational experts also explain how the units within the organization such as departments, sections, sections, and the like are related to each other in achieving the goals of each of these units.

    3. Macro Level

    The third organizational theory, namely the macro level, is an organizational theory that focuses more on the role of an organization in establishing relationships with other organizational groups and communities.

    At this level, organizational experts make efforts to explain the relationships between organizations in achieving their respective goals.

    With so many different organizational theories, it becomes very difficult to study them without references. One of the reference books entitled Organization Theory, 4th Edition which is below discusses Scientific Management, Motivation Theory, Structural Contingency Theory, and many more.

    Organization Theory

    In its development, organizational theory itself has undergone various changes that have occurred from time to time which can be seen through the various variables that are the focus of its attention, which are classified into three, namely scientific management theory, human relations theory, and quantitative flow theory.

    Consider about organizational theory which is classified into three, as follows.

    1. Scientific or Classical Theory of Management

    In this scientific or classical management theory there are variables that are considered, namely:

    • The importance of the role of the manager
    • Utilization and appointment of labor
    • Responsibility and employee welfare
    • Favorable climate

    There are also various principles in the division of labor in scientific management or scientific management that relate to the experts, which consist of:

    1. Robert Owen in 1771 to 1858, in principle emphasized the role of human resources or HR which was the key to success for a company.

    There are also assumptions regarding Robert Owen’s theory which is motivated by inadequate or inadequate working conditions and requirements, where the previous working conditions and the life of the workers at that time were very bad.

    2. Charles Babbage in 1792 to 1871, in principle advocated for holding a division of labor that had something to do with the division of work, so that each existing worker could be taught or educated to have a special skill.

    Every existing worker is only required to carry out special responsibilities according to the expertise or specialization they have.

    3. Frederick W. Taylor, in principle, states the starting point for the application of management which is carried out scientifically as a result of research on time and motion studies.

    With the emphasis on time, the completion of existing work can be correlated with the wages or payments received. The existing method is referred to as the differential wage system.

    4. Henry L. Gantt in 1861 to 1919, in principle he issued ideas that had similarities with Taylor’s ideas, namely: Mutually beneficial cooperation that occurs between managers and employees, recognizes proper selection methods and bonus systems as well as instructions.

    Henry L. Gantt also rejected the differential wage system, where he considered it had little impact on existing work motivation.

    5. Frank B. Gilberth and Lillian M. Gilberth in 1868 to 1924 and 1878 to 1972, which in principle based on the idea of ​​research results regarding the relationship between movement and fatigue at work.

    According to Frank, movement and fatigue are related to one another. Where every movement that is eliminated also causes fatigue. Meanwhile, according to Lilian, in the setting to achieve effective movements can reduce fatigue levels.

    6. Herrington Emerson in 1853 to 1931, who in principle said that the disease that interferes with existing management systems in industry is waste and efficiency.

    Therefore, he also recommends that an organization has clear objectives, logical activities, sufficient staff, has work discipline, fair remuneration, credible or reliable reports, sequences of instructions, standardization of activities, standard conditions, standard operations. , standard instructions as well as incentive rewards.

    2. Human Relations Theory

    In the theory of human relations, the approach taken is in the form of a psychological approach to subordinates, whereby knowing the behavior of a subordinate as a group of human relations aims to support the level of productivity of that person at work.

    This is what makes a recommendation for managers in an organization, where the organization is a social system that must pay attention to the social and psychological needs of the employees in it so that productivity can be higher.

    The following are the originators or theorists of human relations. Check out the following information.

    • Abraham Maslow as the first human relations theorist said about developing a hierarchy of needs for his explanation of human behavior and the dynamics of motivational processes.
    • Douglas McGregor as the second human relations theorist describes it with theory X and theory Y.
    • Frederick Herzberg as the third human relations theorist elaborates on the hygienic theory of motivation or what is known as the two-factor theory.
    • Robert Black and Jane Mouton as the fourth human relations theorists discuss the five leadership styles in a managerial condition.
    • Rensis Likert as the fifth human relations theorist identified and conducted intensive research on the four existing management systems.
    • Fred Fiedler as the sixth human relations theorist suggests a contingency approach in the study of leadership.
    • Chris Argyris as the seventh human relations theorist views an organization as a social system as well as a system that exists between cultural relations.
    • Edgar H. Schein as the eighth human relations theorist who examines group dynamics that occur within organizations.

    3. Quantitative Flow Theory

    In the theory of quantitative flow, management decisions are more focused on calculations that can be accounted for by their scientific level. This approach is also known as the management science approach which generally has the following steps.

    • Formulate the problem
    • Constructing an arithmetic model
    • Get the solution from the existing model
    • Reviewing models and model results
    • Establish results-based oversight
    • Conduct implementation

    There are also tools that are generally used in this method, namely statistical and computerized methods to see possibilities and opportunities as information needed by management.

    4. Bureaucratic Theory

    The theory of bureaucracy was first put forward by Max Weber in his book entitled The Protestant Ethic and Spirit of Capitalism.

    The word bureaucracy itself originally came from the word legal-rational. Where an existing organization is legal, because it has authority that comes from a set of procedural rules and roles that have been formulated clearly and in detail. Organizations are also called rational in setting goals and organizational design in achieving these goals.

    According to Max Weber, bureaucracy also has the following six characteristics.

    • The bureaucracy has a clear division of labor
    • The bureaucracy has a well-defined hierarchy of authority
    • Bureaucracy has a rational program to achieve organizational goals
    • The bureaucracy has a system of procedures for handling work situations
    • The bureaucracy has a system of rules that includes various rights and position obligations for office holders within it
    • Bureaucracy has interpersonal relationships that have an impersonal nature

    5. Administration Theory

    This administrative theory was largely developed on the basis of contributions from Henri Fayol and Lyndall Urwick who came from Europe and also Mooney and Reiley who came from America.

    As an industrialist from France, Henri Fayol lived from 1841 to 1925 and proposed and discussed fourteen principles of management which until now have become the basis for the development of administrative theory. The fourteen management principles consist of:

    • The division of labor or what can be called the division of work
    • Authority and responsibility or what can be called authority and responsibility
    • Discipline or what can be called discipline
    • Unity of command or what can be called the unity of command
    • Unity of direction or what can be called the unity of direction
    • Prioritizing public interests over personal interests or what can be called the subordination of individual interests to general interests
    • Remuneration or what can be called the remuneration of personnel
    • Centralization or what can be called centralization
    • Scalar chain or what can be called a scalar chain
    • Rules or what can be called an order
    • Justice or what can be called equity
    • Perpetuation of personnel or what can be called the stability of tenure of personnel
    • Initiative or what can be called the initiative
    • The spirit of the corps or what can be called the esprit de corps

    Henri Fayol also details the various functions of administrative activities which are used as various elements of management and is also known as Fayol’s Functionalism or Fayol’s theory of functionalism which consists of: planning, organizing, giving orders, coordinating, and supervising.

    Organization Theory According to Stephen P. Robbins

    An organization expert named Stephen P. Robbins (1995) suggests the division of organizational theory which is divided into four categories consisting of the following.

    1. Type 1 theorist

    • The group of type 1 theorists is known as the classical school
    • The efforts made by this group of theorists are to develop a universal organizational model
    • Seeing an organization as a closed system in achieving goals efficiently
    • Experts such as Frederick W. Taylor who made scientific management, Henry Fayol who made organizational principles, Max Weber who made bureaucratic theory, and Ralph Davis who made rational planning theory

    2. Type 2 theorists

    • In the efforts made by this group of theorists, they made adjustments that were socially organizational in nature, as well as forming a flow of human relations that could be called a human relations school.
    • Theorists also view the organization as consisting of various tasks as well as people
    • Experts such as Elton Mayo who created the Hawthorne theory or study, Chester Barnard who created the theory of cooperative systems, McGregor who created the X and Y theory, and Warren Bennis who created the anti-bureaucratic theory.

    3. Type 3 theorists

    • This theorist has a contingency approach which means choosing between mechanistic and humanistic
    • Experts such as Katz and Kahn who made the theory of environmental perspectives, the case of technology, and the Aston group who made the theory of organizational scales.

    4. Type 4 theorists

    • These theorists focus on the political nature of an organization.
    • Experts such as March and Simon who made cognitive limits on rationality and Jeffrey Pfeffer who made political arena theory

    Well, that’s an explanation of organizational theory and the various forms in it . Based on the information above, it can be concluded that organizational theory is a number of thoughts and concepts that can explain and predict how an organization behaves, which can be formed from various types of structures and certain conditions in achieving its goals.

    Book Recommendations & Related Articles

  • What is Online? Types, Components, Strengths and Weaknesses

    What is Online? Types, Components, Strengths and Weaknesses

    What is Online – The term online has been used a lot lately. Many activities are carried out online. But what is online?

    Sinaumed’s, maybe you are already doing something online without realizing it. But do not know the meaning of the word online. This article will discuss things about online, from understanding to benefits.

    What is Online? Definition of Online

    Types of Online Communication

    1. Synchronous Chat Communication

    For those of you who use applications such as whatsapp, line, sms, telegram, and the like. That means you have done synchronous chat communication. Synchronous chat communication is communication made via the internet but only in the form of text messages or other chats which are only in the form of text messages.

    2. Chat Asynchronous Communication

    Chat asynchronous communication with chat synchronous communication has the same function, namely sending text messages to someone you want to communicate with.

    However, the difference between the two is that chat asynchronous communication is delayed online communication. Chat or text messages sent are not immediately replied to by the recipient.

    An example of asynchronous chat communication is like a question session during a webinar or discussion. Questions will be accommodated and answered at the appropriate session or time.

    3. Synchronous Call Communication

    This type of online communication is communication where someone can communicate via a telephone line that must use the internet. This communication is not limited by time and distance. The applications used vary, of course there must be a telephone feature.

    4. Video Call Synchronous Communication

    This type of online communication is not much different from synchronous call communication, because you can communicate with someone via voice.

    But what distinguishes this synchronous video call communication is that there is a video feature that can show the face of the person you are communicating with. There are also various supporting applications for synchronous video communication.

    5. Video Asynchronous Communication

    Video asynchronous communication is online communication that is the same as video synchronous communication. But the difference from asynchronous video communication is that someone only sends a form of communication in the form of video.

    Two-way communication does not occur in asynchronous video communication. So that the person who sent the video cannot know how the response from the recipient of the video is.

    This video asynchronous communication is usually used for teachers who make learning materials in video form. The teacher will send the video to his students.

    In addition, there is online communication based on how to communicate, namely formal online communication, informal communication, non-formal online communication, group communication, and communication for work. Here’s the explanation:

    6. Formal Online Communication

    Formal online communication is communication that takes place in formal situations. Usually this communication is carried out when there is an interest or an obligation to carry out formal online communication. Examples of formal online communication such as conducting webinars, lessons, or meetings.

    7. Informal Online Communication

    Informal online communication is the exact opposite of formal communication. This communication is done to carry out interactions that do not always have a purpose or purpose. Usually this communication also does not have a definite topic or is not planned. For example, like a mother who contacts her child because she wants to ask how her child is or is.

    8. Non-Formal Online Communication

    Non-formal online communication is communication that takes place outside of formal or official events. If non-formal communication is carried out in an official situation, usually the person being invited to communicate is a relative or someone who has a close relationship.

    9. Group Online Communication

    The next type of online communication is group online communication. As the name implies, this communication is done in groups. This communication is usually done within a group of groups on an application or platform.

    10. Online Communication for Work

    Online communication for work is personal and important. This communication is done for work purposes. This communication can use a personal application or platform, or it can also use a private platform provided by the company. Such as an application, website, or email on behalf of the company.

    Components to Support Online Communication

    Before online communication can run, components are needed to support it, including the following:

    1. Software components ( software )

    This component is useful for running the system for online communication purposes. This component serves to bridge the other components. Programs used for this software component such as google, sky, webconferencia, and so on.

     

    2. Hardware components (hardware)

    Hardware components are components that are visible and usable by humans. Examples of hardware components for online communication are laptops or computers, cellphones, microphones, headsets, and other supporting devices.

    3 . Components of reasoning or reasoning devices (brainware)

    The component of the device of reason or reason is a human being. Humans are the ones who run the other components, so the presence of this component is really needed for online communication.

    Advantages and Disadvantages of Online Communication

    1. Advantages of Online Communication

    There are several advantages of online communication that can be found, including:

    a. Saving time

    Online communication certainly requires the internet to work. The advantage of online communication is that it saves time, it doesn’t take long to send messages or videos to someone when using online communication. In addition, online communication knows no time, you can use it at any time.

    b. Can be done anywhere

    Online communication is communication that can be done anywhere, as long as the internet is connected. This is one of the advantages of online communication. So there is no need to meet to communicate.

    c. Save costs

    To communicate online, you don’t need to pay a lot of money. Compared to communicating in person, especially if the distance is great, online communication is very helpful. Because it can reduce costs, only internet costs are needed.

     

    2. Disadvantages of Online Communication

    Besides the advantages, online communication also has disadvantages. Are as follows:

    a. Requires a specific device or application

    If you want to communicate online, certain applications are needed to support this communication. This can be said to be a drawback of online communication, because not all applications can be installed or used in general.

    b. Difficulty expressing emotions

    The disadvantages of online communication in this case are clearly visible when using online communication of the text message type. Misunderstandings often occur between the sender and the recipient of the message, because it is difficult to guess the expression received by the recipient of the message from the sender of the message.

    c. Widespread data privacy threats

    When you want to communicate online using certain platforms or applications, personal data is required. This is actually dangerous, because if private personal data is spread, it can be misused by irresponsible people.

    Online Benefits

    Following are some of the many benefits of going online:

    • To communicate
    • As a trading medium
    • Can be used for business
    • Facilitate learning
    • As a means of e-banking
    • Entertainment media
    • Can access information from anywhere and anytime

    That’s information about online, from understanding to benefits. For Sinaumed’s who want to know more, there’s no need to worry, because sinaumedia as #SahabatUnlimits will always help by providing books on sinaumedia.com .

    Book Recommendations & Related Articles

  • What Is Ohm’s Law? Definition, Formulas, and Examples

    What Is Ohm’s Law? Definition, Formulas, and Examples

    What is Ohm’s Law? – Basically, in a closed circuit there will be a flow of electric current. Where the electric current flows because of a potential difference between two points in an introduction, for example on a flashlight, television, radio, and others. The equipment can turn on or function if there is electricity that comes from the voltage connected to the equipment itself. So it will produce a potential difference.

    Ohm’s law is one of the basic sciences of electronics. This one science is very useful to help us in calculating the current, voltage, or resistance of an electric circuit. Where ohm’s law states the relationship between mathematical and current, voltage, and also network resistance. The name of the law is taken from a German physicist and mathematician named Georg Simon Ohm. Ohm was the first to examine the relationship between electric current strength and potential difference in a conductor. In that research, Ohm found a mathematical relationship between electric current strength and potential difference, which eventually became known as Ohm’s Law.

    It is known that the greater the potential difference that appears, the greater the current flowing. The magnitude of the ratio between the potential difference and the electric current strength is always the same or constant. So that the potential difference is equivalent to the current strength (V ~ I). When viewed mathematically, it can be written that V = mxl, m is a constant ratio between the potential difference and the current strength.

    One of the formulas that describes Ohm’s Law is that it reads, “the current flowing in a conductor is proportional to the potential difference that exists between the ends of the conductor provided that the temperature is constant or constant.

    In everyday life, sometimes we will find an electrical device that reads 220 V/2 A. This writing was not written without a purpose. Where the purpose of this article is to inform that the electric device will work optimally and for a long time if it is installed with a voltage of 220 V and a current of 2 A. Then, what if it is installed at a higher or lower voltage? For example, if there are two lamps that say 220 V/2 A, they are installed at 440 V and 55 V. So what will happen?

    For lamps that are installed at a higher voltage, it will result in the lamp shining brighter but not lasting long. Meanwhile, for lights that are installed at a lower current voltage, it will cause the lights to become dim. Therefore, you should always pay attention to the instructions for using power tools.

    Understanding Ohm’s Law

    According to Wikipedia, Ohm’s Law is an electric current which is proportional to voltage and inversely proportional to resistance. Meanwhile, according to Collins Dictionary, Ohm’s Law is the principle of an electric current flowing through a conductor that is proportional to the potential difference. However, the temperature remains constant. The proportional constant is the resistance of the conductor.

    Ohm’s Law equations and Ohm’s Law formulas describe how current flows through any material when a voltage is applied. One thing you need to remember is the difference between low resistance and high resistance. An electric cable or other conductor has low resistance, meaning that current will flow easily. Conversely, if the resistance is high, the current will be difficult to flow.

    Understanding Ohm’s Law above will not help much if we don’t know what variables we use, what are the equations, and how to use them. If based on the American English Dictionary, Ohm’s Law has a ratio that is proportional to the current in the dc circuit given the voltage and inversely proportional to the resistance. Not only dc, Ohm’s Law also applies to ac circuits.

    Ohm’s law is usually described by graphing the linear relationship between voltage (V) and current (I) in an electric circuit. We can imagine how Ohm’s Law looks like with a pipe illustration.

    a. The water pipe is the resistance (R) in the circuit, calculated in Ohms (Ω).
    b. Water is an electric current (I) flowing in a circuit, calculated in amperes (A).
    c. The difference in height between the water is the voltage (V) in the circuit, calculated in volts (V).

    From the explanation above, the illustration goes like this:

    a. If the water pipe is narrow or the resistance is high, this will limit the water or electric current flowing in the circuit.
    b. If the water pipes are wide or have low resistance, this will increase the water or electric current flowing in the circuit.

    Ohm’s Law sounds

    At first, Ohm’s Law consisted of two parts. The first part is the definition of resistance, namely V = IR. This relationship is often called Ohm’s Law. However, Ohm also said that R is a constant that does not depend on V or I. The relationship V =IR can be applied in any resistor, where V is the potential difference between the two ends of the resistance and I is the current flowing through it. While R is the resistance or resistance of the resistor.

    Ohm’s law itself reads, “The strength of the current flowing in a conductor or resistance is proportional to the potential difference or voltage between the ends of the conductor. The statement can be written as follows, namely I ∞ V.”

    In everyday life, current strength is needed like electric current strength. For example, when connecting a wire to a 6 V battery, the current flow will be doubled compared to when connecting to a 3 V battery.

    From here, let’s say we take an example of electric current with the flow of water in a pipe or river which is affected by gravity. If the pipe and river are almost flat, the water velocity will be relatively small. However, if one end is higher than the other, then the flow velocity or current will be greater. The greater the difference in height, the greater the current. That said, the amount of current flowing in the wire does not only depend on the voltage. But it also depends on the resistance provided by the wire to the flow of electrons. Pipe walls or river banks and also the rocks in the middle, can provide obstacles to the flow of currents. In the same way, electrons will be slowed down due to interactions with the atoms of the wire. The higher the resistance, the smaller the current in a voltage V.

    Electrical resistance

    According to Ohm’s Law equation, electrical resistance can be interpreted as the quotient of the potential difference between the ends of the conductor and the current flowing in the conductor itself. To commemorate the services of Georg Simon Ohm, his name is used as a unit of electrical resistance that we know as Ohm or (Ω) or the conductor is said to have a resistance of one ohm if an electric current of one ampere flows in the conductor. Where it is due to the potential difference between the ends of the conductor of one volt.

    Types of Barriers

    In everyday life, there are several types of resistance or resistors that are often used according to their needs. The types of obstacles are as follows:

    a. Fixed Resistors

    In fixed resistors which are generally made of carbon or thin nichrome wire, the value of the resistance is symbolized by various colors that circle on the outer shell. The color symbol has a meaning according to its location.

    b. Variable Resistors

    There are two types of variable resistors that we know on the market, namely rotating and shifting type variable resistors. Basically, the way the two resistors work is the same, namely by shifting or rotating the sliding contacts to increase or decrease the resistance value as needed. We can find these variable resistors in the volume system on radios, tape recorders, and other electronic equipment.

    Measuring Barriers

    From the explanation above, we already know how to measure the amount of current or potential difference in a conductor. Now, we will discuss how to measure the amount of electrical resistance. Where to measure electrical resistance there are two ways that we can use, namely directly and indirectly.

    a. Measuring Barriers Directly

    Most people must have known a multimeter, which is a tool that can be used to measure current strength, potential difference, and resistance. To measure resistance using a multimeter, we must first turn the switch inside the multimeter in the direction marked R. That way, the multimeter already functions as an ohm meter or resistance meter. Connect the ends of the multimeter terminals with the ends of the objects whose resistance will be measured. Then pay attention to the scale displayed on the multimeter.

    b. Measuring Barriers Indirectly

    Apart from using a multimeter, we can also combine voltmeters and ammeters together in the electrical circuit where the resistance will be measured. The voltmeter is connected in parallel, while the ammeter is connected in series with the object whose resistance is to be measured.

    c. Barriers to the Conducting Wire

    The conductor wire used in electric wire will certainly have resistance, even though the value is small. To determine the factors that affect the amount of resistance of a conductor.

    Ohm’s Law formula

    Mathematically, Ohm’s Law formula is V = I x R. Where I is the electric current flowing in a conductor in units of amperes. While V is the electric voltage at both ends of the conductor in units of volts. Then R is the value of the electrical resistance or resistance in a conductor in units of Ohms. The relationship between electric current, resistance, and voltage in a circuit is in Ohm’s Law.

    When making experiments on electricity, Ohm found the following things:

    a. If the resistance is constant, the current in each circuit is directly proportional to the voltage. But if the voltage increases, the current will also increase and if the voltage decreases, the current will also decrease.
    b. If the voltage remains constant, then the current in the circuit becomes inversely proportional to the circuit. But if the resistance increases, the current will decrease and if the resistance decreases, the current will increase.

    In a constant resistance, the current as well as the voltage will vary.

    Ohm’s law itself can be expressed in the form of a formula. Where the basic formula is stated as follows.

    R = the amount of electrical resistance
    I = the amount of electric current flowing
    E = the amount of electric voltage that is in a closed circuit

    Ohm’s Law circuit

    Below are several circuits in calculating Ohm’s Law, including:

    a. How to Calculate Series Resistors

    In a series of resistors arranged in series, the total resistor value can be obtained by adding up all the resistors arranged in series. This refers to the notion that the current strength at all points in a series circuit will always be the same.

    b. How to Calculate Parallel Resistors

    In a series of resistors arranged in parallel, the calculation of the total resistor value refers to the understanding that the magnitude of the current entering the branch is equal to the magnitude of the current coming out of the branch.

    c. How to Calculate Series Capacitors

    In a series of capacitors arranged in series, the total capacitor value is obtained by the calculation above.

    d. How to Calculate Parallel Capacitors

    In a series of several capacitors arranged in parallel, the total capacitor value is the sum of all the values ​​of the capacitors arranged in parallel.

    Example of Ohm’s Law Problem

    Three resistors are arranged in series, each value is 4 ohms, 3 ohms and 5 ohms. This resistance is then installed at 120 volts. Calculate the magnitude of the voltage across the 3 ohm resistance.

    Answer:
    R1 = 4 ohms
    R2 =3 ohms
    R3 = 5 ohms
    V = 120 volts

    Rtotal = 4 ohms + 3 ohms + 5 ohms = 12 ohms
    V = I . R
    I = V/Rtotal = 120 /12 = 10 A
    V on R2 (rated 3 ohms) is
    VR2 = IX R2
    = 10 X 3
    = 30 volts

    Book & Article Recommendations

  • What is Observation? The following is the definition, characteristics, purpose, and types

    What is Observation? The following is the definition, characteristics, purpose, and types

    What is Observation – Observation is one way to get any information from an event by observing it directly. As is known, science is the basis of all events or activities that occur either in a small or a larger scope.

    Basically, all of this knowledge is then obtained from learning about events that occur around us or obtained indirectly by reading or listening to explanations from other parties. To find out more about observation, then you can see this review, Sinaumed’s.

    Definition of Observation

    In general, the definition of observation is an activity of observing a particular object carefully directly at the research location. In addition, this observation also includes recording activities that are carried out systematically about all the symptoms of the object being studied.

    There are also other opinions which say that the notion of observation is an act or process of observing something or someone carefully in order to obtain some information or simply to prove the truth of a study.

    It can also be said that the observation process as a data collection technique is in accordance with the research objectives. This activity is also planned and recorded in a systematic way and can be controlled in terms of reliability and validity.

    Definition of Observation According to Experts

    In addition to the general understanding, experts also have their own opinions about what is meant by observation activities. Here are some of them:

    1. Kartini Kartono

    In Kartini Kartono’s opinion, observation is testing with a specific purpose to find out something, especially those aimed at collecting facts, data, scores, and the value of a verbalization. It can also be called the disclosure of words about everything that has been observed and further investigated.

    2. Nurkancana

    Meanwhile, the definition of observation according to Nurkancana is a way of making an assessment by means of direct and systematic observation. The data that has been obtained in these observations are then recorded in a special observation note. This recording activity is also part of the observation activity or an object.

    3. Seville

    Not much different from the two previous experts, Seville also argues that observation or observation in a simple sense is a process in which the researcher looks at the situation of a research being conducted. The method must also be in accordance with what is used and in the form of observing interactions or conditions of teaching and learning, behavior, and group interaction.

    4. Gibson RI and Mitchell MH

    Observation according to Gibson RI and Mitchell MH is a technique that can be used as degree selection. The goal is to determine a decision and conclusion on the observed object. So, it is clear that observations like this cannot be done alone, but must be assisted by using various other research methods.

    5. Patton

    Patton said that observation is an accurate and specific method. Data collection techniques must also have a purpose and be able to find all kinds of information about all ongoing activities to then be used as an object of study in a research.

    6. Arifin

    Furthermore, the definition of observation according to Arifin is a process of observing and recording systematically, logically, objectively, and rationally which talks about various phenomena. The phenomenon in question is something that occurs in an artificial situation to be able to achieve a certain goal or actually.

    7. Nawawi and Martini

    Finally, the definition of observation according to Nawawi and Martini. Both agree that observation is an observation and recording in sequence. This observation also consists of all the elements that appear in a phenomenon regarding the various objects of research. Then, the results of these observations will also be reported in a systematic manner and in accordance with applicable rules.

    Observation Features

    Basically, observation is an activity that aims to find information from objects. However, this observation activity has its own characteristics. In general, there are three characteristics of observation, including:

    1. Objective

    Objective, or carried out based on the state of a single real object that is directly observed.

    2. Factual

    Factual, or observations made in accordance with the facts derived from observations that are proven to be true without various unclear allegations.

    3. Systematic

    Systematic, this observation activity is carried out in accordance with a method that has been determined from the start and not haphazardly.

    Observation Benefits

    For those of you who are going to observe objects, it is mandatory to also make plans related to the most optimal observation method. The results of these observations can then be conveyed in the form of real data which will provide information and learning to the reader.

    After knowing the function and purpose of the above, then what are the benefits of making observations? The various benefits of observation include:

    • Record an event or event in a coherent and chronological manner
    • Describes an incident or event with a high degree of accuracy
    • The findings can then be interpreted easily.
    • Observation results can also help interpret a situation in the real world.
    • Can be combined using other techniques to generate reports.

    Observational Purpose

    Observers or researchers have the goal of observing objects or phenomena including:

    1. Describing Objects and Everything Related to Observation of the Five Senses

    The observers then have trained their five senses so that they can observe all events or objects carefully. Of course the ability of these trained five senses will be different from the ability of ordinary people. Everyone also has a different point of view. Observations with the five senses must also be supported by other observation techniques, namely extracting accurate data from the field directly.

    2. Drawing a Conclusion

    Objects that have been observed for a certain time will then provide conclusions about observations. This conclusion is then presented in the form of a report that can provide information or learning materials for readers.

    3. Obtaining Data or Information

    The purpose of making observations or observations is to obtain data or information from an object being observed. This data or information will then be shared with other parties in the form of scientific or non-scientific work. In addition, works that have been shown to the public will also receive praise and criticism.

    So, this researcher also needs a lot of time to make a work. In the sense of observation, the observer has a general purpose and depends on the various objects being observed.

    Observation Strengths and Weaknesses

    Observers then make observations about various methods such as tests, questionnaires, recorded images, and sound. Complete the observation by using blanks regarding the events or behavior of the various objects observed.

    Then, the observer only needs to give a check mark to the contents of the column according to the results of the observation. Conducting research on objects using the observation method also has advantages and disadvantages that you must understand. Below are the advantages and disadvantages of observation that you need to know:

    1. Excess Observation

    The following are the advantages of observation.

    1. Noting growth behavior and things related to object phenomena when an event takes place.
    2. Can obtain data from the subject directly either verbal communication or not.
    3. Observation of young children is also easier than adults. The reason is, children can reveal honest behaviors or answers while adults can give invalid or pretend answers.

    2. Lack of Observation

    Not only advantages, observation or observation also has disadvantages that need attention, namely:

    1. It takes a long time to make observations for certain events or events.
    2. This observation then takes longer and cannot be done directly.
    3. This observation activity can also be disturbed for incidents, incidents or things that are personal.

    For example, in observing the behavior of children who experience problems with parental quarrels or certain conflicts. In addition, the personal domain is also a weakness of observation, so that this activity cannot be observed optimally.

    Observation Example

    One example of observation is conducting research in an elementary school. Then, observations were made in the form of observations of student behavior towards the way of teaching a teacher. You can observe every learning process in class for a certain period of time by applying several methods.

    For example, by applying group methods for one week and individual methods at other times. Then, later you will draw conclusions about the behavior of students during the teaching and learning process.

    Observation Type

    In a book entitled Accurate in Indonesian (2019) by Sutarno, there are three types of observations that are often used in research. This is an explanation of the types of observation:

    1. Participatory Observation

    Participatory observation is a type of observation that is carried out by being actively involved in the things being observed. The observer must also go directly and carry out the process he directly observes. So then get a clear picture of what is observed.

    2. Systematic Observation

    Systematic observation is a type of observation that is also carried out with appropriate procedures or provisions that have been designed beforehand without violating these provisions. In order to be able to carry out systematic observations, observers must also determine in advance what factors underlie their observations.

    3. Experimental Observations

    Experimental observation is a type of observation that is carried out by holding an action to control the situation, and then making this observation of the phenomenon or phenomenon being studied.

    After reading this article to the end, has the question of what observation is answered? If not, you can find further information in books about research that can be found at sinaumedia.com .

    Hopefully all the discussion above is useful as well as adding insight to Sinaumed’s.

    To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

  • What is Ngabuburit? Activity Ideas To Wait For Iftar Time

    What is Ngabuburit? Activity Ideas To Wait For Iftar Time

    What is Ngabuburit – In this country, Indonesia, ngabuburit activities have become a tradition that is usually carried out when the month of Ramadan arrives. Both children, young people, adults, and even the elderly must have followed this special tradition of the month of Ramadan. In addition, not only Muslims who actually observe the fasting month of Ramadan follow this tradition, but also those who do not fast during Ramadan.

    They ngabuburit together as a form of preserving traditions that have existed for generations. There are many activities that can be done during this ngabuburit, from evening walks, takjil hunting, to listening to cults at the mosque.

    Then, what the heck is drowning? How is this ngabuburit tradition carried out in various parts of Indonesia? What activities can you do during this ngabuburit time?

    Let’s look at the following reviews!

    What is Ngabuburit?

    Based on the Sundanese Language Dictionary which has been published by the Sunda Language and Literature Institute (LBSS), the word ‘ngabuburit’ comes from ‘burit’ which means ‘ afternoon ‘.

    Meanwhile in Sundanese, ‘ngabuburit’ is ‘lakuran’ from the phrase ‘ ngalantung ngadagoan burit ‘, which means ‘ relaxing while waiting for the afternoon ‘.

    In contrast to the Minang language, this ngabuburit is often called ‘ malengahsahasao ‘ which means ‘ to do activities to divert hunger and thirst during fasting ‘.

    So, it can be concluded that ngabuburit is an activity carried out to wait for the Maghrib call to prayer before breaking the fast during the month of Ramadan.

    Well, the term ‘ngabuburit’ gradually spread to all corners of Indonesia before the 1990s until it finally became a tradition today. Usually, this ngabuburit activity will be held at 15.30 to 17.30 (depending on when the Maghrib call to prayer will resound).

    In the process of its implementation, ngabuburit is often filled with traveling, takjil hunting, participating in cults, playing kites, and some even playing football. Therefore, when the month of Ramadan arrives, there will be many sellers selling traditional food and snacks either on the side of the road or at the market just before breaking the fast.

    This ngabuburit phenomenon has been carried out since ancient times, but of course the activities carried out can be different. In the past, especially in remote villages, people would hang out by plaiting pandan leaf mats, joking around with their families and neighbors, and reading the Koran in the surau (tadarusan).

    As time progresses, the ngabuburit tradition also develops. Nowadays, young people usually do ngabuburit by hanging out in cafes, riding motorbikes together, walking around the town square, playing football, looking for takjil snacks, and cooking food for breaking the fast later.

    Ngabuburit Tradition in Several Regions of Indonesia

    1. Sailboat Racing

    The ngabuburit tradition, which is filled with sailboat racing activities, can be found in the Surabaya area. The local community, to be precise those who live around Kenjeran Beach, will do a miniature sailboat race. Not only that, the mini sailboat will be decorated with a variety of colors to add to the beauty of the competition.

    2. Kumbohan

    Kumbohan is a ngabuburit tradition in Lamongan. The activity is in the form of hunting munggut fish around the Bengawan Solo River. There are many types of fish that are hunted, ranging from shrimp, lobster, bader, keting, to milkfish.

    The way to catch it is to wait for the water in the river to become cloudy. The fish will be ‘drunk’ because of new water shipments or changes in water that was originally clear to cloudy. In addition, the water in the river will recede so fish will be easy to catch. Later, people will wait for the fish to rise to the surface and catch them.

    3. Relax on the Beach

    Ngabuburit activities by relaxing on the beach are usually carried out by people who live around the beach. For example, at Taman Pandan Beach in Sukabumi, West Java.

    On these beaches there will also be sellers selling takjil food to breaking fast food so that relaxing time will be enjoyable.

    4. Morning romance

    Unlike its name, this ngabuburit activity has absolutely nothing to do with finding a mate. The ngabuburit activity which is usually carried out on the Ampera Bridge, Palembang, is in the form of setting off a number of firecrackers along the bridge while waiting for the Maghrib call to prayer to ring out.

    5. Hunt for Takjil at the Surprised Market

    Ngabuburit is not complete without takjil hunting. In various parts of Indonesia, there are many surprised markets that provide a variety of takjil snacks at various prices.

    This surprised market is called ‘shocked’ because on average the sellers appear suddenly only at certain times, for example when the month of Ramadan is approaching breaking the fast.

    6. Getting Around Using a Chart Boat

    This ngabuburit activity is usually often carried out in Bangka Belitung. A number of young people will later go around the Bangka Belitung area using a charter boat while waiting for the time to break their fast.

    7. Bleguran

    The ngabuburit tradition, which is filled with bleguran activities, has been carried out since the 1970s around the Jakarta area.

    In this bleguran activity, later the young people will make bamboo cannons and blow them up so that the sound of the boom sounds like a cannon. Even so, this traditional game does not use bullets and does not produce dangerous explosions.

    Activities That Can Be Done To Fill Ngabuburit

    In this month of Ramadan in 2022, like it or not, we will still have to coexist with the Covid-19 pandemic again, like last year. Even so, we can still do ngabuburit to wait for the time to break the fast.

    There are many activities that can be done to fill the time spent hanging out, and can even be done at home to avoid the risk of contracting the Covid-19 virus. What are these activities? Let’s look at the following description!

    1. Make Your Own Takjil Cuisine

    If in previous years, we used to buy takjil food at the market during ngabuburit, this year will be different. That is, you can make your own takjil dishes in your style.

    For example, you like banana kolak takjil. Of course, you can spend your ngabuburit time while waiting for the time to break your fast by making this banana compote, with your family, relatives, or boarding house friends if you are boarding a boarding house .

    Besides being more economical, you also get a larger portion than buying at the market. Of course it will be hygienic as well.

    2. Watching Movies

    When you have finished helping your mother cook food for breaking the fast, then you can wait for the Maghrib call to prayer to resound by watching a movie. Try not to make films that contain indecent scenes, because they can interfere with fasting. It’s better to watch comedy or animation (cartoon) genre films.

    Currently, there are many platforms that provide films from various countries and genres, namely Netflix, WeTV, iQiyi, and many more.

    3. Participate in online cults

    During Ramadan, there will be many cults held by well-known ustadz and ustadzah online. Even though it is done online, it does not prevent us from getting useful lectures and advice for the life of the world and the hereafter.

    4. Afternoon Stroll

    Most Indonesians usually do Ngabuburit with evening walks to fill their spare time waiting for the time to break their fast. These afternoon walks are usually in the town square while hunting for takjil food.

    5. Playing Kites

    Even though it looks like a simple children’s game, playing with kites can also be an option to fill your iftar time, you know…

    If you want to fly a kite, try to do it in a wide field, not in an area full of electric cables because it can be dangerous. In addition, the kite strings that have been broken are immediately cut and thrown away, so as not to endanger other people passing by.

    6. Exercise

    You can exercise in the afternoon while waiting for the time to break your fast. For example doing an afternoon run, basketball, volleyball, soccer, or badminton. Apart from health reasons, the free time before the Maghrib call to prayer will also not be felt.

    So, that’s a review of what ngabuburit is and how the ngabuburit tradition is carried out in various parts of Indonesia. The ngabuburit activity is absolutely no prohibition in its implementation because it has become a tradition. However, as good Muslims, don’t forget to pray the Asr prayer before leaving for ngabuburit….

  • What is Multitasking? Pros and Cons and Tips!

    What is Multitasking? Pros and Cons and Tips!

    Multitasking – Actually, the term “multitasking” has various definitions, especially in the field of computer programs and everyday human abilities. If in the field of computer programs, the term leads to the notion of a method of processing programs simultaneously while using CPU resources. However, in terms of human ability in everyday life, of course the term will have a different definition, namely the human ability to carry out several tasks simultaneously.

    If you look at the brief definition, Sinaumed’s will definitely think that this is natural and not impossible because many people have succeeded in doing it. When in fact, humans cannot have good multitasking abilities, you know… Then actually, what is multitasking? Why can’t humans have good multitasking abilities? Does this ability actually have a negative impact on our daily productivity?

    So, so that Sinaumed’s doesn’t misunderstand this, let’s look at the following review!

    Definition of Multitasking

    Basically, multitasking is the human ability to cope with the many tasks received, by carrying out activities in the form of changing tasks. Many experts have formulated the definition of this multitask. According to Applebaum and Marchionni (2008), stated that multitasking is a condition when the task becomes double (dual task) or more, then done together at one time. Then there is also the opinion of Salvucci and Tangen (2011) who argue that multitasking is when there are multiple tasks that are done simultaneously in just a short time.

    In short, multitasking is human behavior when working on tasks simultaneously at one time with the hope that they will be completed quickly, usually the number of tasks is more than two. When carrying out this multitasking behavior, individuals tend to give longer attention to one task, before finally moving on to another task. Although in fact, this behavior will actually occur due to overlapping attention to the tasks.

    These assignments can vary , not only in the form of scientific assignments from schools, campuses, or offices. Homework in the form of cleaning the bathroom tub, ironing clothes, sweeping, washing dishes, these are also tasks that are usually carried out by housewives through this multitasking behavior.

    Although in fact, this behavior is considered unhealthy, especially in the mindset of the human brain. But in fact, this behavior is much needed in completing tasks in everyday life. Even in this behavior, many people try to regulate their “actions going forward” so that they can immediately complete several tasks properly and efficiently.

    This phenomenon is actually not a new phenomenon, it is even possible that Sinaumed’s often does it in an effort to complete daily tasks. This behavior is usually carried out by individuals in every activity, be it when working, eating, even in relaxed conditions. Without realizing it, this multitasking behavior can actually cause distraction. According to a survey conducted by Russ and Crews in 2014, when carrying out this multitasking behavior, it took them an average of about 9.28 minutes to switch back from the side task to the main task.

    According to Salvucci and Tangen, this multitasking behavior can indeed help and increase human productivity to make it more efficient and effective. Especially if the number of tasks or work is more than two and must be completed at the same time. Unfortunately, this behavior actually greatly affects the ability of human memory.

    Types of Multitasking

    Previously, it was explained that multitasking is human behavior to do tasks simultaneously at one time. Salvucci and Tangen (2011) have classified this behavior into two types, namely concurrent multitasking and sequential multitasking.

    1. Concurrent Multitasking

    Namely human behavior in carrying out tasks simultaneously with short “time cuts”, so that it does not hinder the work process of the main task at all. Activities in this type of multitasking allow individuals to carry out their tasks simultaneously and efficiently, in order to improve work performance. For example: taking notes while listening to discussions during meetings, driving while reading maps from Google Maps, listening to learning videos while taking notes.

    2. Sequential Multitasking

    In this type of multitasking, it is in the form of individual behavior to switch tasks after doing one main task. In order to be able to carry out Sequential Multitasking, it requires the ability to focus and full attention. For example: typing assignments and then moving on to other tasks in the form of correcting work, waiting for water to boil while reading a book.

    Advantages and Disadvantages of Multitasking

    Advantages of Multitasking Behavior

    1. Work gets done faster. Because, you will be working on two or more different jobs at the same time.
    2. Save more time. So that you can complete other activities when your task or work has been completed.

    Disadvantages of Multitasking Behavior

    1. It can actually reduce performance and productivity. This is because concentration and focus will be split while working on two tasks simultaneously. There is even a possibility that you will get a lot of mistakes, so like it or not you also have to repeat your work again.
    2. Can trigger stress on the mind.
    3. Reducing self-ability in creative thinking. This of course will be critical, especially if your assignment is related to things that require creativity.
    4. Disturbing memory. Because, you don’t do your job in detail so you will most likely encounter a lot of mistakes.

    The Impact of Multitasking That Turns Out to Reduce Human Productivity

    Reporting from Sehatq.com , this behavior actually has a negative impact, both on health and on the results of the job. So, here are some of the impacts that might be taken into consideration by Sinaumed’s when they want to do multitasking.

    1. Lowering Focus

    When doing multitask activities, surely our thoughts and focus will be divided for one task with another. Especially if these two tasks require high focus. An example is calling while driving a motorized vehicle.

    In these activities, the focus will be divided on calling activities and driving vehicles. If you only look away for a moment, then one of the tasks will have the potential to experience an error so that it can be shaky and even dangerous.

    2. Work Takes Longer to Complete

    Even though many people believe that multitasking can make us save more time when doing tasks, it turns out that this is not entirely true, you know . Especially if these two tasks do take a long time to complete.

    There is even research from the University of Utah which states that driving a vehicle while chatting on a cell phone actually takes longer to arrive at their destination, compared to those who focus on driving only.

    3. Make Creativity Power Decrease

    You need to know , Sinaumed’s , that multitasking behavior can actually make your brain work harder. Although it is true that the capacity of the brain is large, if it is used to perform multiple tasks simultaneously, of course it will burden the brain. If that’s the case, then the power of creativity in the brain will also decrease so that the results of our work are not optimal.

    4. Interfere with Brain Memory

    When multitasking, surely you will forget the details of one or even the two tasks you are doing. For example, if you read a novel while watching television, surely your memory for both the contents of the novel and television will be disturbed. Therefore, try to focus and complete one task first, then move on and complete other tasks.

    Especially if you are an adult, you must be able to make a priority scale to determine which work to do first, okay?

    5. Adding Stress

    Based on research conducted by the University of California Irvine, states that multitasking can make individuals alert and at the same time have a higher heart rate. The research subjects are office workers who apply multitasking behavior in the form of doing work while accessing work email.

    Not infrequently, this multitasking behavior can lead to depression and other anxiety disorders.

    Multitasking Tricks For Office Workers

    1. Always use a to do list on the work to be done. Then identify which jobs are easier and schedule your work time according to the targets on the job list.
    2. Choose similar tasks. The way to find out which tasks are similar is to see if these tasks have the same process or not.
    3. Avoid distraction alias diversion of focus while doing the task. Usually by avoiding using a smartphone while focusing on doing tasks.
    4. Take advantage of existing technology. An example is by turning on the automatic reply feature on your e-mail or social media. Especially if you’re on vacation.
    5. Always evaluate the results of work. Before you turn in your assignments, try to check them again for errors. If there is, you can reduce your multitasking behavior in the future.

    State of the Brain in Multitasking Behavior

    Based on research in a journal article entitled “Memory in Multitasking” by Ni Made Swasti Wulanyani, states that the brain’s ability to act more and more in this multitasking behavior, especially in aspects of memory as well as human cognitive control.

    In terms of human memory, this multitasking behavior will definitely be related to the role of prospective memory and working memory . Prospective memory is the brain’s ability to remember what things to do in the future. We often use the existence of this prospective memory , for example there is a child trying to remember that he has to borrow books from the library to use in doing homework.

    The role of prospective memory in multitasking behavior can also be proven by individuals who experience problems in the application of strategies and organizations, for example when they are unable to meet deadlines and keep promises simultaneously. In the brain, there is a Brodmann Area 10 or commonly called the frontal pole which plays an important role in multitasking situations. Then working memory is a memory resource that has limited capacity and duration, especially when processing information. The function of working memory is to temporarily store information when completing a particular task.

    The involvement of prospective memory and working memory in multitasking behavior actually requires a slow response time, especially when the need arises to perform prospective tasks. The slow response is related to the working memory capacity of each individual.

    Multitasking Ability In Guiding Children Activities

    Based on research from a journal article entitled “The Multitasking Role of Parents in Guiding Children’s Learning” conducted by Metros Prihatin, states that multitasking behavior does not always have to be done to complete multiple tasks at one time, but can also be done when guiding children. Sinaumed’s must have known that children’s learning patterns are not always carried out at school, but also at home, so that the role of parents will also act as big as the teacher. In accordance with the Educational Trilogy put forward by Ki Hajar Dewantara, that education is a shared responsibility between families, schools and society.

    Parents are also obligated and fully responsible for participating in educating and preparing their children so that they can later lead a social life. To carry out the role of an ideal parent, it sometimes requires multitasking behavior, namely by dividing the focus between daily work and educating children. Both the father and mother also play a major role in parenting.

    In this day and age, many fathers are multitasking by doing their daily work while accompanying their children. Let’s say there is a father who sells while accompanying his son who is doing his homework. There are also those who are taking care of fish ponds while accompanying their children who are doing PAS. Then there is also a father who is preparing fertilizer and agricultural tools while teaching his son to do math assignments. Meanwhile for mothers, there is also no difference in this multitasking behavior. Usually, however, mothers have a stronger managerial role, while fathers have stronger supervisory abilities.

    So, from this it can be concluded that multitasking behavior is not fully carried out in carrying out office tasks, but also in matters of taking care of children. Especially during the Covid-19 pandemic as it is today where work and school patterns are carried out with the Work From Home system . So that it will make parents have a bigger role in terms of multitasking, namely in carrying out their daily tasks while educating children.

    So, that’s a review of what multitasking is and its impact on the results of the work being done. Does Sinaumed’s often do this multitasking? If so, it’s better to reduce it because it turns out to have a negative impact on the ability of the brain.

    Source:

    Wulanyani, NMS (2015). Memory in Multitasking. Psychology Bulletin , 23 (2), 112-116.

    Concerned, M. (2022). The Multitasking Role of Parents in Guiding Children’s Learning. Mandala Education Scientific Journal , 8 (2).

    Arini, DP (2020). Multitasking As A Lifestyle, Can It Improve Performance: A Literature Review. Journal of Psychology MANDALA , 4 (1).

    Also Read!

    • What is Healing?
    • Cognitive Ability To Think
    • Characteristics of Computational Thinking
    • Synchronic Thinking Concept
    • Definition of Design Thinking
    • Definition and Function of Ideology
    • When is the Right Time to Read a Book
    • What is Mindset?
    • Understanding IQ, EQ, and TQ
  • What is MOU: Definition, Characteristics, Types, and Purpose of Making it

    What is MOU: Definition, Characteristics, Types, and Purpose of Making it

    What is MOU – Memorandum of Understanding, this phrase which is often abbreviated as MOU is one of the important components in making an agreement between two parties, usually used in business.

    Through this letter, the parties involved in the agreement can express key points that are important in order to make the negotiation process run smoother. Because of that MOU cannot be made just like that.

    Before making it, Sinaumed’s must understand the position of this letter in the law and what must be in it. Therefore, in this article we will discuss what an MOU is, starting from its definition, characteristics, how to make it, to examples.

    What is an MoU?

    According to Munir Fuady (1997), a Memorandum of Understanding is a preliminary agreement which will be followed up and explained in more detail in another agreement. Therefore, the MOU only contains the essentials.

    Equivalent to three money, I Nyoman Sudana, et al (1998) view the MOU as a preliminary agreement that will be followed by other agreements. In other words, a Memorandum of Understanding is an initial agreement in the form of a formal document in making an agreement between two or more parties.

    In practice, there are two views regarding the binding strength of MOUs. The first view considers the MOU as a mere procedural document that has no legal force at all. Meanwhile, the second view considers the MOU as a legal document that has binding legal force and can be used as a basis for claiming or defending rights.

    In short, the first side views the MOU as part of the contract formation process while the second side sees the MOU as a form of basic agreement. According to the regulations, there really is no law that specifically regulates this MOU. As a result, the binding is only based on the commitment and moral responsibility of the parties involved.

    Thus, if the MOU that is made fulfills the legal requirements of the agreement set out in the Civil Code, then the MOU is considered valid in the eyes of the law.

    By the way, a Memorandum of Understanding in Indonesia is also known as a memorandum of understanding, memorandum of understanding, cooperation agreement, or preliminary agreement. So don’t be confused if you find these names, OK?

    The difference between an MOU and a Letter of Agreement

    After reading the meaning of the MOU above, maybe you are a little confused because it turns out that an MOU is quite similar to an agreement. In fact, both are different letters. Here’s the difference:

    Difference MOUs Agreement letter
    Legal force There is no legislation that regulates specifically so that the binder is only the responsibility and commitment of the parties involved. It is regulated specifically in the Criminal Code and has a clear legal binding
    Document content It only contains matters that are essential and must be known by the parties involved. Load detailed information. Such as obligations, rights, consequences, responsibilities, and others.

    MOU features

    A Memorandum of Understanding  or MOU has different characteristics from a letter of agreement in general. This difference then makes the MOU an alternative to create a collaboration. The characteristics of the MOU are as follows:

    1. Contains a statement of willingness to cooperate with each other
    2. It is a preliminary which will be followed by other, more detailed agreements
    3. Generally made concise, even just one page
    4. It only contains the main things that are general in nature as an expression of willingness to cooperate with each other
    5. Usually there is no coercive obligation on the parties involved
    6. It is temporary, meaning that if there is no follow-up in the form of an agreement, the MOU will be canceled by itself. However, if all parties agree, the validity period of this MOU can be extended.
    7. Not emphasizing the application of legal sanctions to each party involved
    8. Usually made in the form of an underhand agreement.

    Types of MOUs

    Based on the residence of the parties making the collaboration, MOU can be divided into two types, namely:

    National MOUs

    This is a type of MOU where all parties live in Indonesia, are Indonesian Citizens and Indonesian Legal Entities. For example, an MOU made by the local government with a company or an MOU between a native of Bandung and a resident of Surabaya.

    International MOUs

    The second type is an MOU made by parties living in different countries. That is, one party lives in Indonesia and is an Indonesian citizen while the other party comes from another country.

    Generally, this MOU is made when the Indonesian government wants to cooperate with foreign governments, legal entities, or companies.

    Purpose of Making MOU

    1. Avoid cancellation difficulties

    The MOU can be used to avoid the difficulty of canceling an agreement in the future. For example, if the business prospects are unclear or it is not certain whether the cooperation will be followed up.

    2. Temporary binder

    Sometimes signing a contract can take a long time because the negotiations are quite tough. Therefore, instead of having no ties before the contract was signed, an MOU was made that was valid for a certain time.

    3. Give time to make a decision to the parties involved

    When the parties involved feel that they still need time to think before signing a contract, the MOU will be made as a temporary agreement.

    4. To be followed up by more skilled staff

    Usually MOUs are made and signed by executives from a company, while for more detailed agreements will be designed and negotiated specifically by staff who are more technically skilled.

    Things that Must Be in Mou

    Actually, the things that must be in an MOU are a statement of agreement between two or more parties who agree to cooperate in order to achieve a goal.

    Even so, there are parts that must be included in the MOU according to the technique for preparing a Memorandum of Understanding that is published on the BPKP’s official website. Here’s the full explanation:

    Title

    The MOU title must be made precisely so that it is clear who the parties are involved and the nature of the MOU being made. In addition, the title must also be short, concise, and in accordance with the applicable EYD rules.

    Finally, the MOU must be agreed upon by all existing parties and if necessary include the logo of the agency involved.

    Opening

    The preamble is written after the title and forms the first part of the MOU. This section consists of titimangsa (day, date, month, year), place of signing of the MOU, existing positions of the parties, and considerations.

    In the position section, the parties are usually referred to as the FIRST PARTY and SECOND PARTY which can be individuals, private legal entities, or public legal entities.

    In the consideration section, it must contain a brief description of the main ideas behind the making of the MOU. Usually this section begins with the sentence “By considering the following matters” and then continues with the main ideas that exist.

    Each main idea is written in a sentence which is a unified meaning and always begins with a letter of the alphabet, begins with the word “that”, and ends with a semicolon (;).

    The substance (contents) of the MOU

    Each party that will make the MOU can determine its contents together. Usually the contents represent what they really want and can be written in a short or long way, depending on the agreement. However, often this substance is written briefly and a more detailed formulation will be written in the contents of the contract.

    What must be included in the substance of the MOU are:

    • The intent or purpose of the parties in carrying out mutually beneficial activities.
    • The scope of activities that contains an overview of the activities to be carried out.
    • Realization of activities in the form of implementation and details of activities from the MOU.
    • The timeframe indicating the validity period of the MOU.
    • The costs of implementing activities incurred to carry out activities. This fee can come from one of the parties or all parties or even other sources that are legitimate and have been mutually agreed upon.
    • Transitional rules that contain changes that can occur and can only be made if agreed by all parties.

    Closing

    Closing sentences should be kept simple and not verbose.

    Signature of all parties

    The signature is below the closing section and is the place for all parties involved to put signatures and full names.

    MOU example

    Simple MoU example

    MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTAND

    (MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING)

    On this day …………….. date …………….. month …………….. year …………….., each of the undersigned parties:

    1. Name : ……………..……………..……………..……………..……………..

    Work : ……………..……………..……………..……………..……………..

    Address : ……………..……………..……………..……………..……………..

    Number: ……………..in this case acting for and on behalf of himself, hereinafter referred to in this agreement as the FIRST PARTY. 

    2. Name : ……………..……………..……………..……………..……………..

    Work : ……………..……………..……………..……………..……………..

    Address : ……………..……………..……………..……………..……………..

    Based on Identity Card/KTP: ……………..…………….. Number: …………….. in this case acting for and on behalf of himself, hereinafter referred to as the SECOND PARTY. 

    Both parties agree to carry out the cooperation as outlined in the text of the cooperation agreement with the following conditions:

    1. ……………………..

    2. …………………….

    3. ……………………..

    FIRST PARTY SECOND PARTY

    (…………………..) (…………………)

    Example of MoU between agencies

    MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING

    MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING )

    BETWEEN

    LEGAL AID

    WITH

    INDONESIAN ADVOCATE ASSOCIATION (PERADI)

    Number: …………………………….

    On this day …………date ………… month …… year ……, THE PARTIES who have signed below:

    1. Name : ……………..……………..……………..……………..

    Position : ……………..……………..……………..……………..

    Address : ……………..……………..……………..……………..

    In carrying out this position acting for and on behalf of the Legal Aid Institute/LBH…………….. hereinafter referred to as the FIRST PARTY.

    2. Name : ……………..……………..……………..……………..

    Position : ……………..……………..……………..……………..

    Address : ……………..……………..……………..……………..

    Carrying out this position and therefore acting for and on behalf of the Indonesian Advocates Association (PERADI), hereinafter referred to as the SECOND PARTY. 

    THE FIRST PARTY and THE SECOND PARTY , hereinafter referred to as the PARTIES, agree to enter into cooperation based on the principle of partnership and provide mutual benefits with the following conditions:

    article 1

    OBJECTIVE

    This collaboration aims to develop legal knowledge and provide legal aid services to the public.

    Section 2

    FORM OF COOPERATION

    THE SECOND PARTY provides professional training in providing legal consulting services and/or legal assistance as long as required by the FIRST PARTY

    Article 3

    SCOPE OF COOPERATION

    The scope of this cooperation includes:

    1. Provision of free training related to legal consulting services.
    2. Mutual cooperation in providing legal aid to the community.
    3. Other matters deemed necessary and agreed upon by the parties.

    Article 4

    TIME PERIOD

    1. This cooperation is valid for 1 (one) year from the date of signing of this Memorandum of Understanding and can be extended in accordance with the agreement of THE PARTIES.
    2. The implementation of this cooperation will be evaluated every 3 (three) months.
    3. This Memorandum of Understanding on cooperation will be followed up by THE PARTIES by issuing cooperation agreements/contracts to determine the implementation of the program of activities as stipulated in Article 3 above.
    4. All differences of opinion and/or disputes arising in the implementation of this cooperation will be resolved by the PARTIES by deliberation.

    Article 5

    CLOSING

    1. Any changes and other matters that have not been regulated in this Memorandum of Understanding will be further regulated in writing and carried out by deliberation to reach a consensus by the PARTIES which will become an integral part of this Memorandum of Understanding.
    2. This Memorandum of Understanding on cooperation is drawn up in 2 (two) copies on sufficiently stamped paper and has the same legal force, one copy each for the PARTIES.

    Thus this Memorandum of Understanding on cooperation was drawn up and signed by THE PARTIES in good faith and full of responsibility.

    …………….., …………………………….

    FIRST PARTY SECOND PARTY

    (…………………) (………………..)

    Example of a business cooperation MoU

    MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING

    MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING )

    BETWEEN

    PT. BANK ……………..……………..

    WITH

    PT. ……………..……………..

    Number: ……………..……………..……………..

    On this day, …………….. dated …………….., a Memorandum of Understanding was signed, hereinafter referred to as the MoU by and between:

    Name : ……………..……………..……………..……………..

    Position : PRESIDENT DIRECTOR OF PT BANK ……………..……………..

    Address : ……………..……………..……………..……………..

    In this case acting for and on behalf of PT BANK …………….. domiciled at ……………..…………….. according to Deed No. …………….. date ……………. made by Notary …………….. domiciled at …………….. and hereinafter referred to as the FIRST PARTY. 

    Name : ……………..……………..……………..……………..

    Position : Main Director of PT ……………..……………..

    Address : ……………..……………..……………..……………..

    In this case acting for and on behalf of PT ASURANSI TAKAFUL …………… domiciled in …………….. and hereinafter referred to as the SECOND PARTY.

    Furthermore, each party hereby explains in advance the following matters:

    1. THE FIRST PARTY is a financial institution in the form of a bank, where the products offered are in the form of raising funds, channeling funds, and other banking services.
    2. THE SECOND PARTY is a financial institution that offers insurance business services.

    In relation to the above, the parties agree to implement the provisions of this MoU as follows:

    article 1

    PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES

    1. Both parties agreed to work together for mutual benefit in order to improve services to the community.
    2. Both parties agreed to become a riba-free financial institution.

    Section 2

    TIME PERIOD

    This cooperation is valid for a period of …………….. years commencing from …………….. to …………….. and can be extended according to the agreement of both parties.

    Article 3

    RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

    Each party has the following rights and obligations:

    (1) The FIRST PARTY’s obligations include:

    1. Providing investment-based capital in the form of mudharabah financing.
    2. Marketing Takaful Insurance products ( Bancassurance ) to every interested customer
    3. Issuing a mudharabah deposit account as an investment medium for the SECOND PARTY.
    4. Conduct routine training related to socialization of banking products

    (2) The obligations of the SECOND PARTY include:

    1. Providing profit sharing for the FIRST PARTY if the insurance company makes a profit.
    2. Providing convenience to customers of PT. BANK …………….. who wants to buy an insurance policy.
    3. Conduct training ( training ) on ​​a regular basis related to socialization of insurance products.

    Article 4

    ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

    Whereas regarding matters that are not or have not been sufficiently regulated in this MoU, will be provided in the form of an addendum that is an integral part of this MoU.

    Article 5

    CLOSING

    This agreement is made in 2 (two) copies, each of which is sufficiently stamped as evidence which has the same legal provisions.

    FIRST PARTY SECOND PARTY

    (………………….) (…………………)

    Thus the discussion of what is an MOU to an example of an MOU. Hopefully all the discussion above is useful for you. If you want to find books on business law, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com .

    this city limit

    batas kota ini
  • What is Mindset? Definition, Types, and Tips for Developing It

    What is Mindset? Definition, Types, and Tips for Developing It

    Understanding Mindset – Young people are often asked to improve their mindset or mindset so that they are successful in the future. So far, what we know, mindset or mindset is about what we believe. But, will this really affect our success or failure?

    Indeed, beliefs play an important role in determining what we want and whether we will achieve it. But what is a real mindset and how deeply does it influence our success?

    Definition of Mindset

    Sinaumed’s , it seems that mindset is very important for our present and future. However, we certainly have to know the meaning before implementing it in life. What is mindset ?

    These mindsets are the various beliefs that coalesce and ultimately shape the way we perceive things, the world, and ourselves. Given this definition, it makes sense that mindset will ultimately influence the way we think, feel, and behave in various situations. Consciously, we always act according to what we understand, right?

    Mindset is defined as a set of attitudes or beliefs that we hold. This mindset will influence our perception and how we live in the world. Even though we have one overall mindset , it can be made up of many smaller thought patterns.

    Some of those little mindsets might help us increase our well-being and success. Meanwhile, other mindsets hinder our ability to do so. Therefore, developing a certain mindset can go a long way in helping us achieve our goals, enjoy life, and be more successful.

    According to Literature

    There are various passages that define mindset . Here are some of them!

    According to M. Yunus SB in the book Mindset Revolution: Optimizing Unlimited Brain Potential (2014: 38) explains the definition of mindset . “Mindset—also known as a mindset—is the way the brain and intellect receive, process, analyze, perceive, and make conclusions about information that enters through our senses. That mindset works like a horoscope in our head. When we drift in the ocean of information, the mind seeks direction by holding on to preconceived thought patterns. That mindset is to keep the mind on the path that has become our belief and supports the achievement of the goals we choose.”

    Whereas in the book Mindset Revolution for Smart Teen by Fani Kartikasari (2009:11) it is stated that ” mindset is a mindset that will determine action. This action will bring us closer (or even further away) from our dreams and goals. So, it is very important for us to have a ‘star mindset’, which will lead us to become real stars!”

    Why is Mindset Important?

    Mindset alias mindset is often regarded as the most important factor that will affect our lives. The reason is, things that become a mindset or that we always think about from time to time will have a direct impact on our character and attitude, not the other way around.

    Therefore, it is important to know how important the right mindset is .

    Seemingly small things can make a big difference, mindset is the main difference between those who succeed and those who don’t. So, if you are serious about achieving success in any area of ​​life, you must learn to master that area and set the right mindset .

    Here are the main reasons for the importance of mindset in life:

    1. Develop healthy self-esteem
    2. Formulate the perspective of a winner
    3. Take advantage of self-motivation
    4. Helping to face adversity in some way
    5. Achieve the underlying goals

    Kinds of Mindsets

    There are two types of mindset that are most popular today: fixed mindset and growth mindset ( fixed and growing mindset ). When we have a fixed mindset , we believe that all the abilities we have are basic and fixed so that they cannot be changed. This mindset also leads to the belief that we don’t have to try because the present intelligence is enough to help us become successful.

    Meanwhile, having a growth mindset means we believe that effort and persistence can change ourselves and our abilities. Generally, people who have this mindset don’t immediately believe that everyone can become a genius like Einstein or Mozart. It takes effort and persistence to get it.

    Here’s an example of the difference between a fixed and growth mindset :

    Fixed Mindset Growth Mindset
    I don’t know if I’m smart or not. If not, then yes. I can learn to do whatever I want.
    That is me. I and no one else can change it. I am a person who continues to grow in the process.
    If you have to work hard, you actually have no ability. The more you challenge yourself, the smarter you will become.
    If I don’t try, then I won’t fail. I only fail when I stop trying.
    The job position was completely beyond my capabilities. The job position looks challenging. I will try to apply.

    Apart from the fixed mindset and growth mindset , actually there are still various kinds of mindsets that we need to learn. What are they?

    1. Positive Mindset

    From its name, we can immediately know that a mindset like this means a mindset that focuses on positive or good things instead of thinking about negative things. People who have this mindset can use strategies such as gratitude, introspection, and finding good things that can increase their positive emotions.

    Sinaumed’s, this kind of attitude usually tends to be optimistic and expects the best. Of course this is good for your own well-being and success. Because, building and expanding positive emotions can lead us to success in professional life and social relationships.

    2. Entrepreneurial Mindset

    Entrepreneurial Mindset is clearly defined as an entrepreneurial mindset. This is very helpful for those who want to become entrepreneurs, but it is also a very useful mindset for all of us in the modern world.

    This is because modern life often experiences almost constant changes. Certainly, the kinds of skills required for entrepreneurship are those that are most useful in adapting to and coping with rapid change and uncertainty. That’s why an entrepreneurial mindset is an important mindset to develop.

    According to the book on the entrepreneurial mindset (Gold & Rodriguez, 2018), this mindset consists of several important skills including:

    • Do not feel strange with the risk
    • Creative & innovative
    • Think critically & be able to solve problems
    • Initiative & independent
    • Have communication and collaboration skills
    • Future oriented
    • Acknowledge opportunities
    • Flexible & have the ability to adapt

    These skills are thought to aid academic and career success. Of course, this was a wide range of skills and most likely no one would have the high level of all of them. Because of this, it is perhaps most beneficial to develop the skills we are weak at.

    3. Scarcity Mindset

    Apparently, the idea of ​​this mindset emerged as a mindset of scarcity, which is an experience found to be common among those living in poverty. A scarcity mindset is the belief that something will never be enough. It arises as a result of past or present experiences when nothing is sufficient.

    Researchers believe that scarcity changes how people allocate attention. For example, when money starts to run low, every bill that comes to the house seems more pressing and threatening. This can happen because humans are designed to pay more attention to threats and negative things than positive things.

    As we know, lack of money can take a lot of people’s mental resources. In short, having less of something leads to a greater focus on it (Shah, Mullainathan, & Shafir, 2012).

    In fact, this scarcity mindset is changing the way we make decisions and solve problems. When we focus so much on present deficiencies, we can fail to allocate attention to the long term. As a result, we make decisions that prioritize immediate needs at the expense of long-term needs.

    Eventually, we get so caught up in this cycle of short-term thinking that in the long-term plan, we’re worse off.

    Even though research on the scarcity mindset has been around poverty, there’s no reason that it shouldn’t apply to other areas of life. If we lack other basic needs such as safety, health, love, self-respect, freedom, or respect, we may focus too much on unmet needs, and we may focus less on ensuring other needs are met in the future.

    Some studies have even shown that scarcity of time results in a scarcity mindset . When we are really busy, we meet immediate needs at the expense of time for the long term. More specifically, busyness produces a crisis mentality that leads people to resolve current crises while failing to prevent future crises.

    All wrong, right? So, overall, the scarcity mindset continues to focus on how to have a better future.

    4. Abundance Mindset

    An abundance mindset is the opposite of a scarcity mindset. This can be helpful when we are no longer in a crisis situation. The more crises we experience, the more our brains can get stuck thinking in ways that have protected us in the past, even if these mindsets no longer serve us.

    For example, it is useless if we are no longer in poverty but are still constantly worried about paying the bills.

    There is no point if we have found a good partner and are still worried that they don’t love us. It doesn’t help if we have had lighter lives and are still focused on dealing with crises rather than planning for the long term. These are the times when a mindset of abundance or contentment is necessary.

    ​When we have successfully overcome challenges and pressures, then we learn that the scarcity mindset strategy is successful. However, if we are in a lower stress context, the same strategy is less likely to be the best. We need to recognize that we are safe and that our needs are being met so we can focus on the future and how to ensure that our needs continue to be met.

    How to Develop a Growth Mindset

    Sinaumed’s , we already know the kinds of mindsets that many people can have. What do you think is the dominant mindset in you?

    We know that the growth mindset is often echoed as the perfect mindset and must be developed. So, how do you develop a growth mindset? Here’s the review!

    1. Reflect Yourself

    Take time to acknowledge, reflect on, and embrace all of our failures. Recognizing the areas we need to improve is a stepping stone in cultivating a growth mindset . Hiding all our shortcomings will only hinder the ability to achieve success.

    2. Find Purpose

    A growth mindset coupled with strong goals and unwavering determination will convince us that there is always another way to achieve our goals. So, take some time to reflect and find our purpose!

    3. Find a Challenge

    Part of developing a growth mindset is destroying negative perceptions of a challenge. Embrace the challenges that exist and see them as useful learning experiences that we will never get again. Elbert Hubbard once stated, “The biggest mistake you can make in life is to constantly fear that you will make one.”

    4. Grow Enthusiasm

    Stoicism is the ability to persevere through obstacles to achieve a meaningful end goal. Hang on. It gives us that inner urge to keep moving forward and fulfill our commitments!

    5. Record Goals

    People with a growth mindset realize that once one goal is accomplished, they have another goal to pursue. Set clear and realistic goals based on passion and goals. Also make sure to give yourself enough time to thoroughly conquer those goals.

    6. Change Attitude

    The fixed mindset tends to harbor negative attitudes, is pessimistic, and can’t do anything about it. Stop those thoughts now. The power of positive and optimistic thinking can instantly change moods that not only inspire us, but also those around us.

    7. Ask for Constructive Feedback

    People with a growth mindset will proactively seek feedback from their co-workers, friends, and leaders. This is an opportunity to discover lessons, learn from mistakes, and work on skills that will help in the long term.

    8. Train Yourself

    Mental and physical activity is another part of the growth mindset recipe . Meditation, walks, or even stretching allow us to focus on the moment, blend in with our surroundings, and bring clarity to cloudy thoughts.

    9. Appreciate Our Journey

    An important factor when building a growth mindset is seeing the value in the journey. When we get hung up on results, we miss valuable learning moments that can enhance overall professional development. Someone with a growth mindset sees beauty in struggle.

    Conclusion

    Having a growth mindset within is very important for the ‘development’ process itself. Moreover, if Sinaumed’s is a young person who wants a lot of experience in a career or even starting a business. Certainly, we must have a growth  mindset that

  • What is Metamorphic Rock, Formation Process, and Examples

    What is Metamorphic Rock, Formation Process, and Examples

    The existence of various kinds of rocks that are around us does have benefits for human life itself. Without realizing it, we need the presence of these stones. We can use the presence of these stones to make building materials which will be very useful to us later. There are also those that are used directly as building materials or just for aesthetics. In ancient times, these rocks were actually widely used by humans.

    Not only useful for building materials, the stones around us can also provide aesthetic value or beauty. The stone is generally used to decorate the house or garden. These types of rocks are also used as part of the interior design of a building.

    In fact, there are many kinds of rocks. One of them is metamorphic rock. The term metamorphic is one of the names of the types of rocks that complement igneous rocks and also sedimentary rocks. This metamorphic rock is a type of rock that changes shape. Where this rock is the result of the transformation of the previous rock type into a rock that complements igneous and sedimentary rocks.

    Rock itself is a solid object made naturally from mineraloids or minerals, which can be found on the surface of the earth wherever these objects are located. Therefore, in this article we will discuss more deeply about metamorphic rocks and their various forms.

    What Is Metamorphic Rock?

    Understanding or definition of metamorphic rock is often associated as metamorphic rock. This is because this metamorphic language is more towards a foreign language, while the metamorphic language looks more like Indonesian. This metamorphic rock is a group of rocks that have undergone a transformation or change in shape due to the lifting or erosion of the soil, then transformed into new rocks.

    Soil erosion that lifts rocks into metamorphic rocks requires high temperatures and pressures. Therefore, we often encounter these metamorphic rocks in volcanic soils around volcanoes. Where rocks that are eroded by low temperatures do not turn these rocks into metamorphic rocks, but become sedimentary rocks.

    Broadly speaking, metamorphic rock is a class that results from changes in existing rock in response to changes in environmental conditions, such as variations in temperature, pressure, and also mechanical stress and the addition or reduction of chemical components. The existing rock may be sedimentary, igneous, or other metamorphic rock.

    Definition of Metamorphic Rocks According to Experts

    Here are some definitions of metamorphic rocks according to experts, including:

    1. American Geosciences Institute

    According to him, metamorphic rocks are rocks that have been changed by intense heat or pressure when they were formed. Under conditions that are sufficiently hot and depressed deep in the earth’s crust, either sedimentary or igneous rocks can be converted into metamorphic rocks. One way to think about the process of metamorphism or metamorphism is to consider what happens when soft earthen objects are placed in a furnace and then heated to very high temperatures. Then the ground will change from being slippery to hard. The object cannot be changed back to its original form, because the material itself has changed. That’s what happens on a large scale underground to produce metamorphic rocks.

    The Process of Occurrence of Metamorphic Rocks

    As previously explained, this metamorphic rock will only form when a special metamorphic process occurs on the earth’s surface. These rocks will not form directly, but must go through this process of metamorphism. Where the process will change the parent rock in the form of igneous rock or sedimentary rock into metamorphic rock with different shapes and characteristics and colors compared to the original rock. In general, the process of forming metamorphic rocks can be simplified into several stages, namely:

    a. Available main rock or protolith
    b. Protolith has been exposed to the process of metamorphism
    c. The protolith rock begins to change its characteristics
    d. Formation of metamorphic rock

    Initially, all metamorphic rocks originate from a parent rock known as a protolith. Where these rocks are then exposed to metamorphic processes which are influenced by high pressure and high temperatures as well. This metamorphism process will slowly change the characteristics of the protolith rock into another rock that is metamorphic. At the end of the long process of metamorphism, this protolith rock will turn into a complete metamorphic rock that already has certain characteristics and forms of foliation. In that section, we will learn about the factors that influence the process of metamorphism and also the type of metamorphism that occurs in the formation of these rocks.

    Examples of Metamorphic Rocks

    The following are some examples of metamorphic rocks that need to be understood, including:

    1. Slate Metamorphic Rock

    This slate rock is a metamorphic rock in which the process of formation is from the transition process of Shale or Mudstone sedimentary rock or claystone at very low pressure and temperature. Where this slate metamorphic rock has a foliated structure consisting of various types of very fine grains. Slate rock itself was previously a type of shale and mudstone rock. The colors of this slate rock are black, gray, brown, red, yellowish, and others. Meanwhile, the grain texture of this slate rock has very fine grain. This slate rock can easily split into very thin sheets. The function of the thin-shaped slate is usually used for slate, while the thicker ones are used for sidewalks and roofs.

    2. Philite Metamorphic Rock

    This phyllite rock is a type of metamorphic rock which usually consists of quartz, sericite mica, and also chlorite. Where this phyllite rock comes from the continuation of the transition process from slate rock. Because, the origin of phyllite rocks comes from slate rocks, therefore the main material for the formation of phyllite rocks is shale rock. The colors of phyllite are silver, red, white, purple, brown and greenish. The grain size of phyllite tends to be smoother than slate. So when viewed directly, the stone is very neat.

    Meanwhile, the structure of this phyllite rock is foliated. The composition of the material itself is made of mica and quartz. The temperature and pressure during the formation of phyllite rocks are from low to medium. This phyllite rock has characteristics that divide following the wave surface. Where phyllite rock is useful as an insulator or a good conductor of electricity. In addition, this type of stone can also be used as an additional material for building construction, floors, roofs, and others.

    3. Gneiss Metamorphic Rock

    Gneiss rocks are rocks that originate or metamorphose from an igneous rock that exists at high temperatures and pressures. Usually, these gneiss rocks have colors such as black, gray, brownish, silver, blue, greenish, and also yellowish. The grain size of this gneiss stone tends to be medium and has a foliated structure. While the composition in this gneiss rock is quartz and feldspar. The most prominent characteristics of this gneiss rock are quartz and feldspar which are seen alternating with layers similar to mica. Generally, this gneiss rock is widely used as a building material.

    4. Schist Metamorphic Rock

    Schist is a metamorphic rock derived from basalt. Generally, these schist rocks are black, purplish, greenish, brownish, golden, yellowish, and reddish in color. For the grain size of medium or medium sized schist rocks. The composition contained in this schist rock is mica and granite. Meanwhile, the structure of the schist itself is foliated. The temperature and pressure during the process of forming schist rocks is very high. Therefore, schist rocks have wavy characteristics and sometimes garnet crystals are present in them. For its own use, usually this type of rock is used as a building construction material.

    5. Marble Metamorphic Rock

    Marble rock is formed from the metamorphism of limestone which gets pressure and also high hot temperatures. So that it changes shape and also crystallizes calcite. The main ingredient of this marble rock is calcium carbonate. Marble rocks usually have a light yellowish brown color. As for its nature, marble rock has solid, compact, and non-foliated properties. Marble rock is one of the materials for buildings, floors, walls, and is also sometimes used as a craft material.

    6. Quartzite Metamorphic Rock

    Quartzite rock is one part of the metamorphic rock that has a strong texture. Where this rock is formed when sandstone gets hot pressure and high temperatures. Quartzite rocks have colors that are yellowish gray, red, and brown. For the stone structure itself, namely nonfoliation. While the composition of quartzite as a whole consists of quartz rocks. The main function of this quartzite rock is as the main ingredient for the glass and ceramic industry which can be used as household furniture.

    7. Millonite Metamorphic Rock

    Milonite rock is a metamorphic rock that contains a lot of compact minerals. Where this milonite rock crystallizes dynamically following the mineral carrier substance that forms metamorphic rocks. The colors of these rocks are gray, brown, black, and also slightly bluish. This milonite rock has a structure that is not foliated. What is unique about this milonite rock is that its composition varies for each rock. Generally, milonite rocks are formed at high temperatures and pressures. In addition, what is interesting about milonite rocks is that a function has not been found for the utilization of these rocks.

    8. Filonite Metamorphic Rock

    Filonite rock is a metamorphic rock that forms at higher temperatures and pressures than slate. So, this phylonite rock is formed from the metamorphism of shale rocks and mudstones. This phylonite rock has little resemblance to milonite, it’s just that the difference is in the grain of the rock. Where the grains of phylonite rock are coarser than milonite rocks. The color characteristics of this phylonite rock are gray, greenish, bluish, preferring silver, brownish, and also blackish. This rock has a structure that is not foliated. While the composition of this phylonite rock is quartz and mica.

    The characteristic of phylonite rock is that it has a surface that looks shiny. The function of this rock is to be used as the main material for making statues and also decoration because it has good characteristics to use it.

    This is an explanation of various examples of metamorphic rocks and their characteristics. Hopefully useful.

  • What Is Meant to Condense and Examples of Events

    What Is Meant to Condense and Examples of Events

    Have you ever observed a change in the shape of an object? Apart from what we have learned from the subject matter at school, changes in the shape of objects are quite close to our daily activities. That’s why we need to understand the material, starting from the understanding of each form of an object, its nature, causes, and so on. By understanding this material, it will be easier for us to benefit from his theory in everyday life. In this article, we will discuss more about what condensing means.

    Events of changing the form of objects occur a lot in everyday life and there are various events of changing the form of objects that occur, such as the process of making ice cubes in the refrigerator, boiling water, and drying wet clothes in the morning. Changes in the shape of this object cannot be separated from solids, liquids, and gases. Where basically the change in the shape of the object is based on the release of heat or absorption of heat. All substances that exist in this world certainly have the opportunity to change form and this is based on their boiling point. One of the many changes in the form of objects that we find is condensation.

    What Does Condensation Mean?

    Condensation is an event of changing the form of a substance or object to a more solid form, such as changing a gas or vapor into a liquid. Where this change in condensation is often referred to as condensation and this process can occur due to several factors such as steam that is cooled deliberately to become liquid, steam or gas that is increased in pressure to become a liquid and the combination of compression with cooling. The term condensate is a liquid that has condensed from a gas or vapor. Meanwhile, the condenser is a tool used to condense vapor into a liquid. Basically, the condenser is made for cooling or heat exchanger which is used for a specific purpose and usually has a variety of designs.

    Condensation is a change in the state of matter that occurs when a gas releases heat energy due to a decrease in temperature. In addition, condensation can also occur in a natural way. The most common occurrence of condensation that we encounter is the dew that appears in the morning on the leaves. Even though there is no rain at night, the dew will still be visible from the water droplets that fall from the leaves. In daily activities, there are many damp places that contain water and this can happen because of water vapor that reaches the surface of the air. Condensation is not something strange, because it can be proven clearly in physics.

    Example of a Condensing Event

    The following are some examples of condensation events that we can encounter and occur around us, including:

    1. Ice Filled Wall

    A glass is a tool made specifically to make it easier for humans in the drinking process, where we will definitely pour drinking water into a glass before drinking it. Basically, glasses are made with various variations, because they will be adjusted to their fans and the majority of glass shapes certainly have a handle to make it easier to hold. The purpose of this handle is to make it easier for the user to move the glass from place to place. The glass itself is made from various materials, ranging from glass, plastic, wood, and others.

    Glass filled with ice generally has a material that is easily wet on the outside. This is an example of the condensation process. Where the ice that had been solid slowly began to melt. This is what causes evaporation in the glass.

    2. Water Drops on Leaves

    Morning is a condition that is quite healthy, because the air is still very fresh and there is still no exposure to dirty air or pollution. The human fit condition is basically in the morning. Therefore, the health center is actually there in the morning. So do not be surprised if many people often go for a run or exercise in the morning, because morning activities are very refreshing. Apart from that, we often encounter condensation in the morning conditions. Where we can see the indications from the plants whose leaves have dripping water.

    The condition of having morning dew is natural, even though there is no rain at night, this dewy condition can still occur. Because it becomes a natural process due to changes in the form of matter. Based on several studies that have been conducted, the condensation process can occur in a natural way without human intervention.

    3. Cars Rained

    As we know, the role of the car in everyday life is indeed quite important, because the presence of a car will help various human activities. When the car is exposed to rain water, of course all the outside will get wet and this will make some of the windshields get wet too. This can be one proof of the evaporation process due to the effect of temperature on objects. This will cause condensation to form on the windshield.

    4. Formation of Clouds

    Reporting from the US Geological Survey, clouds will form in the atmosphere because air containing water vapor will rise and cool. Where water vapor in the form of gas will rise into the atmosphere due to evaporation. The altitude of the atmosphere itself causes lower pressure, therefore it will indirectly lower the air temperature. As a result, the air temperature in the upper atmosphere will be cooler than the temperature at the surface of the earth. When water vapor reaches the upper atmosphere, it cools, turns into water droplets and forms clouds.

    5. Formation of Mist

    Fog is one example of condensation events that occur in everyday life. Where this fog is formed when the air has very high humidity or contains a lot of water vapor. According to National Geographic, the water vapor will begin to condense and combine to form water droplets that hang in the air. Collection of water droplets in the air will form fog.

    6. Foggy Glasses

    Glasses users, of course, have experienced cloudy glasses when eating hot or warm food or drinks. This can happen because the hot water vapor that comes from food and drink will rise towards the face and meet cooler air. So that the water vapor will condense, forming a small droplet of water vapor. Where the water vapor drops will then stick to the glasses and make them dewy.

    Causes of Changes in the Form of Objects

    Changes in the shape of this object certainly occur not without cause. That is why in the process of changing the substance, there will be symptoms that we can recognize directly or through tools. Where changes in the shape of the object can occur due to physical, biological, and chemical changes in the properties of the substance. The following are some explanations about the causes of changes in the shape of objects, starting from solid, liquid, and also gas.

    1. Physical Changes

    Physical change is a form of change in the substance of an object that we can see or observe with the naked eye through its physical appearance alone or perhaps from its outer appearance. So, changes in physical form do not change the chemical composition of a substance. These changes will not change the material at all or form new substances. The special nature of these changes can be seen and we observe the changes from the outside physically and they can return to their original state as before the substance changed.

    2. Chemical Changes

    Chemical change is a form of change in the form of an object that occurs in shape and size and will produce a new, different substance. Where this change in form will result in the type and material properties of a different substance or a new substance from the original substance. A chemical reaction will create a substance or composition that changes into a new chemical formula. In practice, changes in chemical state experience shrinkage of the material substance when changing. Chemical changes can occur from various factors, starting from cooling, combustion, heating, decay, and also corrosion.

    3. Biological Changes

    Biological change is one of the changes that occur due to the influence of activities carried out by other living things or decomposing microorganisms. Just like a chemical change, this biological change will also cause changes in objects that cannot return to their original shape. You can find examples of these biological changes in wood that is weathered and will eventually decompose.

    Properties of Things

    When discussing changes in form, it will not be separated from the discussion of matter. You must have come across objects that change shape easily. To be able to experience the process of changing form, generally the substance will have properties or characteristics before or after the change in form occurs. The following are the characteristics that need to be understood, including:

    1. Solids

    There are various types of solid objects that you can find in the environment that can later change shape. Solids have the following properties:

    a. Has a shape that tends to remain even though it is placed in a certain place, even tends to be the same even though it has been moved to a different place.
    b. It’s not easy to change shape.
    c. To change the shape of a solid object generally requires a long process with various efforts, such as pressing, hitting, and so on.

    2. Liquid objects

    You must be familiar with many liquid objects that we encounter at home or in the environment. Liquids can certainly change form into other forms such as becoming solid objects or gases. Before the change occurs, the liquid has the following properties or characteristics:

    a. Has a shape that is not fixed and will adapt to the shape of the container that holds it.
    b. It has flowing properties and easily moves from a higher place to a lower place because of the law of gravity.
    c. Water bodies can seep into small gaps or pores on a surface, such as soil, cloth, tissue, and others.
    d. Having pressure to go in all directions.
    e. Have a flat surface.
    f. Has a wave motion that can be influenced by several factors, such as thrust or wind.

    3. Gases

    In contrast to solid objects or liquid objects which can be seen clearly, gas objects cannot be seen easily with the naked eye, such as air. Even though its form is not visible, this gas object exists with very small and many molecules. So it is difficult to see by the naked eye. As is the case with other forms of matter, gas objects can also change form, which is initially invisible to be visible, or what is initially visible becomes invisible when it becomes gas. Gas bodies have their own properties that distinguish them from other forms of matter, as below:

    a. Has a shape and volume that can adjust to the shape or condition of the container that holds it. Therefore, the shape of the gas will depend on the shape and condition of the container. In addition, the volume of air will also depend on the contents and also the volume of the container.
    b. Has pressure that can press in all directions. For example, when you blow up a balloon, the rubber balloon expands. This is what proves that the gas will press in all directions and adjust to the container. For example, when you blow up a doll-shaped balloon, the gas will fill the balloon according to its shape.

  • What is Marketing? Strategy, Function and How to Become a Marketer

    What is Marketing? – Did you know that marketing is one of the cornerstones of a business or company? By carrying out the right marketing strategy, the business will get maximum turnover. Moreover, if the company can have a marketing strategy according to its business niche.

    So, maybe many of us are wondering what strategies can be used and how to become reliable marketing? Don’t worry, because in this article we will discuss what marketing is and the various strategies in it and how to become a reliable marketing agent to boost business turnover.

    What is Marketing?

    Before discussing more about marketing strategy, let’s first understand the definition of marketing itself. So, marketing is an effort to introduce products to customers. These efforts are carried out in several ways, such as promotion, distribution, sales, and also the product development strategy itself.

    Here, marketing has a very important role in developing a business. It can be said that there will be no successful business without proper marketing efforts. Because, with marketing, companies or businesses can get the following benefits:

    a. Sales increase
    b. Can be a bridge to build a good relationship with customers
    c. One of the media to do branding
    d. Means for product development

    In practice, marketing often starts with conducting market research and also analyzing customer needs according to their buyer persona. However, even though both are things that can be continued, we must also continue to use different marketing strategies according to the times.

    The Latest Marketing Strategy For Business

    The following are several marketing strategies that can be used and selected according to their respective business needs:

    1. Marketing Mix

    The first marketing strategy is the marketing mix. This one strategy is a marketing strategy that is usually used to achieve a certain target. Marketing mix is ​​a marketing strategy that is most often used by business people, whether it’s a beginner business or a business that has started to develop.

    Basically, this marketing has seven basic elements, namely, price, product, promotion, place, people, physical evidence, and process. To use this marketing strategy, we will start by designing the best product needed by consumers and it must be ensured that the price is affordable. Besides that, we also need to make products that can continue to exist with various promotional efforts. So in essence, we must continue to apply the seven elements above in order to get the best marketing results.

    2. Viral Marketing

    This type of marketing is a marketing strategy that is carried out by utilizing the audience to spread information about the product to be promoted. This marketing strategy can be an option to boost business popularity in a short period of time.

    Why does a business need to use viral marketing? Because this one strategy has a lot of advantages. The first is that we can save costs for promotion. Then secondly, this marketing will reach a wider audience. So that it can be one of the efforts to increase brand awareness effectively. By using this strategy, it is very likely that the product being promoted will be reviewed in various media, because of this virality.

    Then, how to maximize the use of this one strategy? The main thing to note is to make sure that we have to understand the right target audience according to the product being offered. In addition, create quality and emotional information. So that many people want to share it.

    3. Guerrilla Marketing

    Guerilla marketing is a marketing strategy that is carried out by means of unique and memorable promotions in the eyes of consumers. In fact, not infrequently, this strategy makes consumers surprised by a new breakthrough made by a brand. For example, the action of skydiving carried out to promote Red Bull products.

    Then, why are so many businesses using this marketing strategy? Because, in terms of the budget used, it is classified as more economical because the focus of promotion is on creativity. Then the marketing strategy is also easier to implement because it seems unique to build. Then finally, this marketing is very memorable for potential customers who witness the product promotion action.

    To apply guerilla marketing, we need to keep looking for creative ideas to introduce the products to be promoted. In addition, try to understand the audience so that the impression built becomes stronger. Then, we also need to make a short and clear message regarding the promotion being carried out.

    4. Marketing Trends

    Trend marketing is a product promotion strategy that is carried out by studying the latest trends in society. As business owners, we shouldn’t miss trying this marketing strategy. Due to the ever-changing promotional trends, it is important to always take advantage of the latest trends in promoting business products.

    There are lots of marketing trends that are quite popular today. Some of them are the use of AI (Artificial Intelligence) or artificial intelligence to understand consumer desires. One of the things we can do is to use Google Voice Search. Not only that, there is also Chatbot, a live chat service for consumers using applications that can increase the speed of interaction with consumers directly.

    5. Experiential Marketing

    Experiential marketing is a marketing strategy that is carried out by inviting consumers to experience using our products. This strategy is considered effective because consumers are invited to know directly the quality of the products offered. There are five types of experiential marketing that we can do.

    Starting from product exhibitions, holding an event, holding seminars, sharing immersive experiences through Virtual Reality, and promoting generated content. In its application, there are several strategies that can be used to carry out experiential marketing.

    The first is to clearly define promotional objectives, such as to build brand awareness or something else. The second is by sharing real experiences that are not contrived. The third is asking for feedback from consumers who have used our products.

    6. Email Marketing

    Email marketing is a digital promotion that aims to offer products to potential customers via their email. Why is this one strategy interesting to do?

    a. The costs required are relatively small but the results are maximum.
    b. It has a wide reach and it is predicted that more people will use email.
    c. More than 90 percent of people check email every day.
    d. More effective than social media.
    e. Easier to reach consumers.
    f. 86 percent of consumers want to receive promotional emails from products they subscribe to.

    Functions Of Company Marketing

    The following are some of the marketing functions in a company that are rarely known:

    1.Exchange Function

    In the world of marketing, consumers can be free to choose products from any brand and exchange them for money or can exchange products for their own products.

    2. Physical Distribution Function

    One of the functions of marketing is physical distribution by moving the product by transporting and storing the product. The products already owned by the company will be distributed to consumers. Either by sea, air or land. In this case, product storage is carried out so that the product supply is maintained in the market. So that there will be no scarcity when needed by consumers.

    3. Intermediary Function

    To be able to deliver products to consumers, a marketing person will connect them from the producer to the consumer.

    4. Other Functions

    Another function of marketing is not only as an exchange, intermediary, or physical distribution. But there are still other functions that are owned by a reliable marketing based on marketing management, including:

    a. Marketing Sales

    The main task of marketing sales is to generate sales of products owned by a company. So that the company gets a profit from every product sold.

    b. Promotion Marketing

    Marketing has a duty to introduce a product to potential customers in general so that the product offered can be more famous.

    c. Marketing Research and Development

    Marketing has the task of finding information from a product that is needed by consumers. In addition, marketing also needs to develop existing products. Then report it to the company so that repairs or follow-up are immediately carried out.

    d. Marketing Communications

    Marketing has a duty to create good relations between producers and consumers, companies and surrounding communities, and companies on parties related to their business.

    7 Tips for Success in Becoming a Reliable Marketing

    Being a reliable and successful marketing will certainly greatly affect business success. This is because marketing has the function of finding, acquiring, maintaining, and also increasing customers and controlling the market. Meanwhile, how many customers have been successfully hooked by a company’s marketers, of course, that determines the size of the income. Then if the greater the income earned, it will be easier for the company to develop and vice versa. Here are some ways to become a reliable marketing that can be applied:

    1. Make a Strategy and Target Consumers

    A reliable marketing strategy must be able to create a promotional concept that can attract the attention of consumers. The simplest and most common examples are giving discounts, giving bonuses to buyers who make lots of transactions and conducting prize draws for special event programs. The right promotional activity is to directly involve potential customers as participants in order to build loyalty. Here’s a complete example:

    #a Holding a sponsored hiking event or event
    #b Holding a live music event accompanied by product introduction

    Meanwhile, a clear target is an important point in order to understand market segments such as business product A which class of consumers is best for? And others.

    2. Understand Knowledge Products

    A consumer will trust us as a marketer if the information we convey to consumers can be explained in detail and easy to understand. To make consumers believe is not easy. Therefore, as a marketer must understand and master the goods or services offered. Convey accurate and clear information about the advantages and quality of our products compared to competitors’ products. But, we also never cover up the shortcomings of these products. But use language that can describe as if these deficiencies can still be overcome with other options.

    3. Knowing Consumer Behavior

    Consumer behavior consists of things that we can know through the character of consumers who will become the target market. For example, the community of children, men, women, youth, and the general public must be distinguished in more detail. Even about the upper and lower economic circles. The most effective way to find out consumer behavior, we must be able and able to directly mingle with them for a while. This is done as one of the keys to knowing what the interests and needs of potential customers are.

    4. Expanding the Business Network

    Running a business certainly requires connections that are wide enough to make it easier for us to get accurate information. Any opportunity can be obtained quickly if you have a wide network or business connections. For example, capital problems, new business opportunities, effective marketing strategies. The role of marketing experts in this case is to be able to communicate well with anyone and from all kinds of communities even though it must be very difficult at first. Whatever the reason, the wider the business connections that are built, the wider the opportunity for money will be created to get new potential customers.

    5. Paying Attention to Consumer Responses

    The response from customers will always be different to the products offered by a marketing. If you get a good response from customers, never forget to make it a testimonial so that new potential customers can absorb it. This will later become concrete evidence regarding the quality of our products. However, if you get a bad response, then use it as an evaluation material and a strategy to improve the promotion and marketing techniques that are being carried out.

    6. Always Be Optimistic

    The activities of a marketing person will not escape from various kinds of obstacles and obstacles. There have been many people who failed and were unable to deal with the situation. Being chased by the company’s targets and receiving rejection from many customers is just the most common part and one must be prepared for. Apart from the two problems above, in fact there are still many other hurdles for a marketer that must be anticipated. Marketers must be prepared mentally, responsibly, personal economy, and others. In order to become a reliable marketer, one must have an optimistic and confident attitude when dealing with various consumer characteristics. But never push yourself beyond your ability so that you won’t be too devastated when you fail.

    7. Have Supporting Technology

    Whatever the type of work, definitely requires communication tools and also transportation to support his mobility. In this digital era, at least marketing experts have adequate gadgets as a means of establishing good relations with consumers or used to obtain more up-to-date information. The most common example is having a smartphone. Where the media can also support promotion via the internet.

    Those are some explanations about how to become a reliable marketing and some marketing strategies that can be used. How, are you ready to become a reliable marketing.

    Recommended Books & Articles Related to Marketing

  • What is Liquidity? Functions and Examples

    Definition of Liquidity – Has Sinaumed’s ever wondered what liquidity is and how to calculate it using ratios? Check out the following explanation so that Sinaumed’s can find out about how long the company can finance business operations and other benefits that Sinaumed’s will get.

    Definition of Liquidity

    Before discussing liquidity further, Sinaumed’s needs to first understand the meaning of liquidity. Liquidity is the ability or power of a company to pay debt and short-term obligations. Examples of short-term debt are taxes, trade payables, dividends, and so on.

    However, there are also those who say that the definition of liquidity is the ability of individuals and companies to pay off debts or obligations with current assets. If the company does not have the power to pay off its obligations, it will be impossible for the company to be able to carry out operational activities the same as before.

    In general, each company has a different level of liquidity as shown in certain figures, such as the quick ratio, current ratio and cash ratio. The higher, the Pert Sinaumed’s that the company has a better performance also in carrying out its operational activities. With a high level, it can attract investors, for example financial institutions, creditors, and suppliers.

    The Role of Liquidity

    To run a business, there are several obligations that Sinaumed’s needs to fulfill. This obligation is the obligation to pay debts and also the obligation to finance all the operational needs of the company. These two obligations are known as liquidity.

    If a company is able to pay these obligations then it can be said that the company’s liquidity is good, but if the company is unable to pay all of these costs then the company can be categorized as a company that is not good.

    Therein lies the importance of the role of liquidity, by knowing the ability to pay of a company, the benchmark for the success of SMEs can be assessed.

    Liquidity Benefits and Functions

    Sinaumed’s needs to know that liquidity in a company has its own functions and benefits for the operating processes of that company. Some of the functions and benefits of liquidity include:

    • As the right media in carrying out the company’s daily business activities.
    • As a tool to anticipate if there is a sudden or urgent need for funds.
    • For companies engaged in finance or finance, it can make it easier for customers to make loans or withdraw funds. Companies can use the help of financial management software to get optimal business management.
    • As a reference for the level of flexibility of a company in obtaining investment approval or other profitable business.
    • A tool that can trigger companies to improve performance.
    • As a benchmark for the company’s ability to pay short-term obligations.
    • Can help management to check the efficiency of working capital.
    • Assist companies in analyzing and interpreting financial position in the short term.

    Therefore, maintaining the level of liquidity is important because it can gain the trust of both internal and external parties. With a good level of liquidity, companies can pay employee salaries according to a predetermined date and easily obtain capital loans from investors, banks and other parties.

    Components in Liquidity

    Furthermore, what Sinaumed’s needs to know is an understanding of the liquidity component. The main components that exist in liquidity can be divided into three parts. Here are the three components:

    • Density is a gap or distance that can explain the price range of a product, including the normal price range and the price range that has been agreed by the company.
    • Depth is a component that describes the volume of sales and purchases of a product at a certain price level.
    • Resilience is an explanation of the speed at which prices change towards efficient prices after price volatility or deviations occur.

    Examples of Liquid Assets and Application of Liquidity Ratios

    Sinaumed’s , after we understand about liquidity. However, it certainly feels lacking if we don’t know real examples of liquidity in everyday life. This time, let’s discuss examples of liquid assets and the application of liquidity ratios in their calculations!

    Examples of liquid and illiquid assets

    1. Cash or Cash

    Cash is the most liquid asset because it is related to liquidity, all other assets are valued for their ease of being converted into cash or cash.

    2. Limited Cash (Restricted Cash)

    Limited cash is a cash deposit as a set aside by the company to meet future obligations. The amount of cash is also quite significant. However, this deposit is considered illiquid if it is legally restricted, such as compensation for a loan.

    3. Securities

    Securities are financial instruments that can be traded in the public market. Securities liquidity is related to the daily trading volume of these securities. Government bonds that have a high trading volume are considered to be nearly as liquid as cash. Meanwhile, securities that have little value are considered illiquid.

    4. Cash Equivalents

    Cash equivalents are securities and instruments that can be exchanged for cash, just like commercial paper and bills.

    5. Credit

    Unused credit such as lines of credit can help entities to achieve liquidity. However, these facilities may be subject to conditions that make credit much less reliable than cash in a liquidity crisis.

    For example, in the event of a global financial crisis, banks may have incentives to withdraw credit lines.

    6. Assets (Illiquid)

    Assets which include inventory, receivables, equipment, vehicles and real estate are not considered liquid because they take a long time such as months or even years to convert into cash. In the event of financial stress, these assets may be more difficult to convert into cash.

    Calculating Liquidity Using Ratios

    After knowing what liquidity means and its functions and benefits, of course Sinaumed’s wants to know about how to calculate it. To calculate it, Sinaumed’s can use the liquidity ratio formula, so as to find out whether the company’s liquidity is in good condition or not. This calculation can be divided into four types of liquidity ratios, namely:

    1. Current ratio

    This calculation is used to determine the extent to which the company’s current assets can cover its short-term debt. If the results show a high enough value, the higher the company’s ability to cover its short-term debt. The following is a formula for calculating it with the current ratio:

    CURRENT RATIO = CURRENT ASSETS : CURRENT LIABILITIES

    If the current ratio is low, such as below 1.2, then this indicates that the company does not have the ability to pay its short-term debt. However, a lower value can also indicate that the company has used its current assets effectively and efficiently.

    2. Quick ratio

    The quick ratio is used to take into account inventory, which is part of the current assets used to pay off short-term liabilities. This happens because the disbursement of inventory requires a longer time. To calculate the quick ratio, try to use the formula below:

    QUICK RATIO = (CURRENT ASSETS – INVENTORIES) : CURRENT LIABILITIES

    If the result is more than 1.0, then the value of the company’s ability to pay off short-term debt is considered very good. However, if the value is above 3.0, then the company’s ability will be considered less productive.

    This is because current assets are not utilized optimally in other forms of investment or the profit target is not right. Through the quick ratio, Sinaumed’s can see whether the company’s cash flow can run healthily or unhealthy.

    3. Cash ratio (Cash ratio)

    The cash ratio is a way to measure the amount of cash available and used to pay off the company’s short-term debt. It is recommended that this ratio figure has a comparable figure, between cash and debt, which shows 1: 1.

    If the cash ratio is greater than short-term debt, then the value of the cash ratio is good, because there is availability of funds that can be used to pay off these short-term obligations. Here’s how to calculate the cash ratio using the formula:

    CASH RATIO = CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS : SHORT TERM DEBT

    The meaning of cash and cash equivalents here can include company cash and securities that are easy to liquidate, such as bonds or fundraising when the Sinaumed’s company needs emergency funds.

    4. Cash turnover ratio (Cash turnover ratio)

    With this ratio, Sinaumed’s can see how many times the company’s cash has circulated in one period as measured by sales. To calculate it, you can use the following formula:

    CASH TURNOVER = NET SALES : AVERAGE CASH

    If you find a ratio that is getting bigger, then the value of the company’s ability to overcome financial problems will be even bigger.

    Examples of Financial Ratio Problems

    Quoting from the book Fundamentals of Financial Statement Analysis by Hadijah Febriana, SE, MM, the following is an example of financial ratio questions that can be used for training in understanding material regarding financial ratios.

    Example Question 1

    From the report on the company, it is known that there are:

    Cash and cash equivalents = 100,727,141,756

    Total short term liabilities = 408,490,550,651.

    Based on the data above, what is the cash ratio of the company?

    Answer :

    Cash Ratio = Total Cash / Total Current Liabilities

    Cash Ratio = 100,727,141,756 / 408,490,550,651

    Cash Ratio = 0.246

    The value of the cash ratio in the company is 0.246 or 24.6%. This means that currently the company’s cash is only able to cover 24.6% of its total current debt.

    Example Problem 2

    Total Current Assets = 1,165,406,301,686

    Current Inventory = 316,826,909,348

    Total Current Liabilities = 408,490,550,651.

    Based on the data in the report above, what is the quick ratio of company X?

    Answer :

    Quick Ratio = (Total Assets – Inventory) / Total Current Liabilities

    Quick Ratio = 91,165,406,301,686 – 316,826,909,348) / 408,490,550,651

    Quick Ratio = 848,579,392,338 / 408,490,550,651

    Fast Ratio = 2.08

    The value of the quick ratio owned by company X is 2.08 times. Which means, company X has the ability to pay off its obligations in the short term which is quite good and is not excessive in investing its current assets.

    The figure 2.08 also shows that every Rp1 of the company’s current liabilities can be guaranteed by current assets of Rp2.08.

    Example Problem 3

    A company has total assets of 1,165,406,301,686 and total current liabilities of 408,490,550,651. Based on these data, how much current ratio does the company have?

    Answer :

    Current Ratio = Total Current Assets / Total Current Liabilities

    Current Ratio = 1,165,406,301,686 / 408,490,550,651

    Current Ratio = 2.85

    Example Problem 4

    Beginning of the Year Cash = 64,106,808,475

    Cash End of Year = 100. 727,141 756

    Net Sales = 3,512,509,168,853

    Based on the reports mentioned earlier, what is the cash turnover ratio?

    Answer :

    Average Total Cash = (Total Cash at Beginning of the Year + Cash at the End of the Year) /

    Average Total Cash = (64,106,808,475 + 100,727,141 756) / 2

    Average Total Cash = 164,833,950,231 / 2

    Average Amount of Cash = 82,416,975,155.5

    After obtaining the average total cash, the cash turnover ratio is as follows:

    Cash Turnover Ratio = Net Sales / Average Amount of Cash

    Cash Turnover Ratio = 3,512,509,168,853 / 82,416,975,155.5

    Cash Turnover Ratio = 42.62

    Based on these results it can be seen that the cash turnover ratio of PT. Siantar Top Tbk in 2019 was 42.62 times. Which means, during 2019, cash from this company has rotated more than 42 times a year.

    This shows that the conversion of current assets into cash through sales is relatively fast.

    Example Problem 5

    A company has financial reports and balance sheets that contain the following data:

    Total Current Assets = 1,165,406,301,686

    Current Inventory = 316,826,909,348

    Total Current Liabilities = 408,490,550,651.

    Based on the data above, what is the net working capital stock ratio?

    Answer :

    Net Working Capital Inventory Ratio = Current Inventory / (Total Current Assets – Total Current Liabilities)

    Net Working Capital Stock Ratio = 316,826,909,348 / (1,165,406,301,686 – 408,490,550,651)

    Inventory Ratio

    Net Working Capital = 316,826,909,348 / 756,915,751,035

    Net Working Capital Stock Ratio = 0.42

    The value of the company’s net working capital stock ratio is 0.42 or 42%. This implies that 42% of the company’s net working capital is stored in inventory or availability.

    Also Read:

    • Recognize the Difference between Direct Investment and Not
    • Definition of KPR: Types, Benefits and Considerations
    • Monetary Policy Instruments: Definition, Types
    • Understanding the Definition, Functions, and Types of Money
    • Cash Equivalent Assets: Definition, Types, Purpose

     

  • What is Liability? Types and Examples of Questions

    Definition of Liabilities – Liabilities are one of the most important financial components to support a company. What does liability mean? What are some examples? Check out the discussion in the following article.

    Has Sinaumed’s ever felt confused because suddenly the debt being borne by the company is greater than income without knowing how the process happened? If so, learning about liability is an excellent solution so that Sinaumed’s doesn’t experience it again.

    Even though it has a physical form and value, liabilities cannot be classified as assets. Unfortunately, until now there are still many entrepreneurs who fail to understand it. So what is meant by liability? What are the types? Here’s the explanation for Sinaumed’s .

    What is Liability?

    In running its business, companies incur various types of costs with the aim of running operations. It is used in large quantities, so that in general this fee is billable only in certain periods.

    Apart from costs, many companies also have bills from external capital loans, or what is simply referred to as debt.

    These two types of claims included in the profit/loss balance sheet reporting process are generally put together, and are named “liabilities”.

    So if defined, liability is an obligation that is borne by the company, both internal and external, and must be paid immediately before payment is due.

    Difference between Assets and Liabilities

    Liabilities can have the same form and value as assets, both as capital and goods. This is what often makes entrepreneurs misunderstand and think that liabilities are the same as assets. In fact, assets and liabilities are two different things.

    Assets are economic resources that are used to run business rates and ensure the added value of wealth for the company. There are two types of assets, namely:

    • Current assets (easily liquidated), for example land certificates, machinery, buildings, brands , and so on.
    • Non-current assets (difficult to liquidate), for example securities, receivables, cash, merchandise, and so on.

    Meanwhile, liabilities are various economic resources used to carry out the pace of business that must be paid by the company to external parties within a certain time.

    Liability cannot be abandoned, because it will certainly cause problems. Meanwhile, assets are the property of the company (or investors) so that they can be managed at will on the basis of the company’s progress.

    Apart from what has been explained in the previous point, the differences in other assets and liabilities include:

    Assets are financial resources that have future economic benefits. While liabilities are things that must be paid off in the near future.

    The value of assets decreases or depreciates every year, while the value of liabilities will not decrease and may increase due to the enactment of the interest rate system.

    When writing a balance sheet, assets are written on the right, while liabilities are written on the left.

    Liability Characteristics

    After understanding the meaning of liability, this time we will learn about the characteristics of liabilities, namely:

    • Has a payment due date.
    • As a transaction or event that has occurred so that it obliges the entity.
    • Must be resolved by paying it off.
    • Requires assets and other entities to settle liabilities.

    Functions of Assets and Liabilities in Financial Statements

    In a company’s accounting period, the smooth flow of assets and liabilities is the main component as a support to show the stability and long-term prospects of the company. In a company’s financial statements, liabilities or debt is one of the strategies of a company to develop its business consistently.

    Types of Liabilities

    Current liabilities are debts that must be settled by the company within one year or one accounting period. The decisions of companies that take out debt are generally based on strategic and mature calculations. This debt will be used as business capital which will provide greater profits for the future of the company.

    The components included in the liability group are current liabilities and long term liabilities . Details regarding the liability component are as follows.

    1. Short Term Debt (Current Liabilities)

    Short-term debt or liabilities are debts that must be paid or repaid immediately by a company or in other words as a company obligation that has a payment limit of less than a year, for example per month, per quarter or per semester. The slowest time to pay off current liabilities is one year of the accounting bookkeeping period.

    Another term used to refer to this liability is current debt, because the company has to pay it several times within one year.

    The components included in current liabilities are as follows.

    1. Account Payable

    Trade payables in liabilities are debt decisions for the purchase of goods such as raw materials in order to expedite the company’s operational activities. Generally, this debt must be paid to suppliers or partner companies.

    2. Notes Payable

    Notes in liability short-term debt is a type of debt paid to the lender. This debt has a maturity or grace period of 30, 60, and 90 days according to the agreement that has been made before.

    3. Accrued Interest Payable

    Expenses that need to be paid in liabilities are types of liabilities that have a status that has not been paid off in a certain accounting period. The components in the accrued interest payable are rental costs, wages or salaries, and so on.

    4. Unearned Revenue

    This liability represents income from the company for its services to third parties. Payment of this debt has been received, but the income has not become the full property of the company so that it is still said to be debt.

    5. Deferred Income (Deferred Liability or Deferred Revenue)

    Deferred Revenue in liabilities, namely income received in advance for goods or services that have not been completed or delivered. For example, if goods or services have been delivered to consumers, then this component can only be referred to as revenue and included in the income statement.

    6. Salaries Payable

    This liability is a company obligation that is paid to all employees, but the total amount that must be paid has not been able to fulfill this obligation. Therefore, this component is included in the company’s debt to its employees.

    7. Dividends Payable

    Dividend liability is part of the company’s profit that has been determined to be distributed to shareholders in the form of dividends. Because this nominal has not been paid, it will be included in the debt section in the accounting balance sheet.

    8. Tax Payable

    Taxes payable in liabilities are obligations that must be paid by the company for tax calculations from all company assets in the form of buildings that have been used.

    2. Long Term Liabilities

    All debts whose repayment obligations are paid over a relatively long period of time or at least more than one year are long term liabilities . Long-term liabilities are obligations that must be paid by the company with a relatively long term, namely in one cycle of the company’s financial statements.

    This liability can also be referred to as non-current debt, because the company cannot pay this obligation in less than a one-year period.

    The components included in this type of liability are as follows.

    1. Bank Loans (Bank Loans)

    Bank debt in liabilities is loan funds from banks obtained by the company and used as company capital, such as for company mergers or business expansion activities.

    2. Mortgage Payable

    This liability represents the company’s loan debt with collateral in the form of fixed assets and fixed assets owned by the company.

    3. Bonds Payable

    Bonds are transferable medium-long term bonds. This letter serves as evidence stating that the investor or bondholder lent a certain amount of money to a business entity or company that issued it.

    4. Noveltasi Credit (Long Term Loan)

    Noveltasi loans in liabilities are company obligations obtained from banks or other financial institutions in the form of long-term loans.

    5. Duration Debt (Subordinated Loan)

    Duration debt is an obligation by the shareholders of the parent company that does not use an interest system.

    6. Payable Lease

    Payable leases in liabilities are debts originating from foreign companies to purchase fixed assets in which all payments are paid in installments over a relatively long period of time.

    7. Debt of Shareholders (Holding Company Loan)

    If a company has an affiliated company, the shareholder’s debt becomes an obligation that must be paid. This debt must be given from the parent company to affiliated companies and new subsidiaries as operational capital for the company’s business. In general, this liability can be paid in installments over a relatively long period of time.

    Debt to Equity Ratio

    The first liability component that must be analyzed is the debt to equity ratio (revenue/company value added). Before starting, ask Sinaumed’s himself the following: is the equity the company has acquired sufficient to pay all of its debts?

    If the amount of debt reaches 50% or more, then the company’s finances are in an unhealthy condition. So that in the following year the company must try to reduce liabilities and increase equity.

    Debt to Asset Ratio

    The next liability analysis that Sinaumed’s needs to do is the debt to asset ratio. This component becomes more important, because it involves the company’s operational license.

    If after analysis it is found that the amount of debt reaches 50% or more, then the assets of the Sinaumed’s company are at risk of being subject to a mortgage (if they fail to pay liabilities).

    The ideal number to debt ratio is 40%, or less. The lower the ratio of debt to assets, the safer the company’s operations will be.

    Examples of Company Liabilities

    Liability is an accounting component that is not too difficult to understand, so Sinaumed’s can easily calculate the amount. However, to make it easier to understand liabilities, the following is an example of a company’s liabilities.

    LIABILITIES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    PT JAYA MAKMUR TBK.

    December 31, 2020

    SHORT-TERM LIABILITIES

    Trade payables ¾ Third parties : 105,980,775

    Other payables ¾ Third parties : 859,657

    Taxes payable: 799,999

    Accrued expenses: 50,956,390

    Bank loans: 48,900,000

    Long-term debt: –

    Finance lease: 67,345,098

    Other short-term liabilities: 5,991

    Total short term liabilities: 274,847,910

    LONG TERM LIABILITIES

    Employee benefits liability: 49,553,900

    Senior notes : 32,456,988

    Bank loans: 85,688,900

    Finance lease: 151,990,800

    Total long term liabilities : 319,690,588

    Overall total liabilities: 594,538,498

    Examples of Short Term Debt Questions and Answers

    The definition of short-term receivables is the obligation of a company whose settlement period is less than one year. Consider the following examples of short-term debt:

    Examples of short-term accounts payable

    PT Atos Empuk Jaya is a trading company that sells various software and hardware in the field of information technology. On March 20, 2021, the company sold its merchandise worth IDR 36,500,000 to Toko Ora Nyetrum using a credit system with payment terms of 3/10, n/45.

    The cost of the product provided by the supplier to PT Atos Empuk Jaya is IDR 30,000,000. The question is how is the treatment of accounting records for buyers and sellers?

    Answers and discussion:

    Recording of accounting journals on the seller’s side:

    (Debit ) Trade Receivable … IDR 36,500,000

    (Credit) Sales…. IDR 36,500,000

    (Debit) Cost of Goods Sold …. IDR 30,000,000

    (Credit) Merchandise Inventory … IDR 30,000,000

    Recording of accounting journals on the buyer’s side:

    Merchandise Inventory…. IDR 36,500,000 (Debit)

    Accounts Payable …… IDR 36,500,000 (Credit)

    Examples of long term problems and solutions

    Long-term debt is a company’s obligations with maturities of more than twelve months. To help understand this insight, consider the following examples of long-term debt problems:

    Examples of long-term accounts payable

    PT Lokita Baru is a trading company that has plans to develop marketing areas to increase sales turnover. All preparations were carried out carefully, starting from the infrastructure and other supporting facilities.

    Question:

    How does PT Lokita Baru record the bank’s long-term debt?

    Answers and Discussion:

    A: Calculating loan interest

    = IDR 250,000,000 x 18%

    = IDR 45,000,000

    B: Perform debt accounting records

    Cash ….. IDR 250,000,000 (Debit)

    Interest expense …. IDR 45,000,000 (Debit)

    Long-term debt …. IDR 250,000,000 (Credit)

    Interest Debt…. IDR 45,000,000 (Credit)

    Conclusion

    Liability is something that cannot be avoided, especially for a newly developing company. However, if the liability management is well organized, then Sinaumed’s does not need to worry that the company will collapse due to too many liabilities.

    Also Read:

    • Recognize the Difference between Direct Investment and Not
    • Definition of KPR: Types, Benefits and Considerations
    • Monetary Policy Instruments: Definition, Types
    • Understanding the Definition, Functions, and Types of Money
    • Cash Equivalent Assets: Definition, Types, Purpose
  • What is Legal Sociology? Definition, Characteristics, and Examples

    What is Legal Sociology? Definition, Characteristics, and Examples – Sociology in the field of science plays an important role in developing knowledge that is increasing rapidly today. Humans themselves are social beings who in their daily life must socialize with each other with other humans. This is what gave rise to a branch of science called sociology whose main focus is studying social activity between humans.

    In social life, humans must always apply sociological values ​​in their activities such as buying and selling transactions, establishing business relationships, or even looking for a life partner requires social activities that are based on sociological values ​​because it is impossible for humans to carry out all activities without need the help of others in their daily activities.

    And, in a social stratum, laws are definitely needed to regulate every human activity so that there is no chaos caused by irresponsible humans when carrying out their free will. Indeed, every human being has the freedom to determine his own way of life, but when there is no law in human social activity, this freedom actually interferes with the freedom of other humans.

    For this reason, there is a study of the sociology of law which regulates the relationship between sociology and law itself in regulating human and social relations.

    Furthermore, we have summarized the explanation of what legal sociology is below!

  • What is Leasing? Definition, Types, and Benefits

    What is leasing? – In general, leasing is a form of financing activities for capital goods or equipment in the form of option rights or without option rights that are utilized for customers within a predetermined period of time. Where payments are made in installments or installments.

    Some experts also argue that leasing is a form of agreement entered into by people who own assets or goods with their customers. In this case, the owners of the assets will be referred to as lessors, while the customers are referred to as lessees. Later, the lessors will provide goods or capital products needed by the lessee to support production operations. Instead, the lessee must make payments to the lessors in installments or installments.

    Meanwhile, according to the Decree of the Ministry of Finance Number 1169/KMK.01/1991, the definition of leasing or what is commonly referred to as leasing is a payment activity in the form of providing goods or capital for leasing. Where in it there are options or without option rights which are then utilized by customers within a certain period of time based on payments to be made in installments.

    Based on the explanation above, it can be concluded that leasing has eight main elements, namely company financing, supply of goods or capital, payment within a certain period of time, there is an agreed residual value, there are voting rights or option rights, payment in installments, there are parties lessor, and there is the lessee party.

    The definition of leasing is

    Leasing is a financing activity in the form of providing goods or capital that can be carried out by anyone who needs it. Be it companies or individuals who use these items. Leasing activities generally have a certain period of time and the method of payment is also in installments or installments.

    Payment by installments makes it easier for customers because they no longer need to prepare large amounts of money at one time. The amount of payment also depends on the amount of the cost of goods or capital and the chosen installment period.

    In addition, there is another definition of the term leasing, which is an agreement that has been agreed upon by the owner of the capital with another party which is usually referred to as the customer who cooperates with them. After the agreement is made, then the customer will receive capital or goods and start paying installments until the agreed time.

    Leasing is one method that is often relied on by the people of Indonesia. This is because the presence of leasing is very helpful for the community to be able to more easily buy goods and obtain the capital needed. For example, when buying electronic goods, vehicles, capital to build a business, and others.

    History and Development of Leasing

    Leasing is an activity that has existed for a long time. This activity began to appear in 2000 BC, where it was first practiced in Sumer. This is evidenced by the discovery of leasing documents which were blinded out of clay and contained leasing and all kinds of needs at that time. Such as livestock, water, daily equipment, and others. Leasing activities were then resumed and further evidence was found in the form of leasing institutions in Babylon in 400 BC. Leasing in ancient times was like today. Communities in Babylon have taken advantage of leasing activities to meet their needs. Starting from the soil, plant seeds, and tools needed for farming.

    After that, leasing activities were followed by Egypt, Rome, Ancient Greece, and other countries. In modern times like today, new activities are present in the United States. In 1850, someone named Tom M. Clark was recorded as the first person in America to lease a train. From this, leasing then spread to all corners of the world.

    Leasing Types

    Leasing is divided into five types based on the implementation process. The five types include:

    1. Capital Leases

    Capital lease is a type of company engaged in the leasing sector and originates from a financial institution. This type of leasing can usually serve customers who need freedom in terms of determining capital or goods with certain specifications. In use, the lessor will provide a number of funds to be used to pay for the goods needed by the supplier. Then it will be handed over to the lessee. After that, the lessor will receive a reward in the form of payment in installments or in installments within a mutually agreed period.

    2. Operating Lease

    Operating Lease is a type of leasing company in which the lessor will buy an item and then lease it to customers within an agreed timeframe. For this, the customer usually only needs to pay the rental fee for the goods. Meanwhile, the price and other costs will be borne by the lessor.

    3. Sales Type Lease

    A sales lease is a type of leasing that is generally carried out by companies operating in the industrial sector. Then they will sell goods lease from the results of the products they make. There are two types of income that can be recognized, the first is income from the sale of goods. Then the second is income that comes from interest on spending over a certain period of time.

    4. Leverage Leases

    Leverage is a type of leasing company that involves a third party. That means, the lessor will not pay 100% for the leasing object, but they only need to pay 20% to 40%. The rest will be borne directly by third parties.

    5. Cross Border Leases

    It is a type of leasing company carried out by interstates. That means, the lessor and the lessee are not in the same country. However, both are in different countries. Generally, this type of leasing only makes transactions for goods that have a large nominal value. As well as Boeing or Airbus aircraft products.

    Benefits and Advantages of Leasing

    Presenting goods and capital procurement activities on a leasing basis will certainly make it easier for the company to obtain the goods it needs. As for some of the benefits and advantages that will be obtained by the company for carrying out leasing activities, including:

    1. Be Flexible

    The structural framework in the leasing can be adjusted according to the needs of the lessee. So that the leasing period and also the nominal to be paid can be adjusted to the customer’s financial condition.

    2. No Guarantee Required

    The legal title to the assets under the lease and the appropriate lease payments for the assets can be used as security for the lease.

    3. Capital Saving

    The leasing agency will usually provide a budget of 100% for customers. So that the lessee can use these funds for other needs with the aim of increasing the company’s productivity.

    4. Fast Service

    In general, the financing procedure will take a relatively short time. Starting from the submission system to its realization. With this convenience, it can increase time efficiency for carrying out company activities. So that the company can also be more productive.

    5. Avoid Inflation

    In leasing activities, customers can avoid inflation because payments will be made in accordance with the agreed financial unit.

    6. Protected By Law

    Here, the lessor and also the lessee will get legal certainty because there are regulations that have previously been agreed upon. Where these regulations cannot be canceled even though they are experiencing difficult financial conditions.

    7. How to Acquire Assets

    Leasing parties are often used as one of the main choices when a company wants to modernize to increase productivity but has difficulty in terms of funding.

    Terms in leasing and their meanings

    There are several terms that are often used in leasing transactions. The following are terms in leasing and their explanations:

    a. Lease: That is a lease contract for the utilization of assets with the amount of rent paid within a certain period of time.
    b. Lessee: Namely the customer or customer which is usually in the form of an individual or company. Where they take advantage of capital from financing the leasing party.
    c. Lessor: Namely the party that owns assets or capital goods, which will then be leased.
    d. Lease Term: This is the lease term which is absolute and irrevocable.
    e. Residual Value: This is the value of the leased asset that may be applied at the end of the lease period.

    Leasing Function Is

    It should be understood that actually the function of leasing is almost the same as that of a bank. Where leasing also provides medium-scale product financing. The difference lies only in the form of the loan. Usually conventional banks only provide loans in the form of money.

    While leasing can provide loans in the form of goods which later payments will be made in installments. For example, regarding the purchase of a motorcycle. Without leasing, we have to buy it in cash and it will definitely be very burdensome for people who don’t have large amounts of money at one time. Especially for people who are just a laborer and need years to buy motorbikes in cash.

    Therefore, leasing is here to provide an opportunity for people to be able to own a motorbike without having to pay 100 percent in cash. Usually we only need to issue a down payment for the initial payment. The amount of down payment varies. Where later the shortfall of the payment can be paid in installments over a predetermined and agreed period.

    The Purpose of Leasing Is

    In general, the purpose of leasing is to make it easy for people to own goods or capital, even though these goods have a high value. In addition, the leasing party will also benefit from the business. Usually they will benefit from credit interest. If the desired motorcycle price has a normal price of 17 million. So we have to pay for the motorbike at a higher price than the initial price on the leasing party. Because, in the installments there will be credit interest.

    Examples of Leasing Companies in Indonesia

    There are quite a lot of leasing companies in Indonesia. Where the company already has a variety of services offered. The following are leasing companies currently in Indonesia, namely PT BCA Finance, PT Federal International Finance (FIF), PT Adira Dinamika Multi Finance, Tbk. PT Oto Multi Artha, PT Summit Oto Finance, PT Wahana Ottomira Multiartha (WOM), and many others.

    The difference between Leasing and Credit

    When viewed from the definition, leasing and credit already look different in outline. The difference between the two is very clear, because one company only has a role to rent and the other only to buy. The following is a complete explanation of the difference between leasing and credit.

    1. Payment Deadline

    Leasing and credit do have payment deadlines. However, the specified time limit is not the same between leasing and credit. In leasing, the payment deadline is determined directly by the lessor and usually the time period given is quite long. Depends on the ability of the lessor to pay for the lease. Meanwhile, for credit, usually the time limit given is more limited or shorter. The amount of money and the term of payment is the result of the agreement of both parties. However, the time limit for lredit generally has a maximum of 5 years.

    2. Ownership of Goods

    If on leasing, the ownership of the goods remains with the lessor. So that when the customer cannot pay off the payment according to the agreed time, the item will be withdrawn by the lessor. Whereas in credit, for example there is a case where the customer is late in paying the agreed installments, a penalty or deferred interest will be imposed in the following month. However, if by maturity the customer has not paid the installment, then the goods that have been purchased will be confiscated by the creditor and the previous installment money will not be returned.

    3. Users or Clients

    In general, those using leasing are industries that are capital intensive. For example, companies engaged in the field of aircraft fleet, procurement of heavy equipment, procurement of production machines, to leasing vehicles. As for credit, it is generally used by individuals or individuals to buy certain goods. For example electronic goods, vehicles, and others.

    That is an explanation of leasing and its types, brief history, benefits and advantages. For Sinaumed’s who will use the leasing system, make sure you have chosen a trusted and official leasing company. So that the payment system and interest are clear and not too burdensome.

    Also Read:

     

  • What is Laravel to its advantages and disadvantages

    What is Laravel to its advantages and disadvantages

    What is Laravel – When developing a website or site, choosing the right framework is one of the things that must be considered. So, the resulting website will definitely be maximized, because the features available are adjusted to the needs. Well, the most recommended framework for creating websites is usually the Laravel framework.

    If you use the Laravel Framework, the cost of creating a website is much more economical. Because, the features that exist are only what is needed. So, not only is it cost-effective, but on the other hand it also saves more time.

    So, what is Laravel? What are the advantages? And what are the tips for learning Laravel to be more effective? Come on, let’s see the article about Laravel until it’s finished.

    What is Laravel?

    Laravel is a PHP programming-based framework that can be used in the website development process so that it is more optimal. Using Laravel will make the resulting website more optimal and dynamic.

    The presence of the Laravel framework makes PHP programming maximized and more powerful. This is because the presence of the Laravel framework is better and its features are lighter than other frameworks.

    This Laravel framework uses the Model View Controller or MVC structure. MVC itself is a separator application model between the display of application components and data. By using the MVC model, Laravel users will find it easier to understand and learn Laravel. And also the process of creating a website application will certainly be faster.

    The Laravel framework also provides fairly complete built-in features, including authentication features. So, this Framework tends to focus on the end user level. Where the Laravel framework is indeed simple but has many advantages. Both in terms of appearance and the side of writing the code. Even so, the Laravel framework remains in great demand for creating web-based applications because of its complete features.

    This is because of its flexibility and advantages in the web application development process, many companies use Laravel development. From small companies to large companies.

    Laravel Framework Functions

    Known as a full-featured framework, Laravel certainly has functions that simplify the website creation process optimally and dynamically, as well as saving costs and time. This is because the features created are only what is needed.

    Laravel Pros and Cons

    Maybe as a material consideration, you can first read the advantages and disadvantages of this Laravel Framework, namely:

    1. Pros of Laravel 

    • Very easy to learn for beginners.
    • The developing process becomes more practical.
    • Laravel is already used all over the world, so it is possible for beginners to adapt more easily to new projects.
    • Existing tools are suitable for advanced and novice developers.
    • Lots of forums and documentation, so you can discuss if there are problems or errors.
    • Has a basic template that is quite light.
    • The code it has is pretty neat in comparison.
    • Has many features available.

    2. Laravel Disadvantages 

    • Need to update frequently to new versions, in a short time too, compared to other frameworks.
    • In some cases, Laravel’s execution time is slightly slower than CI.
    • Has a code size that includes weight for a framework.

    Mengenal Lebih Dalam Laravel - IDS Digital College

    Laravel Features

    The Laravel framework is well known, because it has many advantages, and also has many available features. Did you know? Following are the features of Laravel:

    • Authentication

    This feature is a feature that you can use to create a website with authentication. So, it’s easier and you don’t need to fill in the code from scratch, so that the authentication feature is on your website.

    • Testing and Debugging

    Laravel also has features for testing and debugging websites. So, you don’t need to worry and bother if you want to do testing and debugging.

    • Routing

    With this feature, you can make applications easily and quickly, because this framework uses route assistance to map all requests. You can also give routing names, filter routes as needed, and also create a grouping.

    • Blade Template Engine

    This framework also provides blade features that can be used to design consistent layouts .

    • Composer

    This feature helps you improve and perfect your website development process, and also makes the updating process easier .

    Effective Laravel Learning Tips

    Are you interested in learning Laravel? If so, maybe you need some tips and tricks on learning Laravel for beginners, which will make your learning more effective. Here are the tips.

    1. Understand the concepts of HTML, CRUD, PHP, and OOP first.
    2. By choosing the right code editor.
    3. Use a helper function or help from Laravel.
    4. Also study the MVC architecture.
    5. Try creating a new, simple project.
    6. If you experience errors and problems, you can find solutions via the internet.
    7. Explore and evaluate more projects.
    8. Try joining by creating team projects, namely in the form of bootcamps or internships, so you will get experience encountering other problems or errors.
    9. Lastly, maybe you can also learn CI, if you are used to it, surely you will easily adapt to Laravel.

    Understanding PHP Framework

    This PHP framework or framework facilitates the process of developing web or applications that use PHP, with the basic structure of building a website. So, in essence PHP frameworks can help develop websites or applications more quickly. This framework also helps build stable applications.

    That is, programmers or developers do not need to do coding repeatedly. This framework can also help beginners if they want to build stable applications, because this framework helps ensure that coding and database interactions are running well on the presentation screen. So, developers or programmers are more focused on building applications properly without writing code repeatedly.

    What is Laravel? | Learn 13 Key Features in the Laravel Framework

    Advantages of PHP Frameworks

    Before knowing what are the best PHP frameworks that you can use, you also have to know why web developers and programmers prefer to use this PHP. Here are some of the advantages of PHP frameworks:

    Faster

    First, the reason why programmers or developers have to use this PHP framework is because 4G this framework processes website development faster, because the PHP framework has the same code in several similar projects, so of course the work can be completed faster or the project time is longer. fast.

    The framework can also offer modules that have been made before for working on quite difficult coding tasks. So, developers can spend time developing actual apps instead of building the foundation for each project.

    More Stable

    Apart from being fast, the reason why PHP is often used is because it is a more popular coding language, it is because PHP is easier to use and simpler, even for beginners, and also more stable. However, with all the conveniences available, you might make an accidental mistake. Even though your website can still work, errors can be avoided if you use a PHP framework.

    This is because the PHP framework is made in such a way as to remain stable. This is why PHP is known for its good stability and is the reason developers are happy with this PHP framework.

    Easy to find

    Actually, you can easily find PHP frameworks on the internet. There, there are various types of frameworks that you can choose according to your needs, or you can also make your own framework, but if you want it to be faster, you can just search for frameworks on the internet.

    Then the PHP framework also has a community forum and support team that can be used to interact with programmers or developers who use the same framework.

    So, before using a PHP framework, you should adapt the framework to the project you are going to work on. Will the developing process be easy and fast with the framework? Does the app improve stability and work well or not. If yes, then this PHP framework is suitable.

    How to Choose the Right PHP Framework

    There are many choices of frameworks that can be used for developing any type of website or application. However, so that you don’t choose the wrong one, you should pay attention to a number of steps that must be applied in choosing the right PHP Framework.

    So, before choosing a framework, consider who will be modifying your application and who will be using it. There are several factors that you need to know in choosing a PHP framework, namely:

    1. Choose one that is easy to use
    2. Fast framework and development performance
    3. Popularity among website developers or developer community
    4. Services or Features available in the framework
    5. Whether there is a community forum and support

    So, if you are a beginner in using PHP frameworks, it’s a good idea to try some other frameworks, which one is suitable and what you like. This is because each framework definitely has its own advantages and disadvantages, so you need to be selective in choosing, identifying which ones are your needs, as well as whether you are comfortable using the framework.

    The Best PHP Framework Recommendations Besides Laravel 

    We all know that PHP is the choice of most developers, because it is already widely used, and as it develops, PHP’s popularity is increasing. And more and more PHP frameworks are emerging. Now, there are many questions, what is the best PHP framework?

    PHP frameworks are made for different purposes, what is best for you may not be optimal for someone else. Therefore, there are many choices of recommendation frameworks that can help developer projects.

    One of them is Laravel which we discussed earlier. Laravel is known as a framework that has complete features, has functions that facilitate the process of making websites maximally and dynamically. As well as saving costs and time, as well as the most widely used by companies and developers.

    However, even though Lavarel is the most popular, there are also other frameworks that you can make an alternative choice of, including:

    1. Laminas Project

    Previously, Laminas Project was known as The Zend Framework. Even though it has changed its name, this framework still has an active user base and lots of support. Apart from that, the Laminas Project is a framework that can be used to develop websites. The performance is quite high and is in the same class as enterprise applications. Laminas Project also has many features such as feeds, services, forms, authentication components, and so on.

    2. CakePHP

    For those of you who are new to using PHP frameworks, maybe CakePHP can be the right choice for you. This framework focuses on rapid development, built on the principles of Ruby on Rails. So you can do web development with speed, ease of use, support systems, and ever-growing scalability. Making CakePHP the right choice for your web or application development.

    3. Symphony

    The Symfony Framework is suitable for developers who already have high experience and in-depth knowledge of application development. Because Symfony is made to create a corporate level web. Examples of websites that use this framework are Yahoo!, Askeet, and Bookmarks.

    Symfony is also open source, which has many features and can be used in many ways. However, Symfony performs slightly slower than the others.

    4. CodeIgniter

    Then, there is CodeIgniter, which has quite good speed and performance. This framework is very suitable for beginners. This PHP framework is usually used on a hosting, on a shared account, or if you want to use it with a small footprint. CodeIgniter also has a library of available user guides, video tutorials, support pages and forums.

    5. Seagulls

    Seagull is also a PHP framework that is used to create web, GUI applications, and command lines. This framework is suitable for a wide range of development, from beginners to advanced coders. For beginners, this Framework has examples of applications that you can customize according to your needs.

    If you’re advanced, Seagull also offers a wide range of options, including standards and best practices, as well as a modular codebase that makes developing web applications easy and fast. Seagull also has an active developer community and support documentation if you need help.

    6. FuelPHP

    Then, this FuelPHP Framework was introduced to the public in 2014. Even though this PHP Framework is still young, this PHP framework has a high level of security. This framework also supports PHP from version 5.4, and also has interesting features, such as unit testing, fuel debugger, and also uses an easy-to-use MVC architecture feature.

    7. Lumens

    Lumen PHP Framework is the younger sibling of the Laravel Framework, which is known as the micro framework, because it is capable of delivering fast APIs and micro-services. So, lumen includes the lite version of Laravel. If you want to use Lumen, then you have to install PHP version 7.2 and above.

    8. Phalcon

    Phalcon is a framework that has the fastest programming language compared to CakePHP, ZEND1, and CodeIgniter2. This framework already supports PHP 5.4 and is suitable for various projects, from lightweight to enterprise level. It has an open source framework, so it doesn’t need a lot of code in its implementation.

    9. Yii

    Yii stands for “Yes it is!”, which is an open source framework that adopts the concept of MCV or Model Controller View. This framework has the advantage of being easy to extend , because Yii can be installed on third-party libraries. This framework also does not take long to develop applications.

    10. Slim

    Slim is the same as Lumen, which includes a micro framework. This framework is specifically designed to quickly develop web applications and APIs. The 4th version was released in 2019. If you want to install Slim, you must first use a web server, such as Apache or Nginx.

    11. Fate Free

    Fate Free is a micro PHP framework with various features, ranging from CSS compression, image processing, data validation, open ID, unit testing, and more. This framework supports the use of both NoSQL and SQL databases, and also uses multilingualism for its web application development process.

    12. Auras

    Finally, there is the Aura framework. Aura is a framework suitable for developing simple applications. Libraries in Aura can stand alone and can be installed with all projects. However, in every library that is owned, Aura does not have dependencies.

    So, Laravel is a framework based on PHP programming that can be used as a website development process, and Laravel is the most popular framework compared to the others. You can also read complete Laravel information on the official site, I hope the above information is useful, good luck!

  • What is IVF? Here are 5 Processes

    What is test tube baby? IVF is one method of obtaining offspring. Even though it is often heard by the wider community, there are still many who do not know what IVF is.

    This article will discuss what IVF is, what the process is and the risks of IVF.

    What is IVF?

    IVF is a method for obtaining offspring by utilizing science in the health sector. In the end there is no difference between babies resulting from normal fertilization and fertilization carried out through IVF.

    Factors Occurrence of IVF

    1.  Genetic disorders through heredity
    2.  Health condition
    3.  Disorders of the uterus such as damage or blockage of the egg cell pathway
    4.  The sperm produced is of poor quality, which inhibits fertilization and low sperm count
    5.  Low ovarian reserves and ovulation disorders that result in low quality egg cells
    6.  Fertility problems for both partners
    7.  Women who have the hormone disorder polycystic ovary syndrome which causes enlarged ovaries with small cysts on the outside.

    IVF Process

    •  Both partners should eat a balanced diet
    • Maintain weight
    • Avoid alcohol and cigarettes
    • Exercise regularly
    • Especially for women to consume vitamins to prepare for pregnancy if needed

    If these preparations have been made, the IVF process can also be carried out with several initial steps such as checking the uterus and sperm needed in the IVF process. IVF can be said to be a long process with at least five stages, namely:

    1. Ovary Stimulation

    This stage is the first step in the IVF process by increasing the number of egg cells produced by women using fertility drugs. The more eggs that can be taken and fertilized during the IVF process, the greater the chance of pregnancy.

    The doctor will also see growth and development in a few days by doing ultrasound and blood tests to monitor the development of the egg in the ovary and determine hormone levels.

    2. Oocyte maturation

    Oocyte maturation is a stage to complete the growth and development of the egg. Women will be given an injection of Human Chorionic Gonadotropin (hCG) to maximize egg cell maturation. This injection is done only once at the right time so that the egg cells produced will mature.

    3. Egg Collection

    In this process the doctor will take the egg from the ovary and evaluate it to assess its quality. Collection of new eggs can be done around 34-36 hours after you receive the hCG injection. Egg retrieval is done using a needle that will suck the follicle in the ovary.

    4. Conception

    Then an insemination process is carried out, in which the man gives a sperm sample which will then be mixed with the woman’s egg cells and the two cells will be put into a special room. If the sperm quality is low, an intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI) process will be carried out, which is injecting sperm directly into each mature egg. If fertilization is successful, it will produce an embryo.

    5. Embryo Planting

    After the fertilization is successful and produces an embryo, the next step is to implant the embryo into the woman’s uterus. Embryo implantation is usually done five days after fertilization when the embryo is in the blastocyst phase. Pregnancy will occur when the embryo attaches to the lining of the uterus which will attach properly when the embryo is in the blastocyst phase.

    Tests Before IVF Process

    In fact, sometimes the process does not immediately succeed in just one action. There are several things that can reduce the chances of success from this IVF program. In addition, there is a risk of causing chromosomal abnormalities in the fetus.

    Among them are increasing age in women, unhealthy lifestyles and excessive body weight. Therefore, it is necessary to carry out the procedure before carrying out the IVF program. The procedure carried out before carrying out this program is to undergo a series of tests.

    The test will be carried out by an expert doctor. What tests should be done? Are as follows.

    1. Ovarian reserve testing

    Ovarian reserve testing will play an important role in achieving a pregnancy. You need to know in advance about the number of egg sacs that will be assisted by their growth. The trick is to do an ultrasound examination.

    The ultrasound examination is carried out through the vagina when it is time for menstruation. As on the first day, until the fifth day. It will also measure levels of AMH, or anti-Mullerian hormone.

    2. Examination of infectious infectious diseases

    The next test that must be carried out is an examination of infectious infectious diseases in patients. The doctors will examine, or screen the patient first. This examination aims to find out, if there is a contagious infectious disease.

    Some infectious diseases include hepatitis B, hepatitis C and HIV. This process is very important and should not be missed. Because, it can affect the process of pregnancy.

    It should be noted that this infectious disease is a serious disease. The disease can harm the fetus. In addition, it can cause various complications.

    This infectious disease can threaten the safety of two people at once, namely the mother and her baby. To avoid things that are not desirable, pregnant women should regularly check their pregnancy to the doctor. So that both are maintained and protected.

    3. Examination of the uterine wall

    The next test is an examination of the uterine wall. This procedure can be done in two ways. First, by using a special liquid. The fluid will be injected into the uterus, through the cervix.

    Then it will be followed by ultrasound. In this process, an image of the uterine cavity will be obtained. The second way is to insert a flexible hose. This flexible hose will place the camera in it. Later the tube will enter into the vagina and towards the uterus.

    4. Sperm test

    The final test is a sperm test. This test is also known as a sperm analysis. The purpose of this test is to determine the quality and quantity of the sperm of the patient who will carry out the IVF program.

    If it has been examined, the doctor will remove the female egg. Meanwhile for men, they will release their own sperm. Usually they will release sperm in a special room, the room is called the masturbation room.

    IVF Success Rate

    • Reasons for infertility
    • Place to run test tube baby program
    • Egg condition
    • Type of egg (own or donor)
    • Age

    The American Pregnancy Association explains the success rate of IVF programs. According to him, success for women under the age of 35 is around 41% to 43%. Meanwhile, for women who are over 40 years old, the success rate will decrease.

    The decrease was quite significant, resulting in a 13% to 18% success rate. These figures are worth considering. Given that the IVF program is something that really needs preparation.

    In addition, this IVF program will also cost a lot. If you really intend to do IVF, then you must immediately develop a preparation plan. Try to do it before the age of over 40 years.

    Benefits of the IVF Program

    1. Couples long distance marriage

    There are several things that make married couples undergo long distance marriage or LDM. LDM is a condition that makes household relationships happen remotely.

    Therefore, sex will not be as routine as a partner who does not have it. As women generally increase, the number of egg cells can decrease. This can be a consideration in making IVF programs.

    2. Fertility preservation

    Patients who have serious illnesses often require chemotherapy . In fact, this can have an impact on reproductive function. Through IVF technology, preservation can be done.

    Prior to chemotherapy , the patient can store her egg reserves. After that it can be frozen. After the treatment is complete and the patient is ready to get pregnant, treatment can be carried out.

    3. Infectious disease

    There are several infectious diseases that will be transmitted through sexual intercourse. Examples include the HIV virus, the viruses that cause hepatitis B and hepatitis C. These diseases can be transmitted to partners.

    The IVF program can help couples in obtaining healthy children. Couples can also avoid the risk of transmission.

    4. Prevent genetic diseases

    During the IVF program, there is embryo examination technology. This is done before the embryo is implanted into the uterus. The examination is intended to minimize genetic diseases in the child in the future.

    If a genetic disease is found, the embryo can be eliminated. Then a healthy embryo will be selected. There is Preimplantation Genetic Testing for Aneuploidy or PGT-A. Its purpose is to screen for genetic disorders.

    Examples include chromosomal abnormalities including trisomy 18, trisomy 21, and Down syndrome. Then, there is also Preimplantation Genetic Testing for Monogenic or PGT-M. Use for disease screening based on a single gene.

    5. Vaginismus

    Vaginismus is a condition in which the muscles around the vagina tighten. This condition occurs when penetration. It will interfere with sex.

    Patients with vaginismus should undergo therapy. This therapy will take some time. While age will continue to grow.

    In addition, egg reserves will also be dwindling. The solution is, besides doing therapy for vaginismus, a wife can take part in IVF to have a child, without waiting for recovery from vaginismus.

    That’s information about what IVF is. Find more information at www.sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always provide interesting information and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

    • Class X Virus Material: Definition, Characteristics, Body Structure, Types, Impact
    • The intricacies of the human movement system
    • Functions of the Tongue and Its Parts
    • Stomach Structure and Function in Humans
    • Striated Muscles: Definition, Parts, Properties, Characteristics, Working Methods and Functions
    • Small Intestine Function and Its Parts
  • What is Itikaf? Law, Intentions and Best Time to Carry Out Iktikaf

    What Is Iktikaf – Approaching the month of Ramadan like this, it would be better if we improve our good deeds so that we can get multiple rewards. Actually, these good practices can be carried out at any time, not necessarily in the month of Ramadan. However, these practices will be more important if they are carried out during the month of Ramadan, especially on the nights of the last ten days of Ramadan or during Lailatul Qadar.

    One of the good practices that can be carried out during the month of Ramadan is I’tikaf. This I’tikaf is highly recommended and even often carried out by the Prophet Muhammad SAW in the mosque.

    Then, what is I’tikaf? What is the law in Islam? Can I’tikaf worship be carried out at home, especially during the Covid-19 pandemic as it is today?

    Well, so that Sinaumed’s can understand things about the I’tikaf. Let’s look at the following reviews!

    Definition of I’tikaf

    Etymologically, the word “I’tikaf” means ‘ to settle on something and to refrain from staying with Him ‘. Meanwhile, according to the understanding of the Shari’a meaning, “I’tikaf” means ‘ to remain silent in the jami mosque’ with the intention of worshiping Allah SWT ‘.

    In this I’tikaf, we will sit “alone” with Allah SWT and always make dhikr by asking for His forgiveness and mercy. So, I’tikaf is not just being silent, but also while reciting dhikr or Asmaul Husna.

    The virtue of this i’tikaf worship activity is very great, especially if it is done on the night of Lailatul Qadar. In a hadith, Rasulullah SAW once said that i’tikaf activities in the last ten nights of the month of Ramadan are like i’tikaf with Him.

    The hadith reads:

    “Whoever wants to perform I’tikaf with me, then perform I’tikaf in the last ten nights. (Reported by Ibn Hibban)

    Apart from that, the Quran also often teaches about this i’tikaf worship. One of the reasons is:

    Which mean,

    “ And We have commanded Ibrahim and Ismail: ‘Clean My house for those who thawad, who perform I’tikaf, who bow down’ and who prostrate. ‘” (Al-Baqarah: 125)

     

     

    How is the Law of Implementing I’tikaf?

    The scholars have agreed that this i’tikaf activity is sunnah. This is because Rasulullah SAW does it every year to get closer to Allah SWT and ask Him for a reward.

    The law regarding i’tikaf worship is based on the words of the Prophet Muhammad SAW, namely,

    Which mean,

    “Indeed I did I’tikaf in the first ten days of Ramadan to seek the night of glory (Lailatul Qadar), then I did I’tikaf in the middle of the ten days of Ramadan, then Jibril came to me and announced that the night of glory was in the last ten days of Ramadan. Whoever wants to perform I’tikaf, let him perform I’tikaf (to look for that night). So the companions also performed I’tikaf with Him. ” (HR Muslim: 1167)

    However, the sunnah “status” in i’tikaf can change to be obligatory if previously there was someone who vowed to do i’tikaf. This is based on the words of the Prophet Muhammad SAW,

    Which mean,

    “Whoever vows to obey Allah, he is obliged to fulfill it. ” (Narrated by Bukhari: 6318)

    What is the intention to carry out I’tikaf?

    As with other worship, i’tikaf must also be started with the intention first. The prayer of intention for i’tikaf is as follows,

    Nawaitu an a`takifa fi hadzal masjidil ma dumtu fih 

    Which mean:

    “I intend to do i’tikaf in the mosque as long as I am in it”

    As for other prayer intentions that can also be used (quoted from the Book of Al-Majmu by Imam An-Nawawi),

    Nawaitul i`tikafa fi hadzal masjidil lillahi ta`ala

    Which mean:

    “I intend to do i’tikaf in the mosque because of Allah SWT”

     

     

    Where Can I’tikaf Be Done?

    I’tikaf is recommended to be performed in any mosque, with a number of conditions in that mosque there are prayers in the congregation of men.

    Why is there such a condition? Ibn Qudamah said that “ Congregational prayers are obligatory (for men). If a man who wants to perform i’tikaf does not stay in a mosque where congregational prayers are not enforced, two negative impacts can occur, namely,

    • leaving congregational prayers which are obligatory,
    • constantly leaving the place of i’tikaf even though like this could have been avoided. 

    If something like this happens, then this is tantamount to not i’tikaf. Even though the purpose of i’tikaf is to stay in order to perform worship to Allah .

    Is it permissible to carry out I’tikaf at home?

    During the Covid-19 pandemic, many worship activities were recommended to be carried out at home. In fact, many performed the Tarawih and Eid prayers last year at home to avoid the possibility of contracting the Covid-19 virus.

    According to Nahdlatul Ulama, i’tikaf worship activities can be carried out at home, especially in a room set aside for prayer. Based on the views of Imam Abu Hanifah and the old opinion of Imam Syafi’i, it is permissible and valid for both men and women to perform i’tikaf in a room in the house that is devoted to prayer. (reported on https://baznas.go.id/ )

    According to his view, “If sunnah prayers are the most important thing to do at home, then i’tikaf at home should be able to be done.”

    Therefore, if Sinaumed’s wants to perform i’tikaf worship, it’s okay to do it at home, especially in a special room for prayer.

    However, if Sinaumed’s wants to perform the i’tikaf worship at the mosque, don’t forget to always pay attention to the health protocol and keep your distance .

     

     

     

    When is the appropriate time for I’tikaf?

    This i’tikaf worship can be done at any time, starting from the time it starts and ends it.

    However, it would be advisable to do it in the last ten days of Ramadan, namely during Lailatul Qadar. It was the best time.

    In fact, there is an authentic hadith regarding the best time for the i’tikaf, namely,

    “That the Prophet SAW always performed I’tikaf in the last ten days of Ramadan until Allah passed him away. Then His wives performed I’tikaf after His death.” (Narrated by al-Bukhari and Muslim from Aisyah radhiyallahu ‘anha)

    When someone performs I’tikaf in the month of Ramadan, the worship activities can be ended when the month of Ramadan ends, that is, when the sun sets on the night of ‘Eid.

    Can Women Perform I’tikaf?

    Of course you can. As the Prophet Muhammad SAW who allowed his wife to do I’tikaf. Aisyah radhiyallahu ‘anha said:

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ – صلى الله عليه وسلم – يَعْتَكِفُ فِى كُلِّ رَمَضَانَ ، وَإِذَا صَلَّى الْغَدَاةَ دَخَلَ مَكَانَهُ الَّذِى اعْتَكَفَ فِيهِ – قَالَ – فَاسْتَأْذَنَتْهُ عَائِشَةُ

    Which mean:

    “Rasulullah SAW used to perform I’tikaf in the month of Ramadan. When finished from the morning prayer, he entered the special place of his i’tikaf. He (Yahya bin Sa’id) said: Then Aisyah radhiyallahu ‘anha asked permission to be able to do I’tikaf with Him, so He allowed it.”

    Then, Aisyah radhiyallahu ‘anha also said that:

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ – صلى الله عليه وسلم – يَعْتَكِفُ فِى كُلِّ رَمَضَانَ ، وَإِذَا صَلَّى الْغَدَاةَ دَخَلَ مَكَانَهُ الَّذِى اعْتَكَفَ فِيهِ – قَالَ – فَاسْتَأْذَنَتْهُ عَائِشَةُ

    Which mean:

    “The Prophet Muhammad SAW performed I’tikaf in the last ten days of Ramadan until his death, then His wives also performed I’tikaf after His departure.”

    So, based on this hadith it is clear that women are allowed to perform i’tikaf worship, especially in mosques, with the following conditions:

    1. Have asked the husband’s permission
    2. Do not cause slander (temptation for men)

    So, women who want to carry out i’tikaf in the mosque are advised to completely cover their private parts completely and not need to use fragrances.

     

     

    Things to Avoid When I’tikaf

    I’tikaf is one of the acts of worship for Allah SWT, therefore we must keep ourselves busy doing dhikr or praying to Him for forgiveness. Well, here are some things to avoid when carrying out i’tikaf,

    • Joke with friends
    • Chatting about things that are not useful because it can disturb the concentration of other people who are carrying out i’tikaf
    • Being alone with the opposite sex
    • Sleep
    • Leaving the mosque without any urgent need

    However, if a mu’takif (person who performs i’tikaf) has an urgent need, for example wanting to relieve himself, eat, drink, seek medical treatment, of course he may leave the place of i’tikaf.

    Wisdom and Benefits of I’tikaf

    I’tikaf worship activities certainly have many lessons and benefits for those who carry them out. Especially if it is done in the last ten days of Ramadan, according to the hadith that has been explained previously.

    The wisdom of i’tikaf is to revive the sunnah of Rasulullah SAW and revive the heart of mu’takif by always carrying out obedience and worship to Allah SWT.

    Meanwhile, the benefits of i’tikaf activities include:

    • Bringing peace, serenity, and light that illuminates the heart.
    • Bringing various kinds of goodness from Allah SWT.
    • To reflect on the past and think about things to do tomorrow.
    • Free from sins (if done on Lailatul Qadar)
    • Get mercy from Allah SWT.
    • Become a person who is loved by SWT.

    Well, that’s an explanation of i’tikaf worship. Soon, the month of Ramadan will come. As good Muslims, let’s intend to carry out this i’tikaf worship so that our practices can be accepted by Allah SWT later in the last day…

    Book Recommendations & Related Articles

    Source:

    Shaykh Abdullah bin Abdur Rahman Al-Jibrin. Fiqh I’tikaf: The Law and Its Virtue . Al-Sofwa Foundation.

    https://baznas.go.id/

  • What Is Integrity? This is the full explanation

    What Is Integrity? – Does Sinaumed’s know what integrity is? The word integrity may often be heard by Sinaumed’s as an action, behavior or attitude that a person needs to have in the world of work or a principle of life. Simply put, integrity is honesty which is a principle and is always upheld.

    Basically, integrity needs to be owned by everyone as a form of responsibility, both for tasks, work, or daily activities.

    To fully understand what integrity is, Sinaumed’s can refer to this article which discusses the meaning, characteristics, examples, and ways to apply integrity, both in the world of work and in the principles of one’s life:

    What Is Integrity?

    • A firm attitude not wanting corruption, sticking to principles, and being the basis for relating to oneself as a moral value
    • Qualities, traits, or conditions that indicate a unified whole have the potential and ability to radiate authority, authority, and honesty

    Honesty in this case is not just words, rhetorical sweeteners, but also actions. If it starts with honesty, credibility, and many other noble qualities, then these are the characters that leaders really need now and forever. This noble character will of course lead to the human chosen by Al Mustafa Muhammad SAW as the perfecter of human character.

    One form of personal integration is to look confident and elegant and not be easily swayed by something just to pass on a moment of excitement or pleasure. Someone who is sincere is more successful when they are a leader, whether formal or informal.

    Dr. Kenneth Boa, president of Reflections Ministry in Atlanta, describes integrity as the opposite of hypocrisy. He said the hypocrite is less qualified to lead others than his higher personality. Honesty is necessary for everyone, not just leaders, but those who are mentored. People want assurance that their leader can be trusted to become their follower.

    Sinaumed’s definitely believes that leaders must take the interests of every team member seriously and leaders must believe that their team members take their responsibilities seriously. Managers and leaders alike want to know they keep their promises and never lose those commitments.

    People who live in good faith are willing or unable to undermine the trust of those who trust them. It is a sign of integrity with a form of taking responsibility even when the person feels bad to say it.

    Integrity has more to do with “heart”, the ability to exercise conscience, including honesty, sincerity, and dedication. Integrity is built on three key elements, namely the value of leadership, coherence and commitment. These values ​​are the guidelines that managers need in the field.

    This integrity becomes stronger when a leader is consistent between what is said and what is done (carries out his words) and is committed to it. Without integrity, we will lose trust because others stay away from us to avoid disappointment. Integrity is the practice of being honest and demonstrating consistent and uncompromising adherence to strong principles, moral values ​​and ethics.

    Integrity does not change and is unwavering in supporting one’s noble values ​​and beliefs. Another definition of what integrity is is a concept related to coherence between behavior and values ​​and principles. In ethics, integrity is defined as honesty and accuracy or correctness of one’s actions. The opposite of integrity is hypocrisy (hypocrisy or hypocrisy).

    When people’s actions conform to the values, beliefs, and principles they teach, they are said to have integrity. Simply put, the quality of a sincere person is only shown by words and actions, not by those who can’t keep their words. A sincere person is not one who has many faces and looks adapted to his personal motivations and interests.

    Integrity is an important personal for leaders. Sincere managers win the trust of employees. Genuine managers are trusted because what they say is what they do. To understand what integrity is more broadly, Sinaumed’s can also pay attention to the meaning of integrity according to the following experts:

    • According to Henry Cloud, integrity is someone who is fully integrated in every part of himself, works well, and cannot be separated from carrying out functions according to what has been previously designed. Integrity is closely related to the wholeness and effectiveness of a person as a person.
    • According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary, the term integrity is a unified whole of qualities, characteristics and conditions with the potential and ability to radiate authority and integrity.
    • According to Ippho Santosa, integrity is often defined as a combination of thoughts, words and actions that create reputation and trust. When referring to the origin of the word, the word perfection means speaking in full and complete.
    • According to Andreas Harefa, integrity are three observable keys. It’s about showing honesty, fulfilling obligations, and doing things consistently.
    • Stephen R. Covey distinguishes between integrity and honesty. “honesty is telling the truth, in other words, conforming our words reality-integrity is conforming to our words, in other words, keeping promises and fulfilling expectations.”  Honesty means telling the truth, and our words correspond to reality. Honesty proves that what he does is what he says. People who have integrity and are honest are independent people. They show their credibility as responsible and loyal people. According to
    • According to Jacobs (2004), integrity emphasizes moral immutability, personal honesty, or honesty.
    • According to Butler and Cantrell (1984, Hosmer, 1995), integrity is defined as a credible and honest reputation of those who define the term “trust” in an organizational context.

    Characteristics of People with Integrity

    1. People who have no particular guise or purpose other than what is shown
    2. People who behave according to what they say
    3. People who are the same in nature and behavior in front and behind
    4. Have consistency between what is believed and behavior
    5. People who are consistent between the values ​​of life that are adopted and the life that is carried out

    In fact, the term integrity is rarely used in everyday life, because not everyone knows and understands the meaning of integrity in more detail. The word integrity is used in everyday life because it refers to a person’s attitude and character. A person is said to have integrity if he has the following personality and character traits:

    • Trustworthy and honest
    • Have a commitment
    • Responsible
    • Keeps his word
    • Loyal
    • Appreciate time
    • Have the principle of being loyal to the values ​​of life

    Examples of Forms of Integrity

    There are five habits or examples of forms of integrity that everyone should have, especially for those who seek high integrity in their lives. These five habits are examples of an attitude of integrity. People have strong integrity when they practice five habits such as the following:

    1. Always Arrive on Time

    First and foremost, always make a habit of showing up on time. This attitude is related to our high commitment and time, because arriving on time means respecting the time we have and the time that others have.

    This attitude will further convince the people around us that we are credible individuals because we live in good faith. On the other hand, when we are often late, other people don’t really respect us.

    Just don’t value their time why can’t they. Do we still deserve the respect of others? Not only does our respect diminish, but our internal trust is lost. Therefore, from now on, practice and apply this habit all the time.

    2. Clarifying Commitments We Cannot Make

    Integrity includes the commitment and tenacity we have for something. That’s why everything that can’t be done from the start, that can be inconsistent with the values ​​and principles of life needs to be avoided. When Sinaumed’s started by saying this, the people around us became even more convinced that we were noble. Why? This is because one adheres to one’s current values ​​in all circumstances, at any time, anywhere.

    3. Clarify Actions And Notes Written At The End Of Each Meeting

    It’s important to clarify. The goal is for what we understand and record to be consistent with what others think in the meeting. One of the main reasons things get overlooked in meetings is because no one is on hand to organize everything, be it the key points or the final agreement of the meeting.

    For example, the recipient doesn’t know exactly what the other party wants in the meeting. Of course, this jeopardized his position. Because if he can’t achieve what he wants, he loses the trust of customers and other stakeholders. Building integrity can be achieved by good practice in clarifying the issues and actions discussed and communicating them clearly at the end of the meeting.

    4. Always Fulfilling Given Responsibilities

    People with great integrity always try to fulfill their responsibilities. In addition, they strive to achieve the best results without holding others to account. So, if Sinaumed’s really wants high integrity, start by using good habits to fulfill all existing responsibilities. The name of the responsibility must be written carefully, whether the responsibility is small or large.

    5. Don’t Let Stress Control Integrity

    Stress and pressure often makes people feel awkward and cut corners by undermining their integrity. For example, a former employee of XYZ company is a very sincere person. But due to situations that make his job difficult and almost hopeless, he does something that violates the law.

    If he commits a business-damaging offense, he indirectly destroys his integrity. So it’s stress that triggers us to take a deep breath and do our best. Don’t let stress destroy the self-integrity we had before.

    How to Establish Integrity

    1. Give a Detailed Explanation of What Integrity Means in the Workplace

    Career advice for Sinaumed’s who are executives, leaders or business owners who really want their employees to be honest, the first thing that needs to be done is to explain what integrity really means in a company. With a clear and detailed definition of integrity, team members or employees will understand what the company expects from them.

    Especially in terms of honesty and transparency. In this regard, it is necessary to establish a set of ethical standards for employees and apply their work ethics collectively.

    2. Create an open and transparent work environment

    By creating an open and transparent work environment, employees are more comfortable because they can freely discuss various topics without fear of violating the law. Through transparent discussion of topics, employees feel that their presence in the company is valued and recognized. This makes it even more difficult to do what is best for the company and maintain integrity.

    3. It Is Important To Lead By Example

    Unfortunately, there are still many managers who only develop a work ethic that must be obeyed by employees, but they themselves do not act according to the prevailing work ethic. In this case, the leader must be able to set an example and meet the company’s expectations. In other words, it’s not just employees who need to maintain integrity. But managers must do the same. Sinaumed’s needs to pay attention to what the boss says and implement it.

    4. Implement Regular Self-Integrity Assessments

    This fourth method requires employees to provide feedback to themselves. For example, how does Sinaumed’s rate its performance in the last few weeks or months? Encourage employees to reflect and evaluate their performance so they can see what they are lacking in their performance. In this way, employees become honest with themselves and have integrity.

    5. Be Consistent With Employees About Integrity In The Workplace

    In this case, Sinaumed’s must consistently adhere to the expected work ethic and show appreciation or gratitude to employees who act accordingly. However, if an employee violates it, we must also take steps to correct the violation. For example warnings and sanctions.

    Benefits of Integrity

    1. Benefits of Physical Integrity can make a person healthy and fit. In this state, a person can start daily activities and work properly
    2. Benefits of Intellectual Integrity can optimize brain performance to think more strategically in making decisions based on many considerations
    3. Benefits of Emotional Integrity can fill a person with a high sense of solidarity in motivation, empathy, and work interactions
    4. The Benefits of Mental Integrity make a person smarter in interpreting things, including life experiences, as successes and failures that have been experienced.
    5. Benefits of Social Integrity is the ability to develop relationships between individuals and society. Collaborate with someone to do a task or activity that requires cohesion and collaboration

    Well, that’s an explanation of what integrity is. Does Sinaumed’s feel that he has integrity, both in the world of work and in his daily activities? Integrity is something that can be formed and learned, so we can strive to form that integrity for the good of life and responsibility for our duties and work.

    You can visit sinaumedia’s collection of books about integrity at www.sinaumedia.com for Sinaumed’s , such as the following book recommendations: Enjoy studying. #Friends Without Limits.

    • 16 Tips To Be More Respected By Others
    • 12 Tips for Studying Online to Stay Effective
    • 8 Tips for Saving for the Most Powerful Student
    • Tips for Establishing Effective Communication and Book References
    • 4 Reasons Millennials Deserve to Be Great Leaders
  • What is Inner Beauty? This Explanation and How to Maximize It

    Inner Beauty is – For women or even men, beauty doesn’t always have to look at the physical, but can also be seen through beauty from within. Beauty from within is better known by many people with the term inner beauty . However, not everyone understands further what inner beauty is . For those of you who want to know what inner beauty is and how to exude it, then you can refer to this article, Sinaumed’s.

    Definition of Inner Beauty

    Beauty is not only about physical because true physical beauty will fade over time. There is something more eternal than that, namely beauty from within or inner beauty . Almost everyone in this world must have heard what inner beauty is and know how to get it.

    But unfortunately, not everyone knows about the true meaning behind the word inner beauty they say. Generally, they only know that inner beauty is only the inner beauty that will be seen if they help others.

    Everyone, both women and men certainly have it, but not all of them can exude inner beauty. To be able to achieve it, understand its meaning so that your inner beauty shines even more. As we know, inner beauty is true beauty and is a gift possessed by women since they were born into the world.

    A research journal entitled Inner Beauty The Friendship Hypothesis by DR Lisa Schmalz, reveals several theories from philosophers about what inner beauty is .

    Plato thought that inner beauty defines a beautiful person because of their good morals.

    Whereas for other philosophers such as Reid or Gaut, inner beauty is not only about moral goodness but is also closely related to one’s intelligence, sense of humor, and optimism.

    Schmalz Ride in his journal mentions several other variables to be able to define inner beauty .

    Indeed, inner beauty is closely related to one’s morals, but the intention behind it also determines inner beauty itself.

    Immanuel Kant, a German philosopher argues that a person has good morals just because he wants to look beautiful and does not sincerely do so, then that person is not a person who has inner beauty .

    So, it’s only natural that these philosophers have different opinions regarding the definition of one’s inner beauty . If you look at the current era, the conclusions in the journal can be a reference for determining what inner beauty is. Today’s society considers neutral inner beauty to come from morals and prioritizes intelligence and a positive self-image.

    A more modern approach often associates inner beauty with the expression “Beauty is in the eye of the beholder” which means that beauty, including inner beauty, is subjective. The reason is that what one person considers beautiful may not necessarily be that of another. This can be because the variables to measure beauty from within are very broad.

    In other words, every woman must have inner beauty . But the problem is, sometimes they are not able to radiate the inner beauty they have. One reason is there is no sincerity to bring it up. Therefore, when many people say that a woman will be able to have inner beauty when she does good to others.

    In fact, not necessarily, because all these good deeds will mean nothing if they are done without sincerity, continuously until they eventually become a habit. One of the keys to bringing out inner beauty is to do good.

    Doing good itself is very broad in scope. Not only have to provide assistance in the form of wealth only. Saying good morning, comforting people who are sad, helping grandmothers who are crossing the road and saying thank you are also good deeds that radiate your inner beauty .

    If so far you have been doing good to others and want to know whether your inner beauty has appeared or not, there is a simple way to find out. First, take paper, then make the following questions:

    1. How many people do you know who routinely say good morning with a sweet smile every day?
    2. How many people do not hesitate to ask you for help when they are having trouble?
    3. How many people are willing to put up their bodies to defend you voluntarily when you are in trouble?
    4. How many people miss you when you’re not with them?
    5. How many people worry about you when you suddenly don’t show up on time?
    6. How many people immediately come to visit, worry, and are sad when they hear that you are sick or have been hit by a disaster?

    How To Radiate Inner Beauty

    How to radiate inner beauty turns out to be very easy for women to do. Inner beauty or what is often known as beauty from within is real and you can prove it.

    One thing you need to build is the quality of yourself. Actually, every woman must have her own inner beauty . However, you need to improve even better from now on so that you can shine more and make many men attracted to you because of your strong inner beauty charm. How to Radiate Inner Beauty , including:

    1. Can Control Emotions

    The first way for women to radiate beauty from within is to easily control their emotions. This one method is proven to emit a positive aura that is good for other people. Therefore, other people will indirectly appreciate and respect you.

    2. Cheap smile

    Smiling is a way of enhancing the most powerful inner beauty . Smiling can make you calmer and think positively. In one study, people who smiled while performing a stressful task felt more positive afterward than those who didn’t show any expression.

    Whoever you meet will definitely be comfortable and positive when you try to build an attitude by smiling. Not only is it useful for others, by smiling, your life will also be much more beautiful than the previous flat days .

    So, even if you are having problems, be strong and try to smile.

    3. Laugh

    Research shows that laughter can reduce stress, anxiety, and depression. It can also improve mood and make our burdens feel less heavy. Laugh more by watching funny videos, comedy films, or making jokes with children.

    4. Open Minded

    The way to emit a strong inner beauty is to always have an open mind. It will indirectly build a positive aura within you and that way you will be appreciated by others.

    5. Be Kind To Yourself

    The next way to improve and enhance inner beauty is to be kind to yourself. In this way, you will have good self-confidence. This can be a provision for you to build good inner beauty .

    Focus on the qualities within you. It can help find meaning about the pleasures and satisfactions of life.

    Someone who is always happy can give positive value to their environment as well. So find out what fuels your desire, the real desire. Open yourself to feel love and affection from others for a more meaningful life.

    It’s not an easy thing to dig into the quality of yourself. If you’re still confused, it’s fine to seek inspiration from people you admire or respect. Try to think of the people who had the most memorable personalities no matter what they looked like. Write down what traits and behaviors they have done to make them amazing people.

    You can try to practice it on a daily basis as long as it doesn’t conflict with your values ​​and character.

    6. Give Support and Praise to Others

    The fifth way to increase inner beauty is to give support and praise to others. Although few people are aware of this, this method is supposed to increase inner beauty for you women. Because, in this way you indirectly emit a positive aura.

    7. Confident

    The sixth way to increase inner beauty is to be confident. Strong self-confidence makes women very special in front of men. Therefore, women are required to always be confident so that their inner beauty will shine continuously.

    8. Easy to Communicate

    The seventh way to radiate inner beauty is easy communication. This is because communication can build friendship, bonds and relationships with other people and attract the opposite sex.

    9. Exercise Routine

    It is undeniable that in enhancing inner beauty, it is not only beauty from within that is built, but external beauty as well. One of the ways that must be built is by exercising. Therefore, exercise regularly so that the body and soul are always healthy.

    10. Having a Strong Establishment But Still Respecting Others

    The ninth way to radiate inner beauty is by having a strong stance but still respecting others. Indeed, for some men to see women with strong convictions is a good plus. But if a woman can’t respect other people then it can make her ilfil .

    By still respecting other people, believe me, all the men who are close to you will be amazed and clamored to the seventh heaven.

    11. Be Kind To Everyone

    In radiating inner beauty, the next thing is to do good to everyone. Because, by doing good will automatically make your beauty shine. Indeed, this point few people realize. However, it could be that the people you have helped think of me as an angel without wings.

    Doing good can open minds about other people. Sometimes, we may only see people by their appearance and immediately have negative thoughts about them.

    In fact, we do not know what is in his heart. Therefore, doing good will change the mind to be more positive. In addition, we can also respect and respect others more.

    12.Self Care

    Taking good care of yourself is a way of radiating inner beauty . There are many ways to do self care , starting from eating a healthy balanced diet, drinking water, and getting enough sleep. Avoid stress to emit positive aura yourself.

     

     

    13. Be grateful

    The next way to radiate inner beauty is to be grateful. Some people often compare themselves with other people whose lives look happier. Things can make him jealous, jealous, low self-esteem, and his mind becomes chaotic.

    Therefore, make it a habit to be grateful so that your thoughts stay positive and life feels more meaningful. We can be grateful for whatever we have, whether family, friends, work, or other things that make us happy.

    Your mind is a powerful thing. The brain is literally wired to focus more on the negatives than the positives. Practicing gratitude can help rewire your brain to focus more on what is good in life.

    14. Positive Thinking

    A person can be a bad critic of himself. Over time, this can cause us to form negative opinions about ourselves that will be hard to shake off.

    Therefore, it is necessary to stop this, we must speak positive things to ourselves. Learning to think positively is like strengthening muscles. Because, the more often you use it, the stronger the mind is. One way to think positively that we have to do, is to develop optimism .

    When we have a sense of optimism, we will not be afraid of failure and see things positively. However, we also shouldn’t be overly optimistic because it will end up being overly confident.

    Research shows that small changes in the way we talk to ourselves can impact our ability to regulate our feelings, thoughts, and behavior when under stress. Avoid blaming yourself.

    Positive thinking has many health benefits. To always think positively, try the following ways:

    Write down three things you like about yourself that have nothing to do with physical appearance.

    Positive thoughts change the way the nerves in the brain work so they can help you see yourself in a different light.

    Practice looking at yourself in the mirror, smiling often, and praising the qualities you have. Acknowledge all parts of yourself, for example acknowledging that you are friendly, kind, smiling, easy to empathize with, and so on.

    Get used to standing straight, forming good posture on the body can project self-confidence. Self-confidence can make other people feel respected and will help you love yourself more easily.

    15. Be Yourself

    Many people who are recognized as having inner beauty are actually far from perfect. One thing that really stands out about them is that they feel comfortable being themselves and try to live as best they can every day. So, from now on focus on the present, not the past. Enrich yourself with new experiences and become more flexible.

    About yourself so you can grow to be a better human being. Embrace every emotion you feel in the process. Those are the things that will make you authentic. Having inner and outer beauty is about being fully human. Formulating yourself in harmony and balance in life in the present is the way to achieve it.

    True inner beauty will shine when what you feel and do is aligned with your life goals, and most importantly, be who you really are.

    It’s easy for other people to accept someone for who they are, life will be easier when we are honest with ourselves. Inner beauty must also be accompanied by a healthy body. Maintaining health by consuming nutritious food, drinking water and exercising can help reveal your inner beauty.

    16. Rest

    Everyone certainly needs to rest to calm himself down. Rest can refresh your mind, so you can think clearly and positively. Not only that, resting can also get rid of the anxiety and worry that we feel.

    17. Eliminate Drama

    When we feel down, we may feel that our life is the saddest thing in the world. Though maybe the reality is not that bad. Dramatizing life will only make life even more sad and the mind becomes full of chaos. Therefore, if you want to think positively, stay away from such dramatic thoughts.

    When hanging out with other people, we can be influenced and follow their habits. Likewise, when hanging out with positive people, positive things will be contagious.

    Being around positive people has been shown to increase self-esteem and the chances of achieving goals. Therefore, associate with people who can bring us on the good side.

    Those are some ways to radiate inner beauty that you can apply. So, from now on, start trying to do inner beauty in order to make life more peaceful.

    Sinaumed’s can get more information about inner beauty by reading books available at sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

    Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

    Also read:

  • What is Imsak? Along With The Meaning And Explanation About Imsak

    What is Imsak? Along With The Meaning And Explanation About Imsak

    What is Imsak? – Every Muslim will certainly know the name of the imsakiyah schedule during the fasting month. Where the imsakiyah schedule contains information on the five daily prayers, the start time of fasting, and the hours of breaking the fast during Ramadan. The schedule is published both online and offline, so it will be easy for anyone to get it.

    For Muslim communities in Indonesia, the imsakiyah schedule is a very important requirement. Because, this schedule makes it very easy for us to fast in the month of Ramadan. However, sometimes the imsakiyah schedule spread throughout Indonesia has a slight difference in time, from one region to another.

    This sometimes makes people feel confused about which schedule to follow. So, in the midst of the dispute at that time, most Muslims probably did not understand what imsak was. To find out more deeply, in the following we will discuss the meaning and history of the imsak itself.

    A. Definition of Imsak

    Imsak is the time which is considered as one of the markers that fasting time has begun. Imsak itself is only in the month of Ramadan. Therefore, imsak is used as a reminder that the meal time has ended. If you quote from hadiths or other Islamic teachings, in fact there are still many people who misunderstand imsak. Because, imsak is considered as a marker of the start of fasting time.

    In fact, imsak is not in Islamic teachings. So it is just a term used to help us remember that one can still eat for a few more minutes before Fajr arrives. So, most of the imsakiyah schedules scattered throughout Indonesia contain a difference between the time of imsak and dawn of about 5 to 10 minutes. This is very reasonable because it depends on the region and also the clergy.

    As for the provisions stating that Muslims are still allowed to eat or drink the meal at the time of imsak, there are several arguments. One of the arguments that discuss this is:

    “If one of you hears the call to prayer, while he is still holding the plate (food), then he should not put it down until he has finished eating it,” HR. Imam Ahmad, Abu Dawud, Hakim and has been authenticated by Adz Dzahabi.

    Apart from that, Imam Al-Mawardi also stated in his Iqna’ book, namely:

    وزمان الصّيام من طُلُوع الْفجْر الثَّانِي إِلَى غرُوب الشَّمْس لَكِن عَلَيْهِ تَقْدِيم الامساك يَسِيرا قبل طُلُوع الْفجْر وَتَأْخِير (الْفطر) يَسِيرا بعد غرُوب الشَّمْس ليصير مُسْتَوْفيا لامساكمَا بَينهمَا

    “The time of fasting is from the rising of the second dawn to the setting of the sun. But (it would be better if) the fasting person makes imsak (abstaining from eating and drinking) a little earlier before dawn and delays breaking his fast for a while after the sun sets so that he completes imsak (refraining from breaking the fast) between the two.” (See Ali bin Muhammad Al-Mawardi, Al-Iqnaa’ [Tehran: Dar Ihsan, 1420 H] p. 74).

    In this way, it is clear that people who are having sahur are still allowed to eat and drink sahur when the time for imsak arrives until dawn and also the morning call to prayer. However, it would be better if we ended eating or drinking at the time of imsak. This is intended so that our eating and drinking are not done in a hurry and immediately carry out the morning prayer service in peace.

    B. History of Imsak

    The term imsak comes from Arabic which according to Wassim Afifi means fasting. The term imsak was first introduced in Egypt in the month of Ramadan in 1262 H. Whereas in the Christian calendar it occurred in September 1846 AD. This started from the art of writing and also modern publishing in Egypt. Before entering 1798 AD, Egypt did not really realize that scientific developments until the French population became an early advance in knowledge of modern writing. Although Al-Azhar was attacked during the French occupation, these residents also formed the Center for Science in Egypt. Then France started printing the first which contained the imsakiyah schedule.

    The imsakiyah schedule was printed for the first time in a media called Bulaq and known as Imsakiyah Wali Al-Nu’man. Where the schedule is printed on yellow paper measuring 27 cm 17 cm. At that time, the imsakiyah schedule contained the first day of Ramadan which fell on Monday and the Sabii month could be observed very clearly in the South for 35 minutes. The printed media also included Muhammad Ali Pasha, a historical figure of the Ottoman Empire. The Imsakiyah schedule also contains the hours of prayer and fasting every day according to the Arabic calendar. Then, the schedule is distributed to all government offices and disseminates it widely to every employee in the company.

    During 1920 to 1940, the imsakiyah schedule for the month of Ramadan was then printed or published for several purposes. Initially, the imsakiyah schedule was used as an advertising medium to be distributed by the printers of the Egyptian Renaissance Statue which at that time still belonged to Mahmoud Khalil Ibrahim, in the month of Ramadan 1347 H or around February 1929 AD Even in that year, the imsakiyah was also printed as an official announcement in the form of a very neat book. Then, a Jewish businessman named Daoud Adas uses the imsak schedule as a decoration material in his shops during the month of Ramadan.

    At that time, print media containing imsakiyah schedules were valued quite expensive because these schedules included various kinds of information related to fasting, Islam, virtues, and to advertise a commercial product. The imsakiyah schedule printed by Daoud Ada is an inspiration regarding various kinds of Ramadan information, but still easy to understand.

    Then in 1356 H or around 1937 AD, the imsakiyah schedule also contained fasting information, verses from the Koran, prayers, morning and evening readings, daily fasting schedule, and information about zakat fitrah. The distribution of the imsakiyah schedule was distributed to people who were passing and passing by. Since then, the imsakiyah schedule has always experienced a status development and has become a very important requirement when the month of Ramadan arrives, including in Indonesia. Currently, the imsakiyah schedule is used so that Muslims are even more careful when they want to eat food when dawn approaches dawn.

    C. Imsak Age of the Prophet Muhammad SAW

    According to Ustadz Abdul Somad, at the time of the Prophet the term imsak did not yet exist. Imsak just appeared during the Shafi’i school. At that time, imsak was a yellow light that was used as a sign that one should be prepared to stop eating sahur. However, if someone just wakes up at the time of imsak, then they can still eat and drink sahur until the sound of the dawn call to prayer. When the dawn call to prayer is sounded, eating and drinking activities must also be stopped and the mouth must be cleaned as soon as possible. This is to ensure that there are no more food residue left in the mouth and can break the fast.

    Meanwhile, according to Nabawi’s guidance, the concept of imsak itself is considered to have existed since the time of the Prophet, even though it was not mentioned directly or used a special term.

    Al-Bukhari, Muslim, al-Tirmidhi, Nasa’i, Ibn Majah and Ahmad narrated through Anas bin Malik from Zaid bin Thabit:

    عن زيد بن ثابت رضي الله عنه قال : تَسَحَّرْنَا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ثُمَّ قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ قُلْتُ كَمْ كَانَ بَيْنَ الأَذَانِ وَالسُّحُوْرِ ؟ قَالَ قَدْرُ خَمْسِيْنَ آيَةً

    Zaid bin Thabit’s friend ra narrated, “we used to have breakfast with the Prophet, then for a while he prayed at dawn”.

    Anas bin Malik asked, “how much time is there between the call to prayer and sahur?”

    “About the span of reading 50 verses,” replied Zaid bin Thabit.

    The time lag, which is almost the same as the reading of 50 verses, between the pre-dawn meal and the dawn call to prayer is one of the proofs that the imsak already exists but is more practically understood, namely about the separation of the distance from the start of fasting, namely at dawn and the pre-dawn meal. Meanwhile, this is in line with the explanation given by Ustadz Abdul Somad that the imsak does not act as a red light, which means you are not allowed to eat or drink at all.

    Ustadz Abdul Somad also said that in Middle Eastern countries, like Morocco, there is no term imsak. So that Moroccan Muslims will stop eating and drinking the meal right when the dawn call to prayer is sounded. However, the imsak time is indeed recommended to be carried out for the good of Muslims themselves.

    D. Imsak in Indonesia

    In Indonesia itself, the time for imsak is usually marked by the sound of sirens or the recitation of holy verses from the Koran and certain sounds coming from mosques. Where it will be done before dawn arrives. In fact, we cannot find this phenomenon in any other country, apart from Indonesia.

    Indonesian clerics themselves stipulate that the time of imsak is used as a reminder that the dawn call to prayer is near. It would be better for Muslims to immediately use this time to clean their mouths, brush their teeth, take a shower, and prepare to immediately perform the morning prayers.

    The imsak time that we often read in the imsakiyah schedule is the time made by the ulama in Indonesia by adjusting the applicable rules. That is what is considered as a creativity of Indonesian scholars. Where it becomes a form of attention from the scholars.

    Because of the affection of the Ulama for Muslims in Indonesia, they set the time of imsak to serve as a benchmark in facilitating the time of fasting in the month of Ramadan. In this situation a Muslim who performs the imsak schedule earlier, for example 10 to 15 minutes before the dawn call to prayer is sounded is a form of prevention.

    However, because it is not obligatory, anyone is allowed to follow the imsak schedule or have their own choice in carrying out Ramadan fasting. However, surely whatever we do must be in accordance with the rules of fasting which have been explained in the Al-Quran and hadith.

    As for the provisions of fasting which is one of the main references for starting fasting, namely in the letter Al-Baqarah verse 187, the following is the meaning:

    “Eat and drink until it becomes clear to you the difference between the white thread and the black thread, namely dawn” (Al-Baqarah: 187)

    The word “dawn” in the letter above is actually still confusing or ambiguous and vague. But, through a hadith from HR. Ahmad & al-Hakim from Abdullah bin Abbas, revealed that dawn can be interpreted into two, namely false dawn and genuine dawn. What is meant by false dawn is that it is still permissible to eat and drink and it is not permissible to pray at dawn. That’s what we know as imsak. As for the original dawn, it is no longer allowed to eat or drink and it is permissible to perform the dawn prayer.

    Therefore, ending eating and also drinking at dawn until it’s really before dawn is one of the things we should do. Because after all, it takes time to prepare to perform the morning prayer service. Usually, the imsak time in Indonesia has a time difference of around 10 to 15 minutes.

    Meanwhile, on other continents, it is possible that the imsak schedule is not stated explicitly. But generally they will share prayer schedules during the month of Ramadan with different time differences. This is based on data sources from certain astronomy which are intended to be used as a reference or guide for Muslims in carrying out fasting at the time deemed appropriate.

    That way, the imsak schedule is very useful to minimize the confusion that arises when someone is enjoying a meal, but doesn’t know when dawn will arrive. Therefore, imsak will make our fasting worship safer and more orderly. That way, we will be better prepared physically and mentally in fasting.

  • What Is Impulsive? Recognize Behavior, Causes and Find Solutions!

    Impulsivity – We often buy things or do things. And this is usually considered as an impulsive act. However, being impulsive isn’t that simple. Impulsivity is more complex than that. It is broader than just buying an item or making massive or many transactions in a short time.

    Here we will discuss impulsivity. Sinaumed’s can listen to the explanation below which has been summarized from various pages on the internet.

    Impulsive Concept

    Impulsivity is an attitude when someone does an action without thinking about the consequences. This is generally done by children. Although, it is not uncommon to find it in adults as well. This behavior can also be defined as a condition when a person performs an action without thinking long or thinking about the consequences.

    For example, when opening an online shop , Sinaumed’s will buy things that are not really needed. For example, sandals or shoes even though the footwear that is owned is still there and suitable for use. Or buy clothes with the latest models so you don’t miss the trend. Even though the clothes that are owned are still very decent to wear.

    Launching from the katadata.co.id page, a journal article entitled “Impulse Control Disorders: Updated Review of Clinical Characteristics and Pharmacological Management” is usually experienced by adolescents up to the age of 30. Approximately 80-95% of sufferers consist of women.

    Someone who has this disorder can be seen from his behavior. For example, rash, unstable, unpredictable, poor self-control , and often interrupts others. Not infrequently, a person acts quickly, without considering the consequences of his actions. It’s not uncommon for impulsivity to be a sign of an impulse control disorder or other mental health disorder.

    This action is not entirely bad. It is needed at certain times. For example when facing stress or a crisis that requires a quick response. Then this impulsive attitude is very necessary.

    However, impulsiveness should be watched out for if it occurs repeatedly. It becomes part of a person’s personality or harms oneself and others. It could be, this action is a symptom of another mental disorder.

    Sinaumed’s can go deeper into the personality psychology of each person so that it helps to identify yourself and find the right treatment when impulsive actions occur to yourself or those closest to you. The book “Psychology of Personality” by Sumadi Suryabrata which generally contains personality classifications based on the methods used, the personality components used as a foundation, and the approach. From these three basic classifications, various personality psychology emerged, such as Kant’s typology, Psychoanalytic Theory, Spranger’s Theory, Ludwig Klages’ Personality Theory, Biosocial Theory, and many more.

     

    Impulsive Symptoms

    Impulsive behavior can harm mental health if it occurs continuously. The following are symptoms of impulsivity—which have been summarized from various sources—that Sinaumed’s should know about.

    • Happy to spend money on things that are not too important.
    • Hurt yourself when you feel direction, disappointed, and sad.
    • Easily offended or angry even for no reason.
    • Engage in risky sexual activity.
    • Explosive emotions when angry to the point of destroying things.
    • Releasing excess emotions.
    • Change or cancel plans suddenly.
    • Wasting too much money.
    • Suddenly quit work.
    • Emotions often explode.
    • Too many apologies.
    • Incapable of taking criticism.
    • Bringe eating (eating or drinking excessively).
    • Threatening to hurt others.
    • hurt yourself.
    • Indulge too much in certain things, such as shopping and eating.
    • Difficulty focusing.
    • Many start something.
    • Exaggerating small problems.
    • Scream when feeling stressed.
    • Many start something

    Impulsive Causes

    Launching from the Sehatq.com page, this behavior is normal for children or adolescents. This is because their brains are still developing, so impulsive behavior is not necessarily a sign of trouble.

    The causes of impulsive behavior are not known with certainty. However, it is associated with the hypothalamus and hippocampus brain regions. The hippocampus itself takes an active role in memory, emotion , and learning. Meanwhile, the hypothalamus has a role as a mood regulator and function of human behavior.

    When the researchers conducted their research by increasing or decreasing traffic between the hypothalamus and ventral hippocampus in the brains of rats. The same effect appears, namely an increase in impulsive behavior. On the other hand, genetic factors are also considered to have an important role.

    However, impulsive behavior can also be a sign of various conditions as follows.

    1. Attention Deficit Disorder (ADHD)

    Impulsivity can be a sign that someone has attention deficit disorder (ADHD). Someone who experiences attention deficit disorder often shows impulsive behavior by disturbing other people who are talking, having difficulty waiting for their turn while in line, and/or shouting out answers to a question.

    2. Bipolar Disorder

    Bipolar disorder can affect mood, energy levels, and ability to carry out daily activities. When impulsive behavior appears in someone who has bipolar disorder, he is able to spend or spend money in extreme ways and even abuse certain substances.

    3. Antisocial Personality Disorder

    Antisocial personality disorder can make a person unable to pay attention to right and wrong. As well as treating other people badly without thinking about the consequences. Impulsive behavior related to this condition is the abuse of certain substances or other dangerous actions. 

    Adolescence is a period of transition and often performs impulsive actions. The book “Psychology of Adolescents” by Sarlito W. Sarwono can be an option for parents or adults closest to adolescents to recognize the psychological conditions experienced by adolescents. In general, this book is about adolescence which is a transitional period from child to adult.

    Dealing with teenagers is not an easy job. To understand the soul of adolescents and find appropriate solutions to their problems, it is important for us to understand adolescents and their psychological development, namely self-concept, intelligence, emotion, sexuality, social, moral and religious motives. The study in this book regarding adolescent psychology in terms of the theoretical aspect of physical and psychological development of adolescents, as well as behavior and juvenile delinquency/delinquency can provide an important reference for students, educators, consultants and officials who are involved in adolescent problems, and no less important are people. old.

     

    How to Deal with Impulsivity

    Impulsive behavior can be handled or suppressed. Summarizing from the hellosehat.com page, here’s how to deal with impulsive behavior that occurs in someone.

    1. Use of Drugs

    When Sinaumed’s consults with a psychiatrist, medication will be prescribed to treat the mental health disorder he is experiencing. Here are some drug choices that are usually used to treat impulsive behavior.

    • Atypical neuroleptics
    • Anti-epileptic drug
    • Antidepressants are usually used to treat depression
    • Glutamatergic agents
    • Mood stabilizers, including those used to treat bonderline personality disorder.

    2. Psychological Therapy

    If it is felt that impulsive behavior is interfering with activities or daily life, Sinaumed’s needs to consult a psychologist or a psychiatrist. One option of psychotherapy that can be done is cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT).

    In therapy, Sinaumed’s will be assisted to determine the triggers of frequent impulsive actions. In addition, Sinaumed’s will also be assisted to strategize in managing responses to these triggers in the future.

    Apart from CBT, Sinaumed’s can also do various other groups, such as group therapy which are usually quite effective for dealing with certain habits. When doing therapy, Sinaumed’s will usually be invited to discuss each other’s conditions with several people.

    This method makes Sinaumed’s not feel alone in dealing with this habit. Not only that, in this therapy, Sinaumed’s will be accompanied by professional experts who assist the discussion so that the therapy goes on smoothly.

    Another therapy that can be done is family therapy. This therapy will usually be more effective for teenagers. When a teenager has problems with self-control so he often takes impulsive actions. This will have an impact on the family.

    By undergoing therapy with the family. Each member will have room to convey problems or conditions that may have something to do with the impulsive actions experienced by one of the family members. The therapist can also listen in to provide an evaluation of the root of the problem and find a solution for it.

    3. Coping Mechanisms

    Coping mechanisms can be an alternative to overcome impulsive behavior. Breathing techniques can be applied when these behaviors start to appear. Breathing can also relieve stress which may be one of the triggers.

    Sinaumed’s can also redirect this behavior in a healthier direction. For example, instead of spending money on unnecessary things when stress comes. Sinaumed’s can turn it into sports, journaling, or sharing stories with trusted people.

    4. Home Workout

    Launching from the katadata.co.id page, in addition to psychotherapy and drugs. There are several steps you can take to reduce and overcome impulsivity. Sinaumed’s can try either strategy when symptoms or impulses of impulsive behavior are present as follows.

    • Perform a chain analysis that allows Sinaumed’s to identify impulsive behavior, what happened before and after the impulsive behavior.
    • Join a support group that can help Sinaumed’s manage his impulsive behavior and allow him to talk or share stories with people who have the disorder.
    • Replace impulsive behavior with something healthy, like journaling, talking to someone you trust, going for a walk, and so on.
    • Performing proper breathing techniques or deep breathing can manage stress which can help regulate mood and reduce impulsive behavior. This method can also help distract Sinaumed’s when impulsive impulses start to come.

    Impulsive behavior is one of the problems in social psychology. To understand more about applied psychology in the social field, Sinaumed’s can read the book “Applied Social Psychology” by Fattah Hanurawan.

    In general, the book contains the results of analysis, reflection, and descriptions of various scientific references related to: the application of social psychology in the context of solving social behavior problems. This book is intended for the community of social psychology, social sciences, observers of social behavior problems, and practitioners of solving social behavior problems.

    Difference between Impulsive and Compulsive Behavior

    Impulsive and compulsive behavior are similar. However, they have a thin thread of distinction. Sinaumed’s can observe the difference between impulsive and compulsive behavior which has been summarized from the following primayahospital.com page.

    1. Impulsive Behavior

    Impulsive behavior is behavior that is quick to act suddenly according to impulse. So, if someone’s behavior suddenly changes, outside of the plan, or an attitude that is not supported by strong reasons.

    In general, his attitude belongs to the irrational. Thus, it can be concluded that the individual is an impulsive person. Impulsive personal characteristics are when talking is often not accompanied by reasons or logical reasoning.

    2. Compulsive Behavior

    Compulsive behavior is an anxiety disorder ( anxiety ) in which the mind is dominated or filled with persistent and uncontrollable thoughts. Thus, making the individual forced to continuously repeat certain actions that cause significant distress and have the potential to interfere with daily functioning.

    A psychologist, Dani states that a person can perform an extraordinary high repetition of an action, physical or mental. This is what causes the person to experience obsessive compulsive disorder ( obsessive compulsive disorder ).

    For example, a person may have a compulsion to wash their hands or check the locks over and over again. It is also characterized by a person’s anxiety to do something and is impulsive. Which when doing these things will make her anxiety less. This disorder can occur in any gender.

  • What is Imagery in Poetry? And Examples of Poetry Imagery

    What is Imagery in Poetry? – Poetry is known as a literary work that has beautiful language. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), poetry is a literary variety whose language is bound by rhythm, dimension, rhyme, as well as the arrangement of lines and stanzas; compositions in language whose forms are chosen and arranged carefully so as to sharpen people’s awareness of life experiences and evoke specific responses through the arrangement of sounds, rhythms and special meanings; rhyme.

    Etymologically, the word “poetry” in Greek comes from the word “poesis” which means creation. In English, the equivalent of the word poetry is poetry which is closely related to poet and poem. The word poet comes from the Greek which means to make or create.

    The word poet in Greek is also interpreted as a person who creates through his imagination, a person who is almost like a god or who is very fond of the gods. He was a man of keen eyesight, a saint, who was at once a philosopher, a statesman, a teacher, a man who could guess hidden truths.

    Frost expressed his opinion regarding poetry as “Poetry is a rhythmical composition of words expressing an attitude designed to surprise and delight, and to arouse an emotional response”.

    In tune with Frost, Sayuti also shared her views on poetry. In Sayuti’s view, poetry is formulated as a form of language pronunciation that takes into account the sound aspects in it, which expresses the poet’s imaginative, emotional, and intellectual experience drawn from his individual and social life; which is expressed with certain chosen techniques, so that the poem is able to evoke certain experiences in the reader or listeners

    Poetry can be studied from various sides, such as the use of diction, figures of speech, imagery, and so on. From several things that can be studied in poetry, imagery may sound foreign. Sinaumed’s may wonder. “What is imagery in poetry?” The following will discuss in detail the imagery of poetry which has been summarized from various pages on the internet and journal articles.

    The Concept of Imagery in Poetry

    Imagery is a poetic instrument used by writers on words, phrases or sentences expressed in poetry in order to create visual images or images of feelings that can be felt by the reader. Simply put, imagery is used to build strong images of the feelings and thoughts of the reader.

    Imagery is a fantasy image created by the poet. According to Waluyo, imagery is an arrangement of words that express sensory experiences, such as sight, hearing, and feeling. Imagery is characterized by the use of specific and concrete words.

    Launching from the Tripven.com page, the imagery of poetry is usually expressed by means of imaginative descriptions expressed through words. Often times, to create an image in poetry, the writer will convey it with two main ideas, namely depiction or metaphor.

    Kinds of Imagery in Poetry

    Launching from the Tripven.com page, the following is a classification of poetry imagery.

    1. Auditory Imagery

    Auditory imagery is used so that the reader can feel something related to sound on the sense of hearing. For example, to create a booming sound, silence, breaking, and so forth. For example, in the poem “Old Beggar Moans” by Abdul Maliki” in the first line “Brakk … Instantly the beggar fell”.

    2. Olfactory imagery

    Smell is used to stimulate the reader’s sense of smell. So, as if the reader can smell the smell described in a work. This image tends to be difficult to express because the effect of smell is a very subjective experience. For example, the image of smell in the poem entitled “Give Daku Sumba” by Taufik Ismail.

    3. Tactile Imagery

    In the image of touch, it makes the reader feel as if he can feel something. This imagery is similar to motion imagery because the reader can feel what is expressed in the poem. In this type of imagery, the writer is advised to choose diction that can make the reader feel smooth, rough, and soft. As in the poem entitled “To My Mother I Miss” by Abdul Maliki.

    4. Motion Imagery ( Kinestetic )

    Motion imagery provides a stimulus in the form of movement from an entity that can be in the form of a human or a machine. This imagery is usually used to indicate an intention of a movement. Even though the entity is not moving, the reader can feel the movement in the image. For example, the poem “Pendaki Api Merapi” by Abdul Malik.

    5. Vision Imagery ( Visual Imagery )

    In this image, poetry is made as if the reader can describe and see what the author inserts in the poem. This type of imagery most often appears in poetic works. This imagery was chosen because almost all readers can imagine something. For example, a poem entitled “My Melatiku” by Abdul Malik.

    6. Taste Imagery ( Gustatory )

    Taste imagery is used by the author in his work to provide a descriptive stimulus regarding the sense of taste. The implementation of this imagery can be done by writing poetry that is directly related to the taste in tasting, especially the taste of food.

    Through the image of the taste buds, the reader will be brought to the flavors that can be imagined on the taste buds, such as sweet, spicy, salty and savory. An example of a poetic work that fits this image is a poem entitled “Secupir Kopi and Memories” by Abdul Malik.

    Example of Poetry Imagery Analysis

    Rahimah in a journal article entitled Citraan in the Poetry “Love Letter” by WS. Rendra analyzes poetry from its imagery. Following are the results of the analysis conducted by Rahimah on the poem “Love Letter” by WS. Rendra.

    Love letter

    By Ws. Rendra

     

    I’m writing this letter

    When it rains it drizzles

    Like the sound of a toy drum

    Fairy children of the magical world.

    And the wind sighs moans and sighs.

    O sister Narti,

    I love you!

     

    I’m writing this letter

    when the sky cries

    and two ducks

    make love in the pool

    like two naughty children

    witty and sweet

    wagging tail

    and flutters its feathers.

    Dear Dik Narti,

    I want you to be my wife!

     

    Pointed rain legs

    touch the ends of the earth.

    Firm legs of love

    like glittering heavy metal

    go forward

    and will never be postponed.

     

    A dozen angels

    has come down

    in the drizzling rain.

    In front of the window pane

    they look in the mirror and wash their hair

    for the party.

    Dear Dik Narti,

    in an elegant wedding dress

    flowers and sacred keris

    I want to lead you to the altar

    to be married.

     

    I propose to you.

    You know long ago:

     

    nothing worse

    and nothing better

    than others….

    poets of everyday life,

    people who start with words

    word that comes from

    life, thought and feeling.

     

    Strong spirit of life

    like millions of alit needles

    piercing the skin of the sky:

    pockets of fortune and wingit blessings.

    Then spill the drizzle.

    Wind and love

    sighed in the drizzle.

    My strong love spirit

    like a thousand magical hands

    spreading a thousand nets

    ambush your heart

    who always smiles at me.

    You are a mermaid

    my captive.

    Mermaid with soft melodious voice

    like a sea breeze,

    sigh for me!

    The wind sighed

    always sigh

    with her melodious wail.

    You are a mermaid

    limp

    blinking her beautiful eyes

    in my net.

    O Mermaids,

    i caught you

    I propose to you.

     

    I’m writing this letter

    when it rains

    because of the sky

    spoiled and sweet girl

    crying for toys

    Two naughty boys frolic in a ditch

    and the sky is jealous to see it.

    Dear Dik Narti,

    i want you

    be the mother of my children!

    The following is an analysis of the poem “Love Letter” by WS. Rendra is seen from five types of images, namely visual, auditory, tasting, moving, and feeling images. First, the visual imagery in the poem “Love Letter” by WS Rendra can be seen in the poem:

    • Verse I: I write this letter when it rains.
    • Verse II: I write this letter when the sky cries and two grouse make love in a pond; wags its tail and vibrates its feathers.
    • Verse III: the firm legs of love like heavy metal glisten forward and will never be put back.
    • Verse IV: in front of the windowpane they look in the mirror and wash their hair for the feast; with a beautiful wedding dress of flowers and an apocalypse dagger I want to lead you to the altar to be married.
    • Verse VI: a bag of fortune and wingit’s blessing then spills the drizzle.
    • Verse VII: you are a mermaid lying limply blinking her beautiful eyes in my net g. Verse VIII: I am writing this letter when it is drizzling because the sky is a spoiled and sweet girl crying for toys; frolicking in the ditch and the sky was jealous of him.

    Second, the image of hearing in the poem “Love Letter” by WS Rendra can be seen in the poem.

    • Verse I: like the sound of a drum played by children of the faeries of the unseen world; and the wind sighs moans and sighs.
    • Verse VI: the wind and love sigh in the drizzle.
    • stanza VII: a mermaid with a soft melodious voice like the sea breeze sighs to me; the wind moans, always moans with its melodically tears.

    Third, the image of taste in the poem “Love Letter” by WS Rendra can be seen in verse II of the poem: like two naughty children, witty and sweet.

    Fourth, the image of motion in the poem “Love Letter” by WS Rendra is found in poetry.

    • stanza III: sharp raindrops touching the earth.
    • Verse IV: a dozen angels have descended in a drizzling rain.

    Fifth, the image of feelings in the poem “Love Letter” by WS Rendra is found in poetry.

    • Verse I: O sister Narti I love you.
    • Verse II: O sister Narti I’m pinang you to be my wife!
    • Verse V: I propose to you, you know from the past that nothing is worse and nothing is better and the other.
    • Verse VI: the spirit of life is strong like millions of tiny needles piercing the skin of the sky; my strong spirit of love is like a thousand invisible hands spreading a thousand nets to ambush your heart which always smiles at me; oh, mermaid I netted you I proposed you; O, Dik Narti, I want you to be the mother of my children!

    Poetry Analysis with Roman Ingarden’s Norma Approach

    Poetry can be analyzed with various opinions or approaches. One of them is the analysis of poetry using the Roman Ingarde Norma approach. Here’s a more detailed explanation.

    The elements of Roman Ingarden’s Norma approach are as follows.

    a. Sound Layer

    The poem is in the form of sound units: the sounds of syllables, words, and sequences make up the whole sound of the poem which is the sound of phrases and sentences. With the sound units, people catch the meaning. The thing that is still closely related to sound speech is rhyme. Repeated sounds, regular alternations, and sound variations create a lively movement. Or the alternation of ups and downs, short lengths, loud and soft utterances of language sounds on a regular basis. So the sound layers in the poem are all sound units based on certain language conventions. As for the various kinds of sound that we can know, among others.

    1. Variety of Cacophony Sounds ( Cacophony )

    This cacophony sound is suitable and able to strengthen an unpleasant, chaotic, completely disorganized, even disgusting atmosphere. This variety of sounds can be used to create an atmosphere of depression, alienation, sadness, serenity, gloom, emotion and sadness. Visually, this variety of sounds uses a lot of consonants k, p, t, s (Pradopo, (in Hanafi, 2017:161)).

    2. Variety of Ephonic Sounds ( euphony )

    Ephony ( euphony ) is a combination of melodious sounds or beautiful sounds. This melodious sound orchestration is usually to describe intimate feelings, affection or love, as well as joyous things. Examples of euphony include a combination of vowel sounds a, e, i, u, o with voiced consonant sounds like b, d, g, j and liquida sounds like r and l, as well as nasal sounds m, n, nya and ng (Pradopo, (in Hanafi, 2017: 161)).

    3. Onomatopoeic Sounds

    Onomatopoeic sounds are referred to as a variety of sounds in the form of imitation of sounds that exist in the universe, such as the sound of wind, sea, trees, animals, and so on in the form of markers (Suryaman dala Wiyatmi (in Hanafi, 2017: 161))

    b. Lapis Arti ( Units of Meaning )

    The meaning layer is a series of phonemes, syllables, words, phrases, and sentences. These are all units of meaning. The series of sentences becomes paragraphs, chapters, and the whole story or the whole poem (Pradopo, 2012:15). In poetry it is not enough if only the meaning is stated. What the poet wants is that whoever reads can also feel and experience what the poet feels and experiences (Pradopo, (in Hanafi, 2017: 161-162))c

    c. Layer Things That Are Presented

    The layers of things put forward are the objects put forward, the setting, the actors, and the author’s world (Pradopo, (in Hanafi, 2017:162)). The setting, which is also referred to as the fulcrum, suggests the notion of place, time relationships and the social environment in which the events told occur (Abrams (in Hanafi, 2017: 162)).

    d. World Layer

    The world layer is a layer that is seen from a certain point of view that does not need to be disclosed, but is contained within. An event in literature can be stated or stated as “heard” or “seen”, even the same event, for example the sound of a door window, can show an external aspect or an inner character. For example, a door with a soft sound can give suggestions that open or close a woman or a person with a cautious character (Pradopo (in Hanafi, 2017:162)).

    e. Metaphysics Layer

    The metaphysical layer is in the form of metaphysical properties which are sublime, tragic, horrific or frightening and sacred with these characteristics art can give reflections to the reader. At this layer the reader is invited to reflect and think or imagine what is contained in the poem being read. The purpose of imagination is so that the reader or listener is able to understand and truly understand the meaning of the poem. However, not every literary work contains such a metaphysical layer (Pradopo (in Hanafi, 2017: 162)).

  • What is IELTS and Other Important Information You Must Know

    What is IELTS? – English is an international language used in many countries. Therefore, if you can speak English properly and correctly, various opportunities are wide open. Whether to get scholarships to study abroad, or work there.

    There are also many countries that open opportunities for foreigners to develop careers in their countries. One of the requirements for obtaining it all is having an IELTS test score. What is IELTS? This test is a kind of key to get a chance to get there. Here are some important things you should know if you want to take the test.

    A. What is IELTS?

    This test is generally administered by three organizations, namely Cambridge English Language Assessment, IDP: IELTS Australia, and the British Council. This test as well as the TOEFL test are the main English proficiency tests in the world. Out of 140 countries, there are currently nearly 1,000 test centers. This is because this test is already available and recognized by many countries.

    If you want to continue your studies at universities abroad, then you need this test requirement to be accepted there. There are four sections in the IELTS test, namely Reading, Listening, Speaking and Writing.

    To work on all sections of the test, the time given is 2 hours 45 minutes. Then for each section, the time allotted varies, for listening for 30 minutes, reading for 60 minutes, writing for 60 minutes, and speaking for 11-14 minutes.

    Then, the reading, writing, and listening sections will be carried out on the same day without rest. While speaking can be done on the same day or seven days before or after the test is carried out.

    For the value itself it ranges from 1-9 with a difference of 0.5 (for example the value is 7.0 , 7.5, 8.0 , 8.5, etc.). Each value in each part will be averaged to get the overall score. Because each section has the same weight or to be calculated or the overall score, the average value of the four test components will be taken.

    But you also need to know that each university or college will usually ask for grades for certain sections, so not the overall recap value. If a college requires a score of 7 for writing, if your score in the writing section is 6.5, you still don’t qualify, even if your overall score is 7.5. Then you have to repeat the test if you want to meet the entry requirements of the college you want to go to.

    B. Benefits of Taking the IELTS Test

    Through this test, you also simultaneously prepare yourself and practice your speaking skills in a foreign language. So when accepted later, will not experience difficulties. What’s more, all learning is of course also carried out using English instruction.

    If your goal is to work outside, of course this also makes it easier to negotiate and establish cooperation with various parties. Especially if you work abroad, the salary offered will be higher. What are the other benefits of this test? here’s the list:

    1. Not a computer test

    The IELTS test is different from the TOEFL test. In the speaking test section, you will be immediately confronted with a native speaker. Therefore, the possibility of errors is much smaller.

    2. Can be used for overseas exchange programs

    The second benefit, you can use it as capital exchange abroad. When you are in college, usually there will be a student exchange program from PTs in the country with foreign PTs. There are also exchange programs that require IELTS test results, such as YES, SSEAYP, and IYEP.

    3. Making communication more fluent with foreigners

    In addition, if you have passed this test, of course it will be easier for you to communicate with native speakers. Because various parts of the test will test your English proficiency. If you pass the test with good results, it means that you have mastered English well.

    4. Open opportunities to work in international companies

    Some international companies certainly require their employees to be fluent in foreign languages. So, if you have obtained the results of the IELTS test, of course there will be a chance to be accepted to work there.

    5. Test results have been recognized by 6000 organizations in the world

    There are many countries that recognize IELTS test results. These countries include Australia, Hong Kong, Ireland, the United States, South Africa and New Zealand.

    And there are many other countries that recognize the results of this test. More and more institutions/organizations/companies are using this test as a requirement for membership, meaning that you have many opportunities to be able to travel or have a career anywhere.

    6. As initial capital to obtain a scholarship

    If you have a high IELTS score, there will be many scholarships you can get. Currently there are lots of scholarships to study abroad. Of course, the scholarship requires that each recipient can communicate in English.

    So, if you have mastered the IELTS test, of course prestigious scholarships abroad are easier to get. Then, if you want to study in Europe, this test is also very important. In Europe, there are also many prestigious campuses that can accept you, such as Cambridge, Oxford, ICL, Zurich, UCL, and other campuses.

    7. Fewer reading sections and faster speaking

    There are not too many reading sections on the IELTS test, apart from that the questions are also more specific. Usually there are only 3 short readings. Then the total time for listening is also not too long, which is around 40 minutes. That way, test takers will be much more comfortable, focused, and also maximal in doing the test.

    D. Steps to Prepare for the IELTS Test

    If you want to get a high score, of course you need to prepare well for the test. The following are some things that need to be done to prepare for the IELTS test.

    1. Determine the type of test to be followed

    IELTS has two types of tests, namely the academic test and the general test. The two are not the same, the general test is for those of you who take the test because you want to work, while the academic test is for those of you who wish to continue their studies abroad. So the academic test is more devoted to the field of education.

    Both types are indeed the same IELTS test. However, for some people, the general test is considered easier and simpler than the academic test. Even so, that doesn’t mean you can make the general test easy.

    If you want to take both tests, you still have to study seriously together as preparation. However, you can just focus on studying in fields that are required by the institution, organization or company you want to enter. That way, the results of the IELTS test that you take will be as you expect.

    2. Improve your ability to speak English

    The second step is to improve your ability to speak English. If you are still a student, of course the English lessons you get at school are still very minimal. Moreover, to be able to work on standard IELTS questions. This means that you need additional English tutoring to broaden your knowledge of English.

    You can call a private teacher or take tutoring at a certain institution. There are lots of institutions that now provide qualified places to learn English. So, make sure you get a good tutor to help improve your English skills.

    3. Study reading and listening material

    Two aspects of the IELTS test, namely reading and listening certainly require good English skills. Both of these tests include passive English proficiency. The problem may not be the same as the TOEFL ITP test which is commonly used in Indonesia. Therefore, this test has a much higher level of questions.

    So you need to study reading and listening material even deeper. Then because this test is used to register to England and its surroundings, the language used is usually British English. So try to read a lot of British English writing, so that you will be more familiar when taking the test later.

    4. Practice your writing and speaking skills

    The two sections of the IELTS test are even more challenging, namely writing and speaking. Both of these tests are included in active English proficiency.

    So, instead of being asked to do questions, you will be asked to speak and write more in English. In fact, when speaking or writing, it means you have to be prepared with more English vocabulary.

    You also have to be able to make flexible sentences and master what topics you want to write or talk about. So, to prepare for this part of the test, practice speaking English a lot and increase your vocabulary.

    Apart from that, you also need to practice writing on various topics using English, so that the vocabulary you master will also be much larger. In essence, each part of the test requires different preparation. That way, you also need to divide the time to prepare it all.

    E. Other Important Matters Regarding the IELTS Test

    For example, if you want to get a PhD, you must be able to write a research proposal and statement of purpose in English. So, both of these writings must be written according to a special language style (academic writing) which can be learned through the IELTS test.

    In addition, when taking care of administration or preparing many things, of course you will come into contact with many people using English. Especially if you want to do an interview with a supervisor, of course you have to be proficient in speaking. What’s more, because in a formal academic setting, in writing or speaking, you have to use formal language.

    So, learning to prepare for the IELTS test is not only useful for getting a high score, but will also expedite all your needs when dealing with administration abroad. So, therefore, it is important for you to know more information regarding the IELTS test. Check out the following points for more information.

    1. Where can the IELTS test be taken? 

    In Indonesia, there are several institutions that administer the IELTS test, including IDP, British Council, and IALF. All of these institutions are spread throughout Indonesia and provide places to carry out the IELTS test. Some cities that you can go to to do the test are, Jakarta, Bandung, Batam, Bogor, Denpasar, Depok, Jayapura, Kupang, Makassar, Malang, Medan, Palembang, Pekanbaru, Pare, Semarang, Solo, Surabaya, Yogyakarta and Tangerang. If you want to know the exact location of the test in each region and which institution administers it, please find further information from other sources.

    2. What is the target score that must be achieved to get a scholarship? 

    If you want to apply to a university abroad, there are IELTS score requirements that must be considered. Several prestigious and advanced campuses there will usually determine the minimum score for the proposed test. Quoted from several scholarship requirements, here is the IELTS score you need as a scholarship requirement:

    • LPDP scholarships abroad require an IELTS score of 6.5
    • domestic LPDP scholarships require an IELTS score of 6.0
    • fulbright scholarships require an IELTS score of 6.0
    • Chevening scholarships require an IELTS score of 6.5

    3. How much does the IELTS test cost? 

    The cost of the IELTS test is indeed more expensive when compared to the TOEFL test. The cost is around US$195 to US$220. If converted to rupiah, it can reach 2,800,000 to 3,000,000. The IELTS test certificate is valid for 2 years. Well, because this test is expensive, so prepare well before doing the test.

    4. Is it true that only England accepts this test?

    There are many countries that use the IELTS test as a condition for registering or entering universities or companies. IELTS is recognized by around 11,000 institutions in 140 countries, such as UK, Australia, USA, New Zealand, Canada, and so on. Whether for study or work purposes, this test is recognized in all of these countries. So, this test is an ideal test to get a career abroad.

    So, those were some answers to the question what is IELTS that you must understand. There are many preparations that need to be made so that the resulting score is maximized. Apart from that, you also need to pay attention to the score required to enter or work at the desired institution.

    This is also very important so that you can focus more on pursuing the required target score. Because getting a test certificate is also not cheap, so careful preparation is highly recommended. To maximize your preparation, read sinaumedia’s book entitled IELTS Tips and Strategies, get it via the www.sinaumedia.com link .

    • Examples of Announcement Text, Formulas & Practice Questions
    • Animal names in English with pictures
    • Hours in English with examples and how to read them
    • Names of Days, Months, Years in English Complete with their Meanings
    • Definition, Examples, & Structure of Review Text
  • What is History? This is the understanding according to experts

    What is history? Sinaumed’s is certainly no stranger to the term “history”. According to the most common definition, the word  history  (English) means “the past of mankind”. The word can be compared to  geschichte  (German), which comes from the word  geschehen , which means “something that has happened”. The meaning of the word history is often found in everyday sayings, such as “all history teaches something” or “lessons of history”.

    What is History? Understanding History

    The word  history (English) comes from the noun  historia  (Greek) or read  istoria  which means “knowledge”. Aristotle uses this term as a systematic and non-chronological account of a set of natural phenomena, either in the form of a systematic or non-chronological arrangement.

    However, the word scientia  (Latin) in its development is more often used to refer to systematic accounts, while the word istoria  is usually reserved for descriptions of phenomena (especially human affairs) in chronological order.

    This understanding emphasizes that history concerns both events and time. Therefore, the problem of time is very important in understanding an event. It is here that historians tend to overcome this problem by making periodizations.

    Based on that, Sinaumed’s can realize that history cannot be reconstructed. Humans’ past for the most part cannot be recalled, even those who are gifted with sharp memories will not be able to reconstruct their past, because in everyone’s life there must be events, people, words, thoughts, places, and images that when they occurred made no impression or are now forgotten.

    Furthermore, the experience of a generation that has long been dead, most of whose members have left no records, or whose records, if any, have never reached historians, is unlikely to be fully recalled.

    Thus, the reconstruction of humanity’s total past is a goal they fully realize is unattainable, even if it is the goal of historians.

    History, babad, saga, history, or tambo in Indonesian can then be interpreted as incidents and events that really happened in the past or genealogies for kings.

    Understanding History According to Experts

    According to some experts, the word “history” has the following meanings.

    1. J. Bank

    History is all past events or events. History serves to understand past, present, and future behavior.

    2. Robin Winks

    History is the study of humans in social life.

    3.Bernheim

    History is a science that traces and locates events in time and space regarding
    human development.

    4.Sir Charles Firth

    History records human life, its continuous changes, ideas, and material conditions that have helped or hindered its development.

    5. John Tosh

    History is a collective memory as well as experience through the development of a sense of human social identity and the prospects for that human being in the future.

    6. Motahhari

    He argues that there are three ways of defining history, namely:

    1. Tarikh naqli (traditional history) is knowledge of events, incidents, and
      circumstances in the past that are related to the present.
    2. ilmy date (scientific history) is knowledge of the laws that governed past lives through the approach and analysis of past events.
    3. Philosophical history (philosophy of history) is knowledge of changes that occur gradually.

    7. Sidi Gazalba

    History as the human past and its surroundings which are compiled scientifically and completely, includes a sequence of facts with interpretations that give meaning and understanding of something that is happening.

    8. Sartono Kartodirjo

    History is a picture of the past of humans and their surroundings as social beings, which are compiled scientifically and completely. History in it includes the sequence of facts of that period with interpretations and explanations that provide an understanding of something that has passed.

    Historical Rules

    History Is Fact

    Sinaumed’s needs to know that the main difference between history and fiction is the presentation. History presents facts, while works of fiction present imagination, fantasy, and fantasy. As for the chronicles, saga, poetry, and babad which were mostly written long after the events, the standard procedure of historical criticism must be applied.

    Such, for example, are the books History of Malays, Hikayat Raja-Raja Pasai, Poems of the Berkas War, and Chronicle of Tanah Jawi. For historians, there is not a single historical source that escapes historical criticism.

    History Is Diachronic, Ideographical, and Unique

    History is diachronic, while social science is synchronic. That is, history extends in time, while social science extends in space. History will talk about one place from time A to time B.

    History tries to see everything from a span of time. That is, seeing change, continuity, lagging behind, and leaps and bounds. Meanwhile, social science is synchronic, meaning it extends in space. The space is wide, but the time is short. Like studying a tree, the synchronic sciences are interested in discussing the structure that forms it.

    History is also diachronic, meaning that it describes (describes, describes, tells) only. Social science is nomothetic (Greek) which means law. That is, trying to put forward the laws. For example, they both wrote about revolution.

    History is considered successful if it can describe a revolution in detail down to the smallest details. Instead, social science will investigate revolutions and try to find the laws that are common to all revolutions.

    This is what causes history to be unique, while social science is generic. Historical research will look for things that are unique and unique, applicable only to something at a time. For this reason, history is also referred to as an ideographic science.

    Historical topics, such as the Revolution in Indonesia, the Revolution in France, and the Revolution in China did not occur anywhere else and only happened once at a time. As for the topics of social science, for example Sociology of Revolution, Sociology of Rural Communities, and Sociology of Urban Areas, they will discuss the general laws that apply to all revolutions.

    If diachronic and synchronic have merged, history will become social theory. Meanwhile, ideographic and unique elements still remain. The historical approach in the social sciences, on the other hand, has always existed, as has it in political, social, and economic research. For the rest, there is a narrative historical tendency, so it is similar to a novel.

    History is Empirical

    This is what distinguishes between history and religious knowledge. History is empirical, while religious knowledge is normative. Because, history rests on real human experience. Religious knowledge that is normative does not mean that it does not have empirical elements, only that which is normative is the reference.

    For example, unclean boundaries stem from normative law. It’s the same as Hasan Bangil who allows someone to keep a dog, and he has a different definition from the Shafi’i school of uncleanness.

    There is an empirical element, but the legal basis is syar’i, uncleanness is normative. Meanwhile, history is purely empirical, based on facts, and not based on laws (whether normative, scientific or constitutional). Without empirical, experience, and facts, historians cannot speak.

    History and Definition of Social Sciences

    Despite many concerns, the use of natural science generalizations by historians is growing. For example, it is no coincidence that recently there has been a great deal of attention from the histories of cities, railroads, and commerce to the history of prices and social thinking.

    It is here that the scope of attention of historians tends to be dominated by the law of demand and supply, while the needs of other disciplines for certain types of data encourage historians to try to fulfill that need.

    Thus, the historians seek to:

    1. Finding single cases that will provide illustrations for social science generalizations;
    2. Finding single cases that would refute a social science generalization;
    3. Applying a social science generalization to a historical trend or series of concurrent events.

    In these three attempts, historians try to change, strengthen, or propose exceptions to a general idea, which is borrowed from other social disciplines in the hope that sociological propositions will shed some light on the causal relationship between historical phenomena.

    Also Read

    • The Concept of Historical Thinking, A Complete Review of How to Analyze the Past
    • After the Proclamation, Why Should the Indonesian Nation Defend Independence?
    • Definition of Periodization: Purpose, Types, and Influencing Factors
    • Definition of History: Elements, Functions, and Benefits
    • History and Meaning of the Proclamation of Independence for Indonesia

    Historical Methodology

    Method is a procedural way to do and do something in an orderly and planned system. So, there are strict prerequisites in a historical research, which are procedural and systematic.

    This is where methodology is often referred to as the study of methods. The method is more of a person’s way of acquiring knowledge, while the methodology has a higher level because it is a way of knowing.

    Methodology must consider the framework of concepts, categories, models, hypotheses, and general procedures in developing a theory. The theory is the rule that underlies a symptom and has been verified.

    By understanding the theoretical framework and concepts, historians can explain phenomena critically. Likewise history can explain theories in the world of philosophy into something concrete because it departs from the reality on the ground.

    That is why the cultivation of history requires theory and methodology. Methodology as a science and thinking about methods cannot be studied without discussing theoretical and conceptual issues.

    At least, there are two major groups in the flow of historical writing, namely:

    1. Narrative history ( narrative history ), namely the writing of history in the form of narrative without utilizing theory and methodology. The author simply narrates the events and processes chronologically, without explaining the causes of these events.
    2. History of analysis ( analytical history ) , namely historical writing that utilizes theory and methodology. The author explains the origins, causes, tendencies, conditions, and changes at that time by linking political, social, cultural, and so on issues.

    The analytical knife used is adjusted to the object to be studied. To make an analysis, a theoretical framework and concept of thought is needed. The theoretical framework is not considered important in narrative history writing because it is included in the description. Instead, the theoretical framework characterizes the writing of analytical history.

    Narrative explanations of history are only able to answer initial questions and are unable to provide answers to more comprehensive follow-up questions.

    Historical analysis is considered capable of answering the weaknesses of narrative history. To arrive at the history of analysis, the presence of theories and concepts is a must. In the context of writing the history of this analysis, a method and methodology are needed.

    Historical Methodology Flow

    As a procedure, the method proposes the following prerequisites.

    heuristics

    Derived from the Greek heuristiken which means to find or gather sources. In relation to history, of course what is meant by sources are scattered historical sources in the form of notes, testimonies, and other facts that can provide a description of an event that concerns human life. This can be categorized as a historical source.

    Materials as historical sources are then used as a tool, not a goal. In other words, someone must have data beforehand to write history. The study of sources is a separate science called heuristics.

    Writing history is not possible without the availability of historical sources. Historical sources are divided into four categories, namely:

    • Material sources , namely historical sources in the form of objects that can be seen physically. These sources can be divided into written sources ( records ), such as documents, archives, letters, diaries, photos, and files.
    • Physical sources in the form of objects ( remains ) in the form of artifacts such as ceramics, household tools, weapons, agricultural or hunting tools, paintings, and jewelry. The location of the artifacts according to their function is called a site;
    • Non-material or immaterial sources , namely in the form of traditions, religions, beliefs, and so on;
    • Oral sources, namely in the form of testimonies, saga, songs, songs, and so on.

    Source Criticism

    The sources that have been collected are then verified or tested through a series of criticisms, both external and internal.

    Interpretation

    After the facts are compiled, then interpretation is carried out. Interpretation is very essential and crucial in historical methodology.

    historiography

    Historiography is the final stage in historical research. It was at this stage that the writing of history became the consciousness of the chroniclers of their time.

    Compilation of Historical Data

    Sinaumed’s, it should be noted that the most reasonable arrangement of historical data is chronological arrangement, namely in time periods. This is because chronology seems to be the only objective and constant norm which historians must take into account.

    Chronology is relatively objective, as periodization can often be arbitrary. This arbitrariness is most prominent in the periodization of the history of thought or movement, for example the mention of the Age of Faith, the Barque Period, the Age of Enlightenment, the Industrial Revolution, and the Age of Progress.

    These terms sometimes lead to misrepresentations, thus offsetting the expected didactic gains. Too easy mentions give the impression that such prominent developments or ideals did not exist in other times in such conspicuous circumstances.

    The act of giving a historical period a descriptive name is perhaps the best way to understand its values. However, this advantage is lost if the search for other frames of reference is neglected.

    There is no single era that can be named precisely by giving a single, exclusive character. Such attempts often result in the use of obscure and allegorical terms that provide characterization.

    Well, that’s an explanation of the meaning, rules, history and understanding of social science, as well as historical methodology. There is a saying that the past is the best teacher, which is why history can be used as a lesson for someone in the future if it is interpreted properly.

    Appreciating and learning from history is one’s wise way to continue to grow and develop, without the accompanying tendencies. Forgotten history also means turning off conscience and intellect to continue to grow.

    Sinaumed’s can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to obtain references on history, from Indonesian history to world history. Sinaumed’s can also find history textbooks to support learning at school because the books at sinaumedia are in accordance with the applicable curriculum. The following are recommendations for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to learn about history so they can fully interpret it. Have a good study.

    Find other interesting things at www.sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

    Book Recommendations & Related Articles

    Author: Fandy Aprianto Rohman

  • What is Geography? Scope and Supporting Science of Geography

    Boundaries of Geography on Earth – Geography as a scientific discipline that studies the environment and all the phenomena that occur with humans.

    Not only the earth object that is also studied in geography is space. On the surface of the earth, things are learned, for example, population problems, flora, fauna, air, climate and everything that has to do with the earth.

    The term Geography itself was only used in 1972. Here is an explanation of the meaning and boundaries of geography that you need to know, Sinaumed’s.

    A. What is Geography?

    Geography comes from the Greek, geo which means earth and graphhein which means writing. So literally, geography is writing about the earth.

    Therefore geography is often also referred to as earth science. However, what is studied in geography is not only about the surface of the earth, but various things that exist on the surface of the earth, outside the earth, even objects in outer space are also the objects of study of geography.

    Geography can be defined as the study or study of the earth and everything that is on it, such as population, fauna, flora, climate, air, and all their interactions. Geography was first introduced by Eratosthenes which was described in a book entitled Geography (276-104 BC).

    The term geography itself is taken from the Greek language where geo means earth and graphein means writing. So if interpreted geography is writing about the earth or it can be called the science that studies about the earth.

    Even though it has the meaning of writing about the earth or the study of the earth, geography does not only discuss the earth, geography also discusses the entire universe both inside and outside the earth.

    Like the solar system, weather and climate, oceans, and much more that Sinaumed’s can also learn through the Encyclopedia of Geography with the Complete World Atlas below.

    So the meaning of geography can be expanded by combining some of the things mentioned above.

    Geography is a branch of science that studies the earth, climate, flora, fauna, population, weather, air and others that interact with it. Geographic Limitations according to experts:

    • Ferdinand Von Richthofen, said geography is a branch of science that studies the characteristics and symptoms of the earth’s surface and its inhabitants. In addition, geography also explains causal relationships as well as the existence of symptoms and characteristics simultaneously.
    • Sidney E. Ekblaw and DJD Mulkurne, geography is a branch of science that studies the earth and its contents which can influence how we live, what food we consume, the clothes or clothing we wear, houses for us to take shelter in, as well as all the recreational activities that we feel.
    • Halim Khan, said that the science of geography is the natural and social environment is an area to carry out activities, describe, analyze, and enjoy human behavior on earth that is beneficial for their survival.
    • Bintarto, geography is a branch of science that images, explains the characteristics of the earth, analyzes natural phenomena and populations, and studies the distinctive patterns of livelihoods and tries to find the function of the elements of the earth in space and time.
    • Based on the results of the Semarang seminar and workshop in 1988 , Geography is a branch of science that studies the similarities and differences of natural phenomena and life on earth (geosphere symptoms) as well as the interactions of humans and their environment which are included in spatial and regional contexts.

    B. Scope of Geography

    Broadly speaking, all objects of study of geography can be divided into two main aspects, namely physical aspects and social aspects. Physical aspects include chemical, biological, astronomical, and so on, while social aspects include anthropological, political, economic, and so on. The interaction of geography with other sciences gave birth to a new discipline which is a separate branch.

    For example, the interaction between geography and biology gave birth to biogeography, the interaction between geography and anthropology gave birth to anthropogeography or ethnography, the interaction between geography and mathematics gave birth to mathematical geography. If the earth is viewed in terms of environmental theory, the earth’s surface can be grouped into three categories, namely:

    • The physical or abiotic environment is everything around humans in the form of non-living things, for example soil, air, water and sunlight.
    • The biological environment (biological environment) or biotic is everything around humans in the form of living things, such as animals, plants including humans.
    • The social environment is everything around humans in the form of human actions or activities both in relation to the natural environment and human relations.

    C. Supporting Science of Geography

    The scope of geography is very broad, involving all phenomena or symptoms in the geosphere. The geosphere as a scope of geographic study consists of four main components, namely the atmosphere, hydrosphere, lithosphere and biosphere. Geography can be applied in life to improve human welfare. In geography only helps humans in the utilization of natural resources available on earth. Below are the sciences that have geography:

    • Meteorology: The study of atmospheric problems, for example, temperature, air, weather, wind, and various other physical and chemical properties of the atmosphere. One of the books that discusses the science of meteorology, namely the book Aviation Meteorology and the Influence of weather phenomena and their relationship to the operation of aircraft.
    • Climatology : The science that investigates climate problems.
    • Astronomy: The study of celestial bodies outside the earth’s atmosphere, for example, the sun, moon, stars and outer space which is also discussed in the Astronomy Olympiad’s Sacred Book.
    • Geology : The study of the earth as a whole, especially its rocks, for example, the history of occurrence, composition, structure, and processes of rock development. You can also find a deeper discussion of engineering geology in the Engineering Geology book below.
    • Geomorphology : The study of the shape of the earth’s surface and all the processes that produce these forms. This is because life cannot be separated from the surface of the earth which is always undergoing processes, resulting in the aging of the young face of the earth in various forms and this is discussed in the Geomorphology book which you can get at sinaumedia!
    • Soil science : The study of soils as a whole, including the physical and chemical properties of soil, soil structure, distribution of soil types, and so on, which you can learn from the book Fundamentals of Soil Science by Dr. Ir. Kemas Ali Hanafiah, MS.
    • Hydrography or hydrology : Science related to recording, surveying, and mapping the (fresh) water cycle in the earth’s crust, both on the surface and in the earth’s crust, including distribution patterns, properties, and characteristics of water. Derivatives of hydrology include limnology (studying lakes), hydrometeorology (studying the condition of water in the air), fluvial hydrology (rivers) and groundwater hydrology (groundwater hydrology).
    • Oceanography: The study of the physical and chemical properties of the ocean. Physical properties include ocean currents, waves, and sea water temperature. Chemical properties include the salinity and acidity of seawater. Both of these characteristics affect the ecosystem and utilization of the sea.
    • Ecology: The science of the environment, including the reciprocal relationship between humans and their environment.
    • Biogeography: The branch of geography that studies natural factors that influence the distribution of living things.
    • Human Geography : A branch of geography that examines social, economic and population aspects.
    • Political geography : The branch of geography that studies countries from the point of view of the country’s location on the face of the earth, so that its natural conditions, population characteristics, and the basis for making political policies from that country can be known.
    • Geophysics: The study of the properties of the earth (inside) by physical methods or techniques, for example in studying earthquakes, gravity and magnetic fields.
    • Population Geography : A branch of geography that examines population and its relation to the influence of their environment so that they can display various characters and socio-cultures.
    • Economic Geography : A branch of geography that specifically studies population economics, including the distribution of the population’s economy which is influenced by natural conditions.
    • Anthropogeography : The branch of geography that studies the distribution of nations on earth from a geographical point of view, is also called ethnography.
    • Paleontology: The study of the fossils of ancient life forms beneath the earth’s layers.
    • Regional Geography: The branch of geography that studies certain regions in particular, for example, the geography of the Middle East and the geography of Southeast Asia.
    • Physical Geography: The branch of geography that studies the shape and structure of the earth’s surface.
    • Mathematical geography : A branch of geography that can be used to show the shape, size, and movement of the earth, for example, geographical latitude and longitude, meridians, parallels, and the surface area of ​​the earth.
    • Historical geography : The branch of geography that studies the earth in terms of its history and development.

    Recommended Books & Articles Related to Geography

     

  • What is genetic inheritance and its causative factors

    Have you ever compared your own face to that of your parents or siblings when you looked in the mirror? Who do you think your face is more similar to? Then, is your skin color the same as your parents or siblings?

    When you compare your face with the faces of your parents or siblings. Then it’s likely that you’ll see a lot in common. Why? Because some of the traits that you have are actually inherited from both parents. Therefore, you will have a resemblance to your parents or siblings.

    The role of genetic material in the process of inheritance of genetic traits is undeniably one of the most important things. Where the shape of the face, skin color, or maybe the type of disease that a person has doesn’t necessarily just appear in the body. That means, the nature and also the characteristics of a person is an inheritance from their parents which is given through genetic material.

    Genetic material that comes from parents will be combined in the fertilization process. From this merger, genetic material will appear characteristics that are almost the same as the father or mother. The molecules that have a role in genetic material are nucleic acids which consist of DNA and also RNA. In a sequence of DNA there is an order that will affect the nature or determine the characteristics of living things which we call genes.

    In this article, we will discuss the inheritance of genetic traits which are very important to understand. Let’s see the full explanation below:

    What Is Genetic Inheritance?

    When learning about the role of genetic material in the inheritance of genetic traits, we will recognize the names of dominant traits and also recessive traits. Dominant traits are traits that stand out and usually overpower other traits. While recessive traits are traits that will be lost or characteristics that will be covered.

    Usually, the dominant gene or dominant trait is written in capital letters. While recessive genes or recessive traits will be written in lower case. For example, someone who has a tall body shape will be written with a dominant T. Meanwhile, someone who has a short body shape will be written with a recessive t.

    Alternative forms or variations of the gene are called alleles. Traits or characters that can be seen by the eye, such as hair shape, skin color, and also the type of earlobe. Not only that, in the inheritance of genetic traits, we will also be familiar with the terms phenotype and genotype.

    Phenotype is the manifestation of gene “expression” or character expression that we can see. Meanwhile, the composition of the genetic information of an individual that codes for physical characteristics is called the genotype. Individual phenotypes can be estimated if we know the respective genotypes. This is because gene expression depends on whether the allele is dominant or recessive.

    For example, A represents the genotype of an individual. Therefore, the genotype of these plants will show the yellow seed phenotype.

    Chromosome

    The constituent chromosomes derived from sex cells will be different from the chromosomes in body cells. In sex cells, chromosomes are haploid or unpaired. While the chromosomes in body cells, the arrangement of chromosomes is called diploid or in pairs. So it can be concluded that sex cells have half the number of chromosomes of the chromosome cells in the body.

    The number of chromosomes in the body cells is 23 pairs. This is because the chromosomes in the body are diploid. For this reason, the total number of chromosomes in the body, which is 23 x 2, equals 46 chromosomes. Generally, the writing of chromosomes from the male sex can be written with the letter XY. The karyotype or male chromosome arrangement can be written using the formula 22 AA + XY. Meanwhile, the female chromosome can be denoted by the letter XX. Meanwhile, the karyotype or female chromosome arrangement will be written using the formula 22 AA + XX.

    The chromosomal genes in the male genitalia are X and Y. Both of them have an important role in determining the sex of certain egg cells and sperm cells. When the Y gene chromosome in a male body meets the X gene chromosome in a female. Then it will produce offspring or children with male sex or XY.

    If the chromosome from the X gene in a boy meets the X gene chromosome in a girl, it will produce a girl or XX. In terms of genetic inheritance, parents are known as parental or P. Meanwhile, the offspring produced in this process are called filial or F.

    Gen

    Gene is the smallest unit of genetic material that has a role in controlling the inheritance of traits. Within a chromosome, a gene or a family of genes resides in a specific location. The location serves as the focus. Because humans have two pairs of chromosomes, therefore, humans also have two pairs of loci for certain types of genes.

    Where each gene that occupies a locus is called an allele. In Mendelian genetics, alleles are described as genotypes. This is because the genotype is a trait that is on the chromosome. Genotypes have traits that are hidden or not directly visible. Even though this genotype has properties that are invisible, the genotype will later determine the visible external characteristics of the organism’s body or what is called the phenotype.

    The gene itself is the outer part of the DNA or Deoxyribonucleic Acid strand which symbolizes protein or RNA (Ribonucleic Acid). Protein or RNA that will then affect the nature of living things. This process is called gej expression. Then, how can genes affect the nature of living things?

    Suppose there is a gene that symbolizes the nature of the eyes in blue. When the gene expression process takes place, DNA will be transcribed into RNA. Then the RNA will be translated into a protein. This protein will eventually be involved in the metabolism that makes the eye color blue.

    Kinds of Crosses and Processes

    The following are several types of crosses and their processes that must be understood:

    1. Monohybrid Cross

    Monohybrid cross is a cross made with one distinguishing trait. In this cross, Mendel’s First Law applies, because when the formation of gametes in the second generation, the allele natural genes will experience independent separation in the two gamete cells, the separation of the two genes is not influenced by one another or is independent.

    Where monohybrid crosses made with one distinguishing trait can show dominance traits that appear fully or incompletely or intermediately. If one of the alleles has a stronger trait than the other alleles, then the result will also show complete dominance. While in the results of the second intermediate cross, the gene properties have the same strong position.

    2. Dihybrid Cross

    Dihybrid crosses are generally derived from crosses that have two distinguishing characteristics. Mendel’s second law applies to this crossing process. There will be separation or segregation and merging or assorting freely when forming the second generation. This dihybrid cross will present dominant, intermediate, and recessive traits.

    Factors Affecting Phenotype on Inheritance of Traits

    Below are several factors that will affect the phenotype in the inheritance of genetic traits, including:

    a. Chromosome Characteristics

    As previously explained that the chromosome is one of the main components in the process of inheritance. Of course, when crossing is done, the chromosomes will determine what genetic information will be passed on to the offspring. Where the chromosomes in the body or autosomes will inherit the phenotype of the parent. While the sex chromosomes will determine the sex of the offspring.

    b. Gene Characteristics

    As previously explained that genes are divided into two, some are dominant and some are recessive. The characteristics of the gene will determine the results of crosses and the inheritance of hereditary traits.

    b. Nutrition

    In the process of inheritance, nature can also be influenced by nutrients that enter the body of living things. If the elements of the body are met properly, especially with protein, then the inheritance will also work well. For example, in a plant that grows to get good nutrition, the plant will also produce good offspring like its parent. Vice versa.

    c. Environmental conditions

    Environmental conditions are quite influential on the physiological processes that occur in the body. One of them is the inheritance of traits using crosses. Therefore, good environmental conditions will also have a good effect on the crossing process. For example, in the process of crossing corn plants that grow on land conditions that have lots of pests, of course the success of the crossing will not be maximized.

    From the explanation above, we can understand that an offspring will definitely have one or several of the traits possessed by its parent. Because there will be an influence of genetic inheritance. Surely we are no longer surprised, why do we sometimes feel similar to a family member.

    Genetic Factors That Bring Heredity

    As social beings, we must have heard someone say “it’s from nature” when commenting on someone’s character or behavior. That means, it’s destiny. However, can we review destiny from science? Basically, there are several hereditary factors that can be a destiny for someone to experience the same thing as their parents. Below are some genetic factors that can carry hereditary traits, including:

    1. Alcoholism

    Perhaps, the children of alcoholics are not targeted to become alcoholics either. However, a recent study revealed that about 50 percent of children of alcoholics are at risk of suffering the same fate as their parents. Meanwhile, the other 50 percent will be determined by the environment. This is because there are a number of parental genes that are passed on to children. This is a kind of dependency gene.

    2. Breast Cancer

    The cause of this gene inheritance is still a mystery. However, scientists have found that this can happen because there are mutations in a number of genes such as BRCA1 and BRCA2 which trigger it. Women who inherit this gene are at risk of developing breast cancer. Meanwhile, men will experience prostate cancer.

    3. Color Blind

    As many as 10 million men in the United States cannot tell which color is red and which is green. Visual impairment is indeed more common in men. Why? Because the green and red color receptor genes are located near the chromosomes.

    4. Violence

    This of course would be very terrible if a father who likes to commit violence also has the potential to pass it on to his child. Boys’ aggressive behavior or traits are generally inherited from their father’s genes. Not only the habit of committing violence, but also antisocial behavior and also likes to steal. Gene likes to steal it works more in girls.

    5. Obesity

    Obesity does not always occur due to the environment. There are lots of cases that have occurred regarding someone who has difficulty holding back his appetite. This is caused by a gene that makes the appetite suppression function not work properly. This gene will usually decrease. So, don’t be surprised if you see a family that has all fat bodies.

    6. Heart disease

    If you have a family member who suffers from stroke or diabetes, then you can be sure that your offspring will suffer from heart disease. Children who come from parents with heart and circulatory disorders will inherit the same disease. Especially for heart failure patients, they are also at risk of passing the same disease on to their offspring.

    7. Twin Brothers

    Does anyone have twins? Try to check it into the extended family. Usually twins are triggered by a gene that makes the mother release multiple eggs during evaluation. Twins don’t always pass directly to their children, but can also jump to grandchildren or cousins.

    8. Acne

    If you have severe acne, then both parents have the same problem. So the condition is rather difficult to cure. A study found that many school-age children who already had acne also had a family history of acne.

    9. Don’t Like Milk

    There are some people who are not fond of drinking animal milk which contains lactose. Indeed their bodies can not tolerate lactose at all. For babies, it can generally be replaced with soy milk, which has a lower lactose content. Such conditions are also hereditary in family members.

    10. Baldness

    Although baldness is considered normal for men, it turns out that it can be triggered by heredity. There is a gene that is passed down by one parent or maybe both of them cause their offspring to suffer from baldness. There are also those who suffer from permanent baldness, which of course is caused by one type of gene.

    11. Sickle Cell Anemia

    This one gene abnormality is caused by a gene error which turns out to affect the development of red blood cells. Red blood cells that have the disease have an unnatural shape. So that it can cause blood cells that cannot live as long as other healthy blood cells. Sickle cell anemia can cause a lot of problems, because it allows the blood cells to get stuck in the blood vessels. Children who have this condition from birth may experience anemia, be susceptible to infection, and be sick in several parts of the body. Even so there are also sufferers who only suffer a few symptoms and can live a normal life.

    Recommended Books & Articles Related to Genetic Traits

  • What is Gender? and Gender Equality?

    Gender is – Gender is the social difference between women and men. Gender generally refers to the relationship between men and women, boys and girls, and how these social relations are then constructed.

    Gender roles are generally dynamic and can change over time. The following below is an explanation of gender starting from the understanding, roles, gender equality and justice that you need to know.

    Definition of Gender

    Gender is a series of characteristics that are interrelated and differentiate between masculinity and femininity. These characteristics can then include gender, be it male, female, or intersex.

    This is determined based on gender, be it in social structures such as gender roles or gender identity. People who do not identify themselves as men or women are then grouped into non-binary or genderqueer societies.

    Several cultures themselves generally have specific gender roles, namely “men” and “women” which are collectively referred to as the third gender, such as the Bissu group in Bugis society in Sulawesi and hijra people in South Asia.

    A New Zealand sexologist, John Money, then sparked a debate about the differences in the use of biological sex and gender as roles in 1955. Previously, the word “gender” itself was rarely used to refer to anything other than grammatical gender in various linguistics.

    This definition itself was not immediately recognized, until finally in the 1970s feminist theory adopted the concept of the difference between biological sex and gender as a social construction.

    This definition is still used in several contexts such as social sciences and several documents published by the World Health Organization. Other contexts also use the term “gender” as a substitute for “sex”.

    For example, in animal or non-human studies, gender is then used to refer to gender.

    This change in the meaning of the word “gender” can be traced back to the 1980s. In 1993, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) widely used gender as a substitute for the term gender.

    In 2011, the FDA began using gender or sex for biological classification as well as gender for “a person’s self-representation of a woman, or a man or how he then responds to social institutions based on a person’s gender presentation.”

    Some knowledge about gender is a branch of social science, namely gender studies. Sexology and neuroscience also then discuss a number of things about gender.

    Gender studies themselves generally discuss gender as a social construction while sciences in the natural sciences discuss the biological differences between men and women and their influence on the development of human gender.

    These two approaches then contribute to investigating how far biological differences will affect the formation of a person’s gender identity.

    Gender and Sex Differences

    The existence of men and women as two entities that are often differentiated in terms of gender (sex) and various other roles that must be performed.

    But often these two concepts (sex and gender) are then interpreted as the same characteristics for a woman and a man. This understanding itself then places men and women in an unequal situation and creates various injustices.

    Sex refers to gender differences which ultimately make natural differences between men and women based on their sex, biology, and are universally applicable and cannot be changed.

    Gender is a difference in sex that is not caused by biological differences and is not the nature of God, but is created by both men and women through a long socio-cultural process.

    Differences in behavior between men and women, apart from being caused by biological factors, are also mostly formed through social and cultural processes.

    So that you don’t misunderstand the difference between gender and sex, the following is the meaning of the two terms.

    Sex

    Sex is the division of two sexes, namely men and women, which are then determined biologically. Sex is also directly related to the basic physical characteristics and functions of humans, starting from hormone levels, chromosomes, and the shape of the reproductive organs.

    For example in men and women who have different reproductive organs. Both sexes also have different types and levels of hormones, even though they both have the hormones testosterone and estrogen. This is then called the primary sex characteristics.

    In addition to primary sex characteristics, there are also secondary sex characteristics, such as differences in facial hair, breast tissue, and voice. This is also a sex characteristic as well as differences in the primary sex characteristics mentioned above.

    Although the sex differences are quite clear, there are also congenital conditions that cause a person to be born with a combination of male and female sex characteristics (multiple sex), both physically and genetically. This condition is also known as intersex.

    Gender

    In contrast to sex, gender is a society’s perception that is socially constructed and refers to a person’s role, behavior and identity.

    In this case, gender is not determined by sex. There are several terms included in the discussion of gender, including the following.

    • Gender identity: Gender identity is a person’s view of their own gender, regardless of what gender they have at birth. Some common gender identities include male, female, non-binary, and genderqueer or transgender.
    • Cisgender: Cisgender is a term that is often used for an individual who feels that his gender identity is in line with the sex he has.
    • Transgender : The term transgender generally refers to someone who feels that his identity is different from the sex he has.
    • Non Binary : Non Binary is a term used to describe someone who does not want their identity to be categorized as male or female.

    Apart from these terms, there is also the term gender expression. This term itself refers to how a person then expresses himself, both in dress, voice, behavior, or choice of hairstyle without being fixated on his gender.

    This term is generally attached to gender expressions including, feminine, androgynous and masculine.

    In taking care of children, earning a living, and doing various household chores (cooking, washing, etc.) then there are roles that can be played by both men and women, so that they can then exchange places without violating each other’s nature.

    Thus, these jobs can then be termed as gender roles. If so gender roles are considered as something that can change and be adapted to the conditions experienced by a person.

    So there is no reason for us to think it’s strange for a husband whose daily job is cooking and taking care of his children, while his wife works outside the home.

    Because at other times and conditions, when the husband then chooses to work outside the home and the wife chooses to do household chores, it is also not something that is considered strange.

    Gender Equality and Justice

    Gender equality is a condition in which women and men can enjoy equal status and have the same conditions to fully realize their human rights and their potential for development in all areas of life.

    In other words, this means that all human beings have reasonable and equitable access and control over resources and their benefits, so that everyone can then participate in them, and make decisions about and benefit from existing development.

    Gender equality itself has to do with gender justice. Gender justice as a process and fair treatment of men and women. Gender justice as justice in the treatment of women and men, based on their respective needs.

    This includes equal treatment or treatment that is different but considered equal in terms of rights, benefits, obligations and opportunities. Gender justice means no standardization of roles, double burden, violence, subordination and marginalization.

    In some situations, there are still people who still think that talking about gender equality is something that is far-fetched or something that is too exaggerated. The group of people who think like this then assume that the position of men and women in the family and in society must be different.

    In addition, the terminology of gender equality is often misinterpreted by taking over jobs and responsibilities to men.

    This is an explanation of gender starting from the meaning, role, equality and justice of gender.

    Gender Related Books

    The following are books related to gender that can be your reading reference so you can better understand how gender works in everyday life.

    1. Gender Sociology

    Discussion of gender today still raises many pros and cons. Not only that, people’s understanding of gender is still not entirely correct. Because there are still many who interpret it as a gender difference.

    Gender itself is the difference in roles and responsibilities between women and men. In addition, these roles differ in each region, due to different social and cultural constructions.

    For this reason, these roles and responsibilities can still change, depending on the social and cultural context that influences them.

    This Gender Sociology book is an introductory lecture book, which is intended for students who want to understand gender in a basic way but still discuss it comprehensively. This book is compiled according to the values ​​that are developing in society at this time.

    For this reason, this book can certainly be the main guide for sociology students and lecturers, especially since the Gender Sociology course is a compulsory subject for all Sociology Departments in Indonesia.

    2. Gender Ideology in Indonesian Novels in the Reformation Era

    There will be four things that readers will find from this manuscript. First, Indonesian novels in the reform era represent the roles and identities of traditional, modern and postmodern men and women.

    Second, the forms of gender ideology include patriarchal ideology, familialism ideology, ibuism ideology, and general sexist ideology. The four gender ideologies created the domestication of women’s positions and roles.

    Third, religious interpretation; ethnic culture, economy, education, politics, mass media, and development have become factors that have contributed to, influenced, and supported the formation, institutionalization, and preservation of gender ideology in society which has resulted in women being marginalized and subordinated.

    Fourth, gender injustice tends to be experienced by female characters in all novels.

    3. Child Gender Development in a Psychological Perspective

    Gender is a social concept that develops in children and is learned by children from the early stages of life. To understand how the concept of child gender develops towards a more complex and mature direction as they get older, a reference is needed as a reference.

    The book on Child Gender Development in a Psychological Perspective describes how the concept of gender develops in children starting from the infant stage to the late childhood stage, where the concept of gender in children develops towards a more complex and more mature direction with age.

    The author uses developmental psychology as the main approach. Then assisted by social psychology approaches and biological approaches in analyzing and reflecting on various references so as to produce complete writings and critical and comprehensive discussions.

    4. Gender Responsive Policy Candidate Patterns for Women Regional Heads in Indonesia

    This book was written in 2019 as the closing series of a five-year major study (2015-2019) conducted by the Gender and Politics Team, LIPI Political Research Center, regarding women regional heads who have been elected through direct Pilkada since the reform era.

    This book is a synthesis of the results of a study by the LIPI Gender and Politics Team. The focus of this book is on the issue of candidacy (recruitment and candidacy) of women politicians to compete in direct local elections and gender responsive policies during the leadership of the female regional head.

    Now we know that gender is a characteristic that is attached to women and men. You can read and obtain books related to gender at Sinaumedia.com .

  • What is Gacha? This is the Origin, the Gacha Game, and the Mechanism!

    Gatcha is – Nowadays, there are various styles of games available that are suitable for everyone, be it through smartphones , game consoles , to PC games . In fact, these various types of games can entertain someone for hours.

    Thanks to the existence of mobile games, one or several types of games that were not popular before, now have a large fan base and become popular games . One of the means that makes this possible is through the gacha system.

    However, what is gacha and how can it make games even more popular?

    Learn Coding: Games and Animation

     

     

    What is Gacha?

    In general and basically, gacha or gachapon is the term used for toy machines in Japan. This machine is considered interesting because it provides various toy products randomly in small capsules and we will not know what items will be obtained.

    In gacha , the most interesting thing is opening the capsules which will show what kind of toys we managed to pick up/buy with coins.

    Subsequently, gacha became a monetization technique used in many Japanese games that eventually became successful. This technique is used for systems that will issue a random selection of data, characters, heroes, and so on.

    With real money or in- game money , we can buy random items or characters. This is certainly similar to the initial concept in the gacha capsule machine sold in Japan.

    Gatchas in Real Life

    In real life, the term gacha is also often used and is mushrooming in relation to something that is obtained randomly or randomly. For example, buying a new cellphone in a gacha way, applying for a job in a gacha way , and so on.

    Thus, gacha is also interpreted as something that is uncertain, random, and sometimes not according to our wishes.

    Gatchas in Games

    In games, gacha, especially gacha games, are games that feature this concept as one of its main features.

    This type of video game encourages players to spend in-game currency for the virtual items they will get. As for gacha games, it is the mechanism that determines the items to be obtained such as characters or cards, similar to a vending machine.

    This type of game was first called a gacha game in the 2010s, when they first became popular in Japan. As this phenomenon began to develop, similar games were called gashapon or gachapon, after the popular toy machines circulating throughout the country.

    Gradually, the term coined the name of the now super popular gacha game , especially in Japan and Asian countries where a large number of top-selling games use various gacha strategies to increase profits.

    One example of a popular and newest gacha game is Fire Emblem Heroes and Genshin Impact .

    Application of Gatcha

    The gacha system was once known as an automatic capsule box game which was very fun to play. The machine is also commonly found in shopping centers. Everyone who wanted to play had to buy coins and put them in the machine first. If he is lucky, then he can get a fun gift randomly.

    Gacha has a system similar to a spinning wheel or lucky draw in practice. So, of course there is no certainty that you will get something meaningful, even if it’s only a 0.01 percent chance.

    However, it has always been interesting to play gacha for game lovers since this system has finally been adapted to online games .

    Gatcha Psychology Mechanisms and Tricks

    There are similarities between gacha games and Collectible Card Game or CCG. The reason is, the items we can get have a direct effect on how we play. Thus, many players are willing to spend a lot of money to perfect their collection and get the best gacha.

    Even so, gacha is not completely like CCG because we can’t buy individual items at all. In CCG, Sinaumed’s can purchase one rare card from a fellow collector.
    The “spin” protest in gacha games is also similar to the designation of opening a loot box in Western titles. However, loot boxes are often not the main offering in the game. In fact, the results of the loot boxes themselves often don’t affect gameplay at all. For example, only contain costume items or animations for entertainment purposes only.

    Gacha game mechanics can vary widely because this monetization system can be applied to all types of games. For example, one suitable puzzle game is Puzzles and Dragons . For role-playing games , there is Final Fantasy Brave Exvius .

    Psychology Tricks

    Almost all gacha games can be played for free. That way, basically, we can play the game without spending any money at all. Even so, of course the developers design the game so that the players are encouraged to use their money in the game , one of which is with gacha .

    They use psychological tricks to encourage players to in-game purchases , one of which is using in-game currency. For example, like UC Cash in PUBG Mobile or diamonds in Mobile Legends . This trick is usually not only used by gacha game developers, but developers of other free-to-play games .

    When playing an MMORPG game, our character doesn’t have many chances to make a critical hit, or at least, the possibility is quite random. Even so, we don’t have to spend money to make the characters continue to do it. However, we have to buy items with in- game currency , such as orbs , gems , bucks , or other currency in gacha games .

    Basically, what we buy is the opportunity to get the item or character, not the item itself.

    The rarer an item or character, generally the lower the chance to get it. In fact, the chance to get an SSR character in a gacha game may be less than 1 percent. So, don’t be surprised if there are players who spend up to tens of millions to get the character they want.

    The use of in-game currency has its own purpose for the developers, namely so that the players don’t realize how much money they spent on targeting their favorite items or characters.

    The trick of using substitute currency is also used in the world of casinos, to be precise by the casino management. So, we don’t bet with cash, but with chips .

    Management’s reasons are the same as game developers’ reasons , namely to make the players not realize how much money they have spent.

    More broadly and generally, this is supported by research which states that consumers often spend more money when using a debit card than when using cash.

    Attractiveness

    When we get rare items or characters in gacha games, our brains will release the hormone dopamine, also known as the happiness hormone. Not only that, this hormone is even released when we are anticipating the item to be obtained, namely when opening a gacha .

    There is a concept called intermittent rewards in psychology. The concept underlies that we can form someone’s habits by giving gifts when the person does what we want. Only, the prizes we give have random intervals.

    For example, gacha game developers want players to spend money on games . They will give prizes in the form of rare items randomly to the player. This is the point, giving gifts randomly will actually make the player’s brain happier.

    Indeed, the certainty of items or characters that will be obtained can make the brain release dopamine. However, that doesn’t stop feeling disappointed when we don’t get the item we want. Quoting Hybrid.co , this feeling of disappointment can encourage gacha game players to spend more money to get the items they want.

    The reason is, almost every premium game has a clear ending, that is, the game ends after we have done all the tasks that need to be done. This is different from gacha games because usually these games don’t have a clear ending.

    Developers of this game will generally release updates regularly, including adding content in the form of new items or characters. that way, the players are always threatened with feelings of FOMO aka Fear of Missing Out . Moreover, this is also exacerbated by the presence of social media.

    A to Z Easy Development of Android Application Based Learning Game RPG Maker

     

     

    Problems Arise

    It’s so random to get something in the gacha game system that it often encourages players to spend money. This is one of the most addictive types of microtransactions.

    Some in the industry even refer to this as a form of gambling without payment of money. The most dedicated players will spend any amount of their money in a short amount of time trying to get the best.

    Another thing to worry about is that there aren’t too many obstacles to enter the world of this gacha game . Most of them are indeed mobile games so even kids can play them easily and buy gacha without their parents knowing.

    In fact, some developers have been accused of misrepresenting the possibility that players will get whatever they want on purpose. There has also been criticism for these games’ display designs that encourage players to buy lots of gacha in a row.

    The “ complete gacha ” system was banned in Japan in 2012, following several viral cases involving minors spending thousands of dollars on it. Complete gacha itself is a monetization scheme in which players can obtain rare items by purchasing a large set of other common items first.

    This of course invites a large number of players to do gacha many times.
    Not only Japan, other countries also implement laws that protect players from this practice. For example, in Europe, games with random items that will eventually cost money must now disclose their current collection drop rate.

    Popularity and Safety of Gatcha for Kids

    The happiness we feel when we anticipate the items we get and when we open the gacha is comparable to when we are about to open a gift box or turn over a card while playing. As befits an automatic gacha machine, there is an atmosphere full of mystery and surprises at the end.

    The emotions that were present at that time, coupled with gameplay elements such as fantasy, adventure, and so on, can sell many gacha game titles and are entertaining for the players. This is what makes gacha games popular and popular.

    What are the most popular gacha games?

    The concept of gacha is present in many popular games in Indonesia, even globally. We may have played it without realizing the gacha concept that the game’s developers used.

    For example, the popular game Genshin Impact , which is a role playing game , is also a gacha game . The anime-style game grossed over USD 3 billion in its first year of release, the first-ever revenue for a game .

    Furthermore, there is also the game Fate/Grand Order which is a turn-based fighting game. It was the sixth best-selling mobile game of 2017 and is still popular today, generating over USD 86 million in monthly revenue.

    Responding to its popularity, of course many young people, even minors, are tempted to play this kind of game too. For parents, here are tips on controlling children when playing gacha games:

    Set Game Playing Time Limits

    In order for children to balance their time between real life and playing online games, it is important to set boundaries as key. At best, video games are enjoyed at moderate intensity, not too little or too much. This is of course the same principle as anything else in life.

    Set time limits on certain games or let the children decide how to spend the time playing the video games you have set. Indeed, this can become complicated when children grow older and their cellphones are carried everywhere to support their activities.

    Therefore, you can also use a timer tool that can help parents control their children to set a time limit for each application or application category. That way, the use of games in children will remain consistent on a daily basis, even if the parents are not monitoring.

    Disable In-Game Purchases

    The next thing that can be done is to ensure that children do not have access or the opportunity to be tempted by purchases in gacha games. This is because the purchase feature can be turned off in the settings on cellphones and consoles.

    It is also recommended not to store the parent’s card number on any device (your own or a child’s) so that billing information cannot be used by anyone.

    Play with Children

    It’s good to get to know and play games downloaded by children together. Parents can buy the same game after knowing that their child is playing the game. Not only is it an opportunity to understand risky elements or gameplay , this method can also help establish bonds that are not too serious with children.

    The reason is, being involved with something that children like can make parents understand their interests better, as well as spend quality time with family.

    Conclusion

    Apparently, gacha is not just a random-based game that allows us to get things without knowing it. There are also distinct psychological mechanics and tricks used, even with the gacha game’s similarities to the casino and terms referring to other uncertainties!

    Dear Parents: Gamers Can Succeed Too

     

    Thus the review about gacha . if Sinaumed’s is interested in developing games or becoming a quality gamer , there’s nothing wrong with you also reading recommended books related to game development and e-sport available at sinaumedia.com so you have #MoreWithReading information.

    Author: Sevilla Nouval Evanda

    Also read:

  • What is Fungal Acne? Check out the Causes, and How to Prevent It!

    Fungal acne is a skin problem that often interferes with appearance. Therefore, sometimes some people who experience fungal acne feel insecure. Even so, not everyone knows for sure what fungal acne is, not even a few who don’t know how to prevent fungal acne.

    So what actually causes fungal acne? How to handle it? Here’s a further explanation.

    Definition of Fungal Acne

    Fungal acne is a skin problem caused by a fungal infection in the hair follicles which is affected by the sebum glands in the skin. The sebaceous glands in the skin produce an oil called sebum. When overproduced, the pores and hair follicles can become clogged with oil, bacteria, and skin fungus.

    Bacteria can cause pimples, while fungi can trigger inflammation of the hair follicles. This is what distinguishes fungal acne from ordinary acne. Fungal acne is not a sign that skin cleanliness is not maintained, but this condition is a skin infection and can be contagious.

    Actually, the fungus that causes fungal acne is always present on human skin. At normal levels, the body can naturally balance the amount of this fungus.

    However, when this natural balance is disturbed, the fungus will reproduce in too many quantities. As a result, the hair follicles become infected and look similar to pimples. Therefore, the treatment for this skin condition will be different from other types of acne and can be prevented or controlled.

     

    Symptoms of Fungal Acne

    Fungal acne is known by other names malassezia furfur (pityrosporum), folliculitis, or fungal acne because it looks similar to acne. Symptoms of fungal acne include:

    1. A lump filled with pus

    If we squeeze a lump, it usually contains pus or pus will come out. If on the face there are lumps like that, then it is a symptom of the appearance of fungal acne.

    2. The size of a small bump is even similar to a regular pimple

    The following characteristics can be seen in terms of size. Different from cystic acne which is large, acne due to fungus has a small size and usually has pus in it.

    3. Swelling and redness

    If there is fungal acne, the area will be swollen and the skin will turn reddish in color.

    4. Appears on the arms, chest, back, to the face

    Typically, fungal acne appears on the oiliest areas of the face, such as the forehead, nose and chin. In addition, it is not impossible that this type of acne can appear on the arms, chest, and back.

    5. Appearance in groups

    Different from other types of acne that appear one by one, this type of acne appears in groups in one adjacent area. This is caused by a fungus that settles in an area of ​​the skin.

    6. Cause itching

    At first, you might mistake fungal pimples for mosquito-borne spots. The resulting itchiness can force you to scratch it. However, it’s best to avoid scratching pimples as this will cause them to spread.

    7. Stinging sensation

    Its appearance which can cause swelling and redness will give pain to the skin that is visited. The stinging sensation that causes fungal acne can be irritating to the point of wanting to squeeze or scratch the pimple.

    Compared to other types of acne, fungal acne is not accompanied by blackheads, pustules or cysts that trigger pain. As the name implies, fungal acne is caused by a fungal infection, more precisely called Malassezia furfur which is a type of fungus on the skin.

    While they usually don’t cause problems, this fungus can lead to infection and irritation under certain conditions. Experts don’t know the exact cause, but it is known that the fungus can develop under certain conditions.

    Causes of Fungal Acne

    Here are some things that can trigger the development of fungi that can infect the skin to become fungal acne.

    1. Humid environment

    One of the factors that can make the fungus that causes fungal acne develop is a humid environment. Fungi certainly can reproduce quickly in hot and sweaty places.

    It’s no wonder that people who live in an environment with a hot and humid climate are more at risk of experiencing fungal acne. The development of the fungus can also be triggered by wearing tight sports clothing and sweating for a long time.

    2. Weather

    Environments with hot climates will sweat more often and are also at risk for experiencing fungal acne.

    3. Use of certain drugs

    In addition to a humid environment, the use of certain drugs can also trigger the growth of fungal acne. Side effects of drugs can also be one of the factors that cause fungal acne. Medications that can usually trigger fungal acne are types of oral antibiotics or oral steroids.

    4. Certain health conditions

    Humans are able to ward off all kinds of diseases with their immune system. However, if the immune system is weakened, the body will be susceptible to disease, including fungal infections.

    Any disease that can lower the immune system, such as HIV infection, puts you at greater risk for fungal acne. The mechanism of this disease is similar to the steroid drug prednisone which causes the body to be unable to control the fungus.

    Apart from illness, some bad habits that you do can also cause your immune system to decrease. Examples include less active movement, lack of sleep, dehydration, stress, and lack of daily nutritional intake.

    5. Clothes that are too tight

    Apart from making sure to wear dry clothes, wearing clothes that are comfortable on the skin is also important for you to pay attention to. This is because by wearing clothes that are too tight, the skin will actually find it difficult to breathe and ends up producing excessive sweat. As a result, the growth of the fungus that causes fungal acne also increases. So, don’t dress too tight, Sinaumed’s.

    6. Unhealthy diet

    Not much different from acne in general, the food you eat can actually affect the growth of skin fungus. Most mushrooms consume carbohydrates. This means that eating foods high in carbohydrates, especially sweet foods, might speed up the growth of the fungus.

     

     

    How to Prevent Fungal Acne

    Parts of the body that experience fungal acne can indeed recover gradually as long as they get the appropriate treatment. Unfortunately, this condition cannot go away completely because it can recur due to changes in seasons and lifestyle.

    Therefore, these various ways can be done to reduce the risk of fungal acne. Here are some ways you can do it as a prevention:

    1. Bathe regularly

    The first way to get rid of fungal acne is by keeping your body clean. Fungal acne does not only grow on facial skin, but in all parts of the body, especially the parts that often sweat.

    Make it a habit to shower two or three times a day on hot, humid days. It is the bacteria that grows by sweat that can trigger an infection in the hair follicles. Therefore, in order to inhibit the growth of bacteria and fungi that stick to clothes and skin surfaces when you sweat, be sure to clean your body after activities and do it regularly.

    2. Use anti-fungal soap at least once a week

    If fungal acne appears on parts other than the face, it is recommended that you use an anti-fungal bath soap at least once a week. This needs to be done as a deterrent so that acne does not continue to develop on the body.

    3. Replace regular shampoo regularly with antifungal shampoo

    It’s not only soap that should be replaced with anti-fungal soap, but shampoo too. This is done so that the hairline and forehead area still gets treatment in cleaning the fungus on the face.

    4. Clean your face regularly

    In order not to experience any skin problems, you must routinely clean your face at least 2 times, namely in the morning before your activities and at night before going to bed.

    Apply the double cleansing method to make sure the face is completely clean from dirt. Also make sure there is no residual makeup still attached to the face which can be one of the causes of blackheads and pimples to appear.

    The result of skin that is routinely cleaned with the right cleanser, will make the skin moist, soft, clean and not at all dry and rough. Dirt and dead skin cells that are removed also make the face free from pimples, blackheads, and breakouts.

    5. Reducing skincare made from Fatty Acid

    Fungi can live by ‘eating’ Fatty Acid or certain fatty acids. For example, linoleic acid, lauric acid, and coconut oil. Therefore, so that the fungus doesn’t multiply and become fungal acne, you should pay attention to the skincare you are using so that it doesn’t contain these things in large quantities.

    6. Using moisturizing products

    Always regularly use oil-free moisturizing products to moisturize and nourish the skin. Use toner and serum products before using moisturizer. Make sure you choose and use skincare products according to your facial skin type and skin problems you want to solve.

    7. Exfoliate your face

    The basic facial care step that is no less important is to exfoliate to remove dead skin cells. The skin cells that accumulate will be mixed with bacteria which can cause quite disturbing streaks.

    Facial exfoliation is done once a week using the right exfoliating product according to skin type. Exfoliation is a skincare step that needs to be done 1-2 times a week. This stage of facial skin care aims to help exfoliate dead skin cells so they don’t clog pores which triggers fungal acne and breakouts.

    8. Keep skin dry and clean during and after exercise

    If you are a person who likes sports, of course this is one of the reasons acne is hard to get rid of. The skin where fungal acne is found must be kept dry. If it is damp, fungus will easily grow on your body. So, try to keep your skin dry and clean during or after exercise, OK?

    9. Using products that contain petrolatum, salicylic, or glycolic acid

    Well, the type of acid content that you can use as a way to get rid of fungal acne on your facial skin is salicylic acid or salicylic acid. This one acid has anti-fungal properties that can help treat fungal acne.

    In addition, skincare containing salicylic acid can also help reduce the buildup of hair follicles which has the potential to cause fungal acne. Usually, you can find this ingredient in bath soaps, facial cleansers, and other skin treatments.

    10. Bed sterilization

    The bed is our ultimate goal to rest after a day of activities. At least you spend almost 6-9 hours on it. So, if the mattress, bolsters, pillows, and the bedroom area are dirty, of course it won’t be comfortable to live in. In addition, dirty bed conditions can also provide a place for microbes, bacteria, and even fungi to grow and stick to the body.

    If that’s the case, there will be potential for fungal acne to grow and allow allergies to recur. For that, it’s best to change bed linen in the ideal time, which is every 1-2 weeks.

    11. Do not use tight clothing, especially synthetic materials

    If you like wearing tight clothes, you should reconsider. Due to the fact, tight clothing will increase friction and limited air circulation which can trigger the growth of fungus on the skin.

    You should wear looser clothing, which will help your skin breathe more effectively and reduce the growth of yeast.

    12. Take anti-fungal medication according to the doctor’s prescription

    If the way to get rid of fungal acne on the face without medication is ineffective, you can also use antifungal drugs without a doctor’s prescription, which are obtained at pharmacies in topical or topical form.

    Some topical or topical antifungal drugs to get rid of fungal infections, such as ketoconazole, butenafine, and clotrimazole.

    13. Eat with a balanced pattern

    How to get rid of fungal acne on the face through a balanced diet can also be an option to do. This is because the fungus that causes fungal acne can multiply because they get intake from foods high in carbohydrates and sugar.

    So, balance your diet by consuming fruit, vegetables, and protein so that excess fungal growth can subside

    14. Immediately remove sweaty clothes and wash immediately

    Clothes that are wet from sweat should be washed immediately. If wet clothes are left alone, let alone traces of sweat, it will cause mold to grow rapidly.

    15. Avoid products containing benzoyl peroxide

    This needs to be done because to overcome dry skin, so that skin health is maintained.

     

     

    Skincare Ingredients to Avoid

    1. Fatty Acids

    The content of fatty acids is usually found in facial care products that function as an emollient or emulsifier (moisturizer). Fatty acids can increase skin hydration while being emollient.

    Even though it is beneficial for the skin, Malassezia mushrooms will get nutrition from fatty acid compounds. This is what can cause fungal acne on your face to get worse.

    2. Lipids

    Just like fatty acids, skincare with oil content that is rich in lipids or fat also needs to be avoided. Some skincare ingredients that are not for fungal acne are avocado oil, castor oil, coconut oil, and shea butter.

    Doctor Iqbal explained, “Coconut oil usually consists of lauric acid. The lauric acid in the coconut oil will be a nutrient for Malassezia which can cause fungal acne.”

    3. Fatty Acid Esters

    Fatty acid esters are compounds formed from a mixture of alcohol and fatty acids. In the composition of skincare products, ingredients that have esters have names ending in ‘ate’. Examples are decyl oleate, glyceryl stearate, polysorbate, and isopropyl palmitate.

    4. Fermentation Content

    Another ingredient that actually exacerbates fungal acne is that which contains fermentation. Fermented content, for example, is galactomyces which will trigger the growth of fungal acne.

    The content of galactomyces often appears in anti-aging care products. This ingredient causes fungal acne because it increases the activity of the aryl hydrocarbon receptor (AhR).

    5. Benzoyl Peroxide

    Fungal acne also needs to avoid benzoyl peroxide ingredients. Benzoyl peroxide can indeed cure acne caused by bacteria. However, for owners of fungal acne, it must be avoided. This is because it can make the skin too dry and cause dehydration which leads to the growth of the Malassezia fungus.

    Thus the discussion about fungal acne, from the discussion above, it can be said that fungal acne is a skin problem that interferes with appearance. Even so, we can prevent this type of acne, so you don’t need to worry. Hopefully all the discussion above can be useful for Sinaumed’s.

  • What is Food Self-sufficiency?

    self-sufficiency in food – Food is the most important basic human need and is the right of every Indonesian. Food order processing is very important as a key factor in realizing the quality of human resources that support national development. Therefore, it is necessary to make efforts to secure food security which forms the basis of national development, and is expected to trigger development efforts in other fields.

    Food crop commodities are also one of the main parts of the agricultural sector, and the government places them as the center of all development plans every year. Commodities from food crops are always sought to be available in sufficient conditions to meet the needs of domestic food, feed and industry, and these products serve to fulfill these needs. This commodity serves as the fulfillment of the basic need for carbohydrates in industrial raw materials.

    Due to the importance of food needs for the community, on this occasion sinaumedia will discuss what food self-sufficiency is. For those of you who don’t know, this will be a new knowledge for you. To find out more about food self-sufficiency, let’s look at the following review.

    Definition of Food Self-sufficiency

    Food self-sufficiency is greater ability and knowledge to carry out these economic activities, especially in the food sector, thus enabling us to provide our own food needs through various activities to meet the needs according to the needs of the Indonesian people. Natural resources that must be able to meet all the food needs of the Indonesian people. Efforts include various activities, including:

    • Establish laws and government regulations for farmers and agricultural land.
    • Providing infrastructure for cultivating food crops, such as purchasing land for irrigation and irrigation networks, printing land for growing food crops, especially rice, corn, wheat, soybeans, and economic road access to the land.
    • Consultation and ongoing development to increase the production of seeds, medicines, technology and human resources for farmers.
    • Food diversification so as not to depend on just one staple, in this case rice/rice. The most likely diversity options for Indonesia are sago, wheat and maize (especially eastern Indonesia).

    Therefore, diversification is part of a food self-sufficiency program that includes the development of other options/alternatives for rice/rice stocks (because rice/rice is the staple food in Indonesia). One way is by socializing various menus that do not require the consumption of carbohydrates such as rice, such as cassava, sweet potatoes and potatoes.

    Self-sufficiency Acceleration Policy

    Over the past few years, the government has made and implemented various policy breakthroughs for food production and self-sufficiency while still prioritizing GGCG ( Good Governance and Clean Government ). This policy mainly relates to:

    1. Auctions that are time consuming and not seasonal
    2. budget rebalancing;
    3. Expired seed aid;
    4. Rewards and sanctions;
    5. Agricultural insurance;
    6. HPP and HET;
    7. Increasing program synergy; And
    8. Increasing the intensity of assistance and escort.

    The strategy to encourage the implementation of national development programs must be effective not only in one or two breakthroughs, but also in a combination of mutually supportive policies.

    Achievement of Self-sufficiency

    The government has set priorities to achieve the goal of self-sufficiency in food. Achievement of the target of self-sufficiency in food is targeting rice, soybeans and corn in 2017. For this reason, the government continues to increase agricultural production.

    The Ministry of Agriculture continues to make internal improvements through organizational transformation to accelerate the achievement of food self-sufficiency targets. The transformations carried out include Reframing, Restructuring, Revitalizing, and Renewing .

    Reframing

    Reframing is changing the concept of the Ministry of Agriculture regarding the goals to be achieved and how to achieve them. This is related to the spirit of the organization. Meanwhile, we often get stuck following certain ways of thinking and lose our ability to develop new mental models of where you are and what you will be like in the future. The reframing dimension includes, getting mobilized, creating a vision and, building a measurement system. Reframing brings organizations to new ways of thinking and new determination to get there.

    Restructuring

    Restructuring is an effort to reorganize the Ministry of Agriculture into a more proactive organization and more responsive to the various dynamics that occur. Even though in a formal organization the organizational structure does not change, there is a systematic organization in implementing special efforts.

    At the operational level, the achievement of real goals is realized including the success of the program as a whole, namely by donating funds, mobilizing personnel, repairing damaged waterways, fertilizing support, availability of good seeds (type/variety, quantity, location, time, quality , prices), supporting tractors, machines supporting other preparation, harvesting, post-harvest activities, and including marketing assurance.

    Revitalizing

    Revitalizing is the Ministry of Agriculture’s move to encourage the attainment of goals by linking the Ministry of Agriculture with dynamic national and environmental development. All actors basically want to grow, but the sources of growth are often difficult to understand, so that the process of achieving goals becomes more difficult to achieve.

    On that basis, the Ministry of Agriculture continues to include stakeholders in the special effort program. Through the Upsus program, the government is determined to realize food sovereignty in 2017. Various strategies and efforts are being made to increase the planted area and productivity in food production centers.

    Renewing

    Renewing is a new effort from the Ministry of Agriculture on the actor’s side. This relates to investing in human capital with new skills and new goals, enabling the Ministry of Agriculture to continue to implement announced progress. Its implementation involves 3 (three) elements, namely, creating a reward structure , building individual learning , and organizational development. This step will increase the dissemination of knowledge about new policies and strategies and create the capacity to adapt quickly.

    Efforts to Strengthen Self-sufficiency

    Achieving self-sufficiency in food requires enormous effort and energy to achieve it. This nation must not only be trapped in the definition of self-sufficiency which states that the ability to achieve 90% production of food needs is called achieving self-sufficiency.

    The implementation, efforts to maintain food self-sufficiency so that it can continue on an ongoing basis at least until 2045, must be made harder so that the momentum does not return to the starting point and this nation’s energy is not drained to try to achieve self-sufficiency again.

    The realization of food sovereignty as mandated in the 1945 Constitution, cannot stop at the status of food self-sufficiency at certain times, but self-sufficiency must continue to be preserved and even increased so that this country achieves a food surplus and is able to contribute to national food security and world food security.

    The Problem of Realizing Food Self-Sufficiency in Indonesia

    Positive population growth forces Indonesia to continue to increase rice production so that it can be self-sufficient. Meanwhile, uncontrolled floods and droughts and the high rate of conversion of paddy fields to other uses recently means that the risk of the country to stop rice production is often increasing.

    The decline in the government’s financial ability to restore and expand irrigation networks has exacerbated production risk conditions. So it is very likely that in the future the country’s rice production will fall far below the level needed to meet the target of achieving self-sufficiency in rice. This means that there will be a scarcity of millions of tons of rice in Indonesia at that time.

    Indonesia clearly understands that the path to sustainable national food security lies in food self-sufficiency, not rice self-sufficiency. That is, whether we like it or not, whether we like it or not, the people of this country must diversify their food if they don’t want to face the ‘food apocalypse’ in the future.

    In fact, the government has long realized the importance of food diversification, and has even had various programs to promote it. However, an important matter that has long been neglected by the government is that the rice self-sufficiency program is not compatible with the food diversification program.

    As long as rice is available anywhere, anytime at a relatively low price, as it is today, the Indonesian people will not be interested in reducing rice consumption and compensating by increasing their consumption of other foods, such as corn and sago.

    The government should immediately make corrections to this wrong food policy. It seems that it is difficult for us to expect such a correction to occur in the near future. Self-sufficiency in rice has become an arena for satisfying a variety of different needs.

    This is actually what makes the people of this country like rice, not because their tastes are rigid. Because, in fact, every day Indonesians consume food packages which are a mixture of rice and not rice. This means that there is room for the substitution of rice with non-rice in the food consumption packages of Indonesian citizens.

    However, this substitution room has become very narrow at this time. As a result, nasi (rice) has become very generally controlled in the daily consumption package of the people of this country. This happens because the government has long implemented the wrong food policy.

    There are parties who use it to advance political interests, there are various other parties who use it to receive economic rents . For industries that pay their workers using cheap wages, self-sufficiency in rice which claims the availability of rice using cheap prices is obviously very important. This is because low-paid workers are unlikely to be productive if their food needs are insufficient. In order for permanent workers to be productive even though they are paid cheaply, food prices must be cheap.

    Meanwhile, for developed countries with huge food surpluses, it is important to support Indonesia in continuing to pursue self-sufficiency in rice through technical and financial assistance. By prioritizing rice production, Indonesia will be left behind in other food production, even though domestic demand is increasing, as is the national demand for rice.

    The resulting national production deficit will become a fragile export market for surplus food production. Though, this explains why Indonesia is currently heavily dependent on import markets for expensive products such as corn and soybeans, as state media disclosed in late 2009. The only way out of this rice self-sufficiency trap is the government’s determination to end rice self-sufficiency and replace it with food self-sufficiency based on various foods.

    Sinaumed’s, this is the discussion about what food self-sufficiency is. After reading this article, of course you understand how important food self-sufficiency is for a country. We also need to manage our food ingredients so they don’t run out quickly in the future.

    If you want to learn more about food self-sufficiency, agriculture, or other economics, you can buy books available at sinaumedia. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits has provided a variety of quality books that you can own. Come on Sinaumed’s, buy the book now!

  • What is Flora and Fauna? This is the full explanation

    What is Flora and Fauna? – Flora and fauna are one of the inhabitants of this earth. Besides humans, flora and fauna have a role in balancing the earth’s ecosystem. However, what are flora and fauna?

    In a broad view, flora and fauna are only animals and plants. However, there is a lot of interesting information related to flora and fauna. This article will discuss the meaning, characteristics and impact factors of flora and fauna.

    Definition of Flora and Fauna

    1. Definition of Flora

    Flora has many and varied types. Even the number is countless. Various plants and animals spread all over the earth. Both on land and at sea.

    The term flora comes from Latin. Namely from the word flora which means “plant and vegetable address”. Flora can be interpreted as a group of plants or herbs. In the plant world, there are so-called endemic flora.

    Endemic flora is a group of plant species that live in a particular area. Such as Sumatran flora, Javanese flora, Kalimantan endemic flora and others. Endemic flora in an area has certain types. Sometimes, flora in one area cannot be found in other areas.

    This is because each region has certain characteristics. Like climate differences or weather differences. In addition, the type of soil also affects the differences in each region. An example is jasmine, which is an endemic flora in Java.

    2. Definition of Fauna

    Not only flora, fauna also has many diverse groups in each region. An example is the bird of paradise which is an endemic fauna native to Papua. The endemic fauna originating from Java is the one-horned rhinoceros. Fauna has a geographic affix name. Examples include Asian animals, Australian animals, and Transitional animals.

    Characteristics of Flora and Fauna

    1. Asiatic flora and fauna

    Asiatic flora and fauna cover the western part of Indonesia. Its territories include Java, Sumatra, Kalimantan and Bali. This is because the flora and fauna in the region have certain characteristics and characteristics. Its characteristics resemble those of the flora and fauna of the Asian continent. This is also due to its geographical location.

    Features :

    • There are mammals with large sizes. Examples: elephants, tigers, and rhinos
    • There are various types of monkeys
    • There are various types of reptiles
    • There are various types of freshwater fish
    • Bird species are more bird species that sing. Birds with striking colors are rarely seen
    • No animals found that have a pouch
    • Asiatis flora is a tropical forest flora
    • Plant species in the Asiatic region include: keruing, meranti, mahogany and camphor
    • The vegetation in the Asiatic zone is dominated by plants with dense leaves

    2. Transitional flora and fauna

    The transition zone is also known as the middle zone. Its territory covers the central part of Indonesia. Namely Sulawesi and the Nusa Tenggara islands. It is called a transition because the flora and fauna in this region are transitional. Transition between Asiatic flora and fauna and Australis flora and fauna.

    So that the flora and fauna in central Indonesia have mixed characteristics. The characteristics and characteristics of the mixture due to being in the transition area. There are many endemic animals that can only be found in Indonesia.

    3. Flora and fauna of Australia

    The Australian zone covers the eastern part of Indonesia. Like the Maluku Islands and Papua. The flora and fauna in these areas have characteristics and characteristics similar to those on the Australian continent. This is due to its geographical location adjacent to the Australian continent.

    Characteristic features:

    •   There are animals that have pouches
    •   There are mammals, but they tend to be small in size
    •   Fewer freshwater fish species
    •   Bird species have beautiful plumage, as well as striking colors
    •   Flora Australis has parallel leaves that are elongated in shape

    Examples of Flora and Fauna

    1. Asiatic flora and fauna

    An example of flora in the Asiatic region is Rafflesia Arnoldi. Apart from that, carrion flowers and semar sacs are also examples of fauna in the Asiatic region.

    2. Transitional flora and fauna (Central)

    Flora found in this area include ebony, longusei and gofasa. Apart from that, there are also Fiber and Ampupu orchids. Coarse forest cempaka and clove are also examples of flora in the transition area.

    3. Flora and fauna of Australia

    The flora in the Australis zone are ebony and ferns. In addition, matoa and siwalan are also plants in the Australis zone.

    Factors Distribution of Flora and Fauna

    However, the distribution of living things is often uneven. There are several factors that influence this distribution. Are as follows:

    1. Abiotic Factors

    Regions that have extreme climates certainly complicate the life of an organism. For example, the polar regions are always covered in snow. Apart from that, the eternal lapises or arid deserts are also areas with extreme weather.

    This causes a minimum distribution of flora and fauna in areas like the two examples above. Both in terms of type, and in terms of quantity. The opposite is true in the tropics. The tropics are the optimal place for flora and fauna to live life.

    Climatic factors that affect the distribution of living things are humidity, wind, temperature and rainfall levels.

    a. Temperature

    Earth gets a heat energy that comes from solar radiation. The intensity of the irradiation varies in each region. Areas that are in the tropical climate latitude zone will receive more sunlight. Each year, the area will get more sunlight than other areas.

    In addition to latitude position, factors that affect the intensity of solar radiation are the slope of the angle of arrival of sunlight, the distance of an area from sea level, altitude, sea depth and density of land cover with plants.

    The difference in the intensity of sunlight will cause the air temperature to vary. Air temperature conditions greatly affect the life of flora and fauna. That’s because some species require special temperatures to stay alive. An example is flora and fauna which have a higher level of resistance and tolerance to sharply identical temperatures during the day and night. This will be different when compared to the flora and fauna in the tropics.

    In areas with temperatures that are not too cold and hot, is a good or optimal habitat. That applies to most organisms in the world. Both humans, animals and plants.

    The reason is that excessive temperatures such as too cold or too hot are obstacles for living things. In flora or plant habitats, air temperature conditions are one of the factors that can control the distribution of vegetation. The distribution is in accordance with the altitude, latitude and topographical conditions.

    Therefore, the naming system for flora habitats is often named the same as the climatic conditions. Examples include tropical forest vegetation, desert vegetation, high mountain vegetation and temperate latitude vegetation.

    Based on the temperature factor, there are two groups of vegetation. Namely annual vegetation and perennial vegetation. Here is the explanation:

    1.) Manual vegetation group

    This group is a group whose development is only at certain moments. Especially during summer. If in winter, this type of plant will sleep.

    That’s because it is under a layer of ice that varies in thickness. Generally, this annual plant is a small plant. In addition, flowers that are in cold climates also belong to this group.

    2.) Perennial vegetation groups

    This group is a group of plants that have mechanisms to protect themselves. They will protect themselves from very low temperatures in winter. This will happen alternately. It will make it grow continuously. This ability causes the perennial vegetation group to have a lifespan of more than one year.

    b. Humidity

    Another factor besides temperature is air humidity. Air humidity also has an influence on the distribution of living things. Air humidity is the amount of water vapor contained in the air mass.

    The level of air humidity will directly affect the pattern of distribution of flora and fauna on earth. There are several types of plants that are suitable to live in humid areas. But on the contrary, there are several types of plants that can only grow in dry areas.

    c. Wind

    Wind functions as a means of transportation in the hydrologic cycle. Wind will move water vapor or clouds from one place to another. This natural phenomenon will certainly be beneficial for the life of living things on earth.

    This is because the distribution of water vapor from the atmosphere will reach the entire region. So naturally, organisms that need water will be fulfilled.

    Wind movement will also help move the seeds. In addition, the wind will also help plants. During the process of pollinating certain types of plants, the wind can help them.

    d. Rainfall

    The next factor is rainfall. Water is a necessity for all living things. It can be said that this includes vital needs. Without water, there would be no life forms on this earth.

    For living things whose homes are in the terrestrial biocycle, the main source of water to meet their life needs is from rain. Through rain, the process of distributing water on the surface of the earth will take place in a sustainable manner.

    2. Biotic Factors

    a. Seen from the cause of the spread

    Population Pressure. If the population increases, it causes the need for food to increase as well. As a result, food supplies will be dwindling, even hard to find. This will result in difficulty meeting daily needs. Then there will be a migration.

    Competition. There are several fauna that are unable to compete for their place of residence. In addition to the lost territory, food ingredients needed also experienced migration to other areas.

    Habitat change. Changing the environment or place of residence can also cause inability to adapt. Living things cannot experience these changes. This made him feel that he was no longer fit to live in the area he came from.

    b. Viewed from the means of distribution

    Air. Through the medium of air, fauna can migrate. In addition, flora can also use the wind to migrate. Through the weight or lightness of the seeds of these plants.

    Water. The ability of fauna to swim causes easy movement. Especially in animals that can swim. Apart from fauna, flora can also migrate. Plant seeds can be transported, then moved. This can be done with the media of river water flow or ocean currents.

    Land. land is where it matters. Almost all fauna that live on land need land. the land is a means for them to move places.

    Human transport. Intentionally or unintentionally, humans can also cause displacement between flora and fauna.

    with the medium of air, fauna can migrate from the power of flying, while flora can use the wind to migrate from the lightness of seeds.

    c. Judging from the barriers (barrier) distribution

    Climate Barriers. If the climatic conditions are extreme, it can inhibit the spread of flora and fauna. Such as during conditions of very high rainfall, disruption of air humidity or related to temperature conditions.

    Edaphic or ground barriers. Soil is one thing that has a major influence on plants. That’s because there are many important elements in the soil. Such as elements of air, nutrients, and sufficient water content. The thin and hard layer of soil will make the fauna accustomed to digging the ground. Thus making them live underground. It also causes them to seek loose, thick soil.

    Geographical barriers. The landscape of the earth’s surface can also become an obstacle to the spread of flora and fauna. Examples include deserts, oceans, mountains and rivers.

    Biological barriers. This factor is also the cause of the distribution of flora and fauna. Environmental conditions suitable for life, as well as abundant food supplies are the reasons for migrating flora and fauna. This is also related to the suitability of natural conditions.

    That’s some information about flora and fauna. There is still a lot of other interesting information that you can find at www.sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always help Sinaumed’s to find the best recommended articles and books.

    Source: from various sources

    Also Read:

    • Flower Parts & Their Functions
    • Distribution of Flora and Fauna in Indonesia and in the World
    • 8 Cultivation of Food Crops: Guidelines, Types, and Their Characteristics
    • Seaweed Cultivation as a Business Field for Coastal Communities
    • Definition of Hope Animals: Types, Excellence and Stages of Cultivation
  • What is Feminism? Know All the Important Things!

    Feminism is a term that is certainly familiar to Sinaumed’s’ ears. In general, many ordinary people associate feminism with gender equality and women. Some others understand it as a term that refers to injustice against women to have equal opportunities in a society that tends to be controlled by men or also known as patriarchy.

    Does the term feminism really refer to this understanding? In order to get to know and understand this term better, here is an explanation of feminism that Sinaumed’s needs to know.

    Definition of Feminism

    The important struggle carried out by the feminist movement is to empower all women to realize their full property rights. For example, equalizing the playing field between men and women by ensuring that women have the same life opportunity to choose their roles and rights as men.

    This term actually comes from the French from the word feminine or femininity. Femininine is an adjective or adjective which means femininity or indicates female characteristics. So that it can be interpreted, that feminism is a flow of women’s movement that fights for women’s rights.

    This term can also be defined as a political, social and ideological movement that has the goal of fighting for women’s rights, among which is to build, define and achieve gender treatment under the auspices of Human Rights in the economic, political, personal and social spheres.

    This movement combines two positions, that society always prioritizes the point of view of men and women are always treated unfairly in society. So that feminism exists, as an effort to change this, including fighting gender stereotypes and trying to build educational and professional opportunities that are equal to men.

    Feminists continue to actively campaign for women’s rights, including the right to hold political office, vote, work, get fair wages, equal pay, own property, close the gender pay gap, get an education, have equal rights in marriage, get leave. pregnancy and entered into a contract.

    In addition, through their programs, feminists also try to protect women from all acts of social integration violence, protecting women from sexual harassment, rape and domestic violence.

    Some scholars consider that this campaign is the main force behind social changes in history, especially regarding women’s rights, especially in the West. Where feminists in the West are almost universally appreciated for their achievements in having women’s suffrage, gender neutral language, women’s reproductive rights and others.

    Although the main feminist movement focuses on women’s matters, some feminists such as Bell Hooks argue that male liberation needs to be included in the goals of feminism. Because feminists believe that men are also harmed by the traditional gender roles present in society.

    Feminist theories emerged from the feminist movement which aims to understand the nature of gender inequality by examining the social roles and life experiences of women, and has developed various theories in various disciplines to respond to issues regarding gender.

    Many feminist movements and ideologies have developed over the past few years and represent different points of view and goals of many parties. Some forms of feminism have also received criticism, because they are considered to only take into account the perspectives of white, highly educated and middle class people.

    The criticism then leads to the creation of forms that are more ethnically specific, multicultural, including intersectional and black.

    History of Feminism

    This movement first began in the late 18th century and began to grow rapidly throughout the 20th century, starting with a feminist voice on equal political rights for women.

    The writing of a feminist figure named Mary Wollstonecraft entitled A Vindication of The Right of Woman is considered one of the earliest feminist writings which contains criticism of the French Revolution which only applies to men, but not to women.

    A century later, in Indonesia Raden Ajeng Kartini also voiced her thoughts on criticism of the condition of Javanese women who did not get the opportunity to get an education equal to men, in addition to criticizing Dutch colonialism.

    Then in the 20th century, the feminist movement was widely seen as a Critical Legal Studies movement which provided a lot of criticism on legal logic that had been used so far, the manipulative nature and dependence of law on politics, economics, the role of law to shape patterns of social relations and the formation of hierarchies by legal provisions. which is not basic.

    Although feminist opinions are pluralistic, one thing that unites feminists is their belief that society and the legal order are patriarchal in nature.

    Legal rules that are said to be neutral and objective are often only a cover for political and social considerations driven by the ideology of decision makers, however, the ideology held by decision makers is often not in favor of women’s interests.

    Patriarchy that exists in society and the rule of law is the cause of subordination, domination and injustice to women. So as a consequence, feminists demand gender equality. However, gender equality cannot be achieved if the current ideological institutional structure does not change.

    Feminists focus their attention on the analysis of the role of law in maintaining patriarchal hegemony. All the analyzes and theories that have been put forward by feminists are expected to be put into practice.

    Because all feminist efforts are not only to decorate the history of human development, but rather to human efforts to survive. The emergence of the feminist movement is an illustration that abstract provisions cannot resolve gender inequality.

    Feminism is a paradigm, a comprehensive understanding of gender-based justice that can be used as a basis for movements, thoughts and policies. Feminism in general, can be grouped into three spectrums, namely as a social movement, science and analytical tool. The three spectrums complement each other feminism as a movement or ideology.

    Various Streams of Feminism

    As previously explained, the development of feminism actually presents criticism from several parties, because it is considered to only prioritize certain communities. Such as white people, middle class people and people who have higher education only. Thus, a more specific form of feminism is formed.

    Feminism has eight streams that have different perspectives on social and political issues. Because they have different perspectives, it is only natural that there are differences of opinion within feminist groups on various issues. What are the eight streams of feminism? Here’s an explanation.

    1. Liberals

    The first flow of feminists is liberal feminism which focuses on individual freedom for women. In the early days of its emergence, namely in the 19th to 20th centuries, the struggle of liberal feminism was more directed at individual women’s rights in the economic, political and social spheres.

    Liberal feminism is a view to place women in order to have full and individual freedom. This school states that equality and individual freedom are rooted in rationality and separation between the public and private worlds.

    According to adherents of liberal feminism, they argue that every human being has the capacity to think and act rationally, so does a woman.

    Adherents of liberal feminism have the view that the state has power and does not take sides with the interests of different groups, which originates from the theory of state pluralism. Liberal feminists are aware that the state is dominated by men which is reflected in interests that have masculine characteristics.

    The flow of liberal feminism tries to make women aware that they are an oppressed group. Work done by women in the domestic sector is campaigned as unproductive and places women in a subordinate position.

    The roots of this theory rest on the freedom and equality of rationality. Women are rational creatures, their abilities are the same as men, so women also deserve the same rights as men.

    Liberal feminism is divided into two parts, namely egalitarian liberal feminism and classical liberal feminism. The first form, namely liberal egalitarian feminism, focuses more on women’s opportunities to be equal and fair in accessing resources.

    Meanwhile, classical liberal feminism focuses more on freedom of individual civil rights such as the right to own land, women’s suffrage and freedom of expression.

    2. Radical

    Radical feminism is a flow of feminism that has a focus on more fundamental matters on the inequalities experienced by women. In the flow of radical feminism, there are two different perspectives, namely radical libertarian and cultural radical.

    Libertarian radical feminism first appeared in the 1960s to 1980s and the movement focuses on a wide variety of women’s personal choices regarding their sexuality and their bodies, whether those women are heterosexual, transgender or lesbian.

    Libertarian radical feminism believes that feminine gender identity can limit women from being able to develop as whole human beings and considers the main enemy of women to be patriarchy.

    This view is of course different from the second radical stream, namely the cultural radical. The flow of cultural radical feminism argues that apart from patriarchy, men are part of the emergence of oppression against women.

    Followers of this feminist school assume that men have control over women’s sexuality for men’s satisfaction only. Because of this view, many women who adhere to cultural radical feminists choose to be celibate and being a lesbian is a way to be free from the restrictions built by the heterosexual culture that exists in society.

    Radical feminism emerged as a reaction from the culture of sexism or sex-based social domination in the West around the 1960s, especially to fight sexual violence and the pornography industry that was rampant at that time.

    3. Socialist Marxists

    As the name implies, the socialist-Marxist movement is focused on liberating women from class, sex, patriarchal and capitalist barriers. This trend arose because of the issue of women workers in the domestic sphere as well as the public in campaigning for changes in domestic work for women, socialization of household work and child care.

    Socialist Marxist feminist views women’s problems within the framework of a critique of capitalism, which assumes that the source of women’s oppression comes from class exploitation and production methods.

    Friedrich Engels’ theory was later developed into the basis of the socialist Marxist school, which stated that the status of women fell due to the concept of personal wealth or private property. Production activities, which were originally aimed at fulfilling one’s own needs, turned into exchange needs.

    Men are considered to control production for exchange purposes and as a consequence, they dominate social relations in society. While women are reduced to one part of the property.

    The production system that was formed was then profit-oriented which led to the formation of classes in society such as the bourgeoisie and the proletariat. Thus, if capitalism collapses, the existing structures in society can be repaired and the oppression of women can be removed.

    Adherents of socialist-Marxist feminism argue that the state is capitalist in nature, the state is not only an institution but also a manifestation of social interaction and relations.

    Marxists argue that the state has the ability to maintain the welfare of society, but on the other hand the state is also capitalist which also uses the system of slavery for women as workers.

    4. Gender Psychoanalyst

    The emergence of the fourth stream of feminism is a form of resistance to psychoanalyst figures, namely Sigmund Freud. Sigmund Freud once said that women experience penis envy or envy men because women do not have a penis, so that women feel inferior compared to men.

    The school of gender psychoanalyst feminism challenged Freud’s statements and thoughts, saying that the oppression experienced by women is influenced by social construction and is not really related to women’s biology.

    5. Existentialist Feminism

    Existentialist school is a school of feminism that is included in the second wave of feminism and developed around the 1940s. This flow strongly supports women to be able to freely define the meaning of women’s existence in this world. Existentialist feminism also invites women to make themselves the subject they want, instead of just being objects.

    6. Post-Modern Feminism

    The flow which is also known as feminism for academics, this flow of feminism is more difficult to understand and is considered not involved in actual revolutionary struggles, such as boycotts, protests and demonstrations. The post-modern school reverses the situation by celebrating the oppression it receives.

    Even though the previous schools rejected the concept of gender that existed in society, the post-modern school has returned to accept femininity in women as gender that is present in society, celebrating women’s otherness by means of being, openness, thinking, difference and diversity.

    One of the invitations of the post-modern school is to write and seek information and knowledge by prioritizing feminine writing, because one of the sources of oppression of women is through language.

    7. Multicultural and Global Feminism

    Women are seen as heterogeneous by this school, but have various slices that are linked to social status, age and others. Each group of women can experience different forms of oppression in line with their diverse experiences and identities.

     

     

    8. Ecofeminism

    The last stream focuses more on women’s relationship spiritually to the ecology that surrounds them. The position of women is considered as nurses who are more in need and closer and sensitive to nature than men.

    As has been reviewed, feminism is a social movement and ideology that has a variety of different perspectives according to its flow. If Sinaumed’s is interested in learning more about the feminist movement, Sinaumed’s can read related books at sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia.com provides quality books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

  • What is Extractive Enterprises: Definition, Functions, Characteristics, and Examples

    Indonesia’s abundant natural wealth has succeeded in bringing this country into various extractive business fields. This extractive business is defined as a type of business related to natural resource management. For example, fishing, sand digging, and oil processing are some examples of the extractive business in question.

    In carrying out its work, this extractive business does not merely explore and also extract resources. However, it is also responsible for maintaining and processing it into useful products for human life. For more details, let’s discuss more about the meaning and examples of extractive business.

    Definition of Extractive Business

    In essence, this extractive business obtains and utilizes raw materials originating from nature to then be produced into a product that can meet the daily needs of humans in general. This is supported by statements from experts contained in various book titles. One of them is from a book entitled Creative Products and Entrepreneurship by Arif Suhrson. There it is explained that extractive business is an activity that takes various kinds of things that come directly from nature, such as making salt, fishing, and so on.

    In addition, in the integrated Social Sciences (Sociology, Economics, Geography, History) book by Nana Supriatna et al, it is explained that extractive businesses are companies that have business activities to take and exploit natural resources. In practice, this extractive business has the risk of destroying nature, especially in the environment where the extraction takes place.

    The economy and public health around the location can even be affected if business activists carry out their activities without regard to the surrounding environment and only seek profit. Therefore, the government will generally make regulations related to this extractive business. The purpose of this is so that the business sector does not only seek profit, but can also provide benefits to the country and the surrounding environment.

    In simple terms, extractive business is an industrial activity that obtains and utilizes production raw materials originating from nature. This business entity is an extractive company where they will carry out activities to manage natural resources by exploring, taking, and then processing them with the main objective of meeting market needs. The existence of these extractive companies can create jobs, gain profits, and also provide alternatives to fulfilling human needs.

    Characteristics of Extractive Enterprises

    To be able to distinguish forms and examples of extractive businesses from other businesses, there are several characteristics that you need to understand. Based on the process of its activities, this type of business has its own unique character. The following are some of the characteristics of extractive businesses, including:

    1. Seeking Fortune from Natural Products

    Like other forms of business activity, the purpose of this extractive business is to make a profit. Where the process of processing goods from a business activity can ensure the running of economic principles, namely trading to provide benefits to all parties involved.

    2. Materials Directly Taken from Nature

    In addition to taking advantage, this extractive business has a unique characteristic, namely in its own source of profit. Where this one business takes ingredients directly from nature.

    Extractive Business Function

    From the explanation regarding the definition of extractive business, we can understand that this business is very important for the availability of goods in the market. Some of the functions of this extractive business are as follows:

    a. Utilize natural resources

    The main function of this one economic activity is to process natural resources or natural wealth into products that are said to be beneficial.

    b. Open jobs

    Apart from functioning to utilize natural resources in a more positive direction, another function of extractive businesses is to create new jobs. So it will reduce the unemployment rate. This is because in processing existing natural resources, it will require human labor or human resources.

    c. Increase profits

    By exploiting or processing existing natural resources, it will automatically bring a profit. Companies in this type of extractive business will mostly get big profits. This is because the products produced are always needed and sought after by the community.

    d. As an Alternative

    The meaning of this one point is that extractive businesses will provide alternatives to human needs. Where the products produced from the processing of natural resources can become substitution needs so that people can meet all their needs.

    e. Enjoy Natural Resources

    Not only does it function to process natural resources or natural wealth, but the results that will later be circulated among the community can be enjoyed together. Surely this will be very good, because the available natural wealth will not be wasted.

    If you look at the existing functions, it reflects that this type of business is an economic activity that has a positive impact on society. Basic needs or daily living needs can be provided and utilized according to the needs of each individual.

    Examples of Extractive Enterprises

    Examples of extractive businesses themselves can be found in many fields, from food, clothing, to housing. Below are some examples of extractive businesses that are useful in meeting the needs of human life, including:

    1. Sea Fishery Business

    As we know that the sea is one of the largest natural resources in Indonesia where there are thousands to millions of marine biota that can benefit from it. The activities of companies that maximize marine fishery resources are generally in the form of packing, catching and distributing fish.

    2. Salt Making Business

    Another example of an extractive business is the business of making salt. Where this one business utilizes sea water by taking and then drying it into salt crystals. Not only from the sea, salt can also be obtained from mining on the mainland. Where the mining process is similar to stone mining. One of the results of salt mining on the mainland is Himalayan salt or Himalayan salt which is known to be very good for health.

    3. Businesses in the Forestry Sector

    Businesses in the forestry sector are also included in one example of an extractive business because they utilize forest products to be processed into various kinds of goods, ranging from paper, furniture, to building materials. This is no different from other forest products, such as plants and even rubber latex, which can be profitable if converted into something useful for human needs.

    4. Mining Business

    The next example of an extractive business engaged in the mining sector will carry out management activities as well as research on raw materials. The stages include investigation, feasibility analysis, regional exploration, construction, and processing of raw materials. In Indonesia alone, this mining business includes extracting minerals such as copper, gold, nickel, coal, and several other things. Likewise with oil and natural gas, all of which are the result of the bowels of the earth. For several types of mining that may often be heard of, namely gold mining in Papua, sand mining in Bangka, to coal mining in South Sumatra and also Kalimantan.

    5. Agricultural Business

    In Indonesia, agriculture is a business sector that has great potential to be maximized by the community as a source of income. Where this has actually been realized by the existence of many people who work as farmers. Indonesia’s fertile and supportive nature can make agricultural activities easier to develop. In fact, this one sector is considered a way out in overcoming poverty in Indonesia.

    Therefore, this agricultural sector continues to be encouraged to be further developed. No need to be a large company scale, individuals can also run this one line of business. As long as they take and make direct use of natural resources, they are classified as running an extractive business.

    6. Plantation

    Plantation is an extractive business that utilizes certain plants to be managed and marketed into more valuable products. Managing plantations requires knowledge, technology, capital, as well as qualified management so that the state, companies, and the community can enjoy the benefits. An example of a familiar plantation product is tea bags, which are now very easy to find in markets or supermarkets.

    7. Livestock

    Livestock is also known as an extractive business because it develops livestock to be used by the community. There are two types of livestock based on their size, namely large livestock such as goats, horses, cows, and others and small well-known animals such as ducks, chickens, turkeys, and so on.

    Based on the explanation above, we can conclude that this extractive business is a business whose activities take and utilize natural resources, which are then processed into products that are useful for human life. Where can we easily find examples of this extractive business in Indonesia, which is indeed filled with various natural resources.

    This extractive industry sector covers the business sector, ranging from marine, forestry, agriculture, animal husbandry, to mining. Each of them is expected to maintain and provide benefits to the surrounding environment.

  • What is Economic Growth Theory

    If discussing the theory of economic growth, of course we will understand that economic growth itself is interpreted as an increase in value and also the amount of production of goods and services that are generally calculated by a country in a certain period of time. A country’s economy can be said to grow when the economic activities of its people have a direct impact on increasing the production of goods and services. This activity is also a factor in increasing national income.

    In its development, there are several theories of economic growth put forward by experts. These theories appear to explain the growth cycle and also the factors that have a direct influence on the improvement of the national economy. Among the many theories that have sprung up from time to time, you can get to know more about the following five popular theories, including:

    1. Classical Theory

    One of the oldest theories of economic growth that has existed since the 18th century is the classical theory. The leading figure who is often associated with this theory is Adam Smith, in which he has the notion that the economy of the population in a country will be able to reach its highest point through a liberal system. This system consists of the main elements, namely population growth and output growth.

    Even so, the initial concept of this theory received opposition from another figure, namely David Ricardo. He believes that this population growth actually does not have a positive influence on national economic growth. On the contrary, it will only increase the number of productive workers. So that it can have an impact on reducing workers’ wages.

    2. Neoclassical theory

    This theory of economic growth is actually a development of the classical theory that was introduced by Adam Smith. The figures who put it forward were two senior economists named Robert Solow and SW Swan. Therefore, this theory is also known as the Solow-Swan economic growth model.

    The Neoclassical school will focus its theory on three factors that influence economic growth, namely capital, labor, and also technological developments. This theory believes that an increase in the number of workers can increase per capita income. However, without developing modern technology, this increase will not be able to provide positive results for national economic growth.

    3. Neo Keynesian theory

    The Neo Keynesian theory was coined by an economist named Roy F. Harrod and Evsey D. Domar, the Neo Keynesian theory argues that national economic growth is influenced by demand, capital, and investment. All three have an important role in increasing national production in a country which will also affect the improvement of the economy in that country. This can take place in the short or medium term.

    Some supporters of the Neo Keynesian theory also highlight the importance of investment activity in supporting economic growth. They think that investing will help to increase national production, whether on a small or large scale.

    4. New Economic Theory

    This new economic theory is also known as the endogenous growth model, where this theory was developed by Robert Lucas and Paul Romer. This new economic theory focuses its cycle on human resources which are the main capital for increasing production and also the national economy. According to Lucas and Romer, a workforce that has broad insight, higher education, and training can accelerate industrial and technological development. As a result, national production activities can also be increased more quickly.

    5. Historical Theory

    As one of the most popular economic theories, historical theory was developed by a number of economists who have different views, but both are centered on the economic activities of society. Several well-known experts as developers of the theory of economic growth are Karl Bucher, Werner Sombart, and Frederich List.

    Karl Bucher here coined his theory that national economic growth is influenced by the relationship between producers and consumers through the closed household level, community, city, to the world. Not much different from Bucher’s theory, Werner Sombart also classifies the role of society in economic growth, starting from the closed economic stage, the industrial growth stage, to the capitalist stage.

    Definition of Economic Growth

    Prof. Simon Kuznet explains economic growth as a long-term increase to provide people with an ever-increasing variety of economic goods. This ability grows on the basis of technological, ideological, and institutional advancements that it requires. This definition has three important components. The first is that economic growth in a country can be seen from the continuous increase in the supply of goods. Second, advanced technology is a factor in economic growth that determines the degree of growth in the ability to supply various kinds of goods to the public. Then the third is that the use of technology widely and efficiently requires adjustments in the institutional and ideological fields.

    Economic growth is one indicator of successful development in an economy. The progress of an economy is determined by the amount of growth indicated by changes in national output. This change in output in the economy is a short-term economic analysis. In general, theories that discuss economic growth can be grouped into two, namely classical economic growth theory and modern economic growth theory. In classical economic growth theory, the analysis will be based on trust and also the effectiveness of free market mechanisms. This theory is a theory coined by classical economists, namely Adam Smith and David Richard.

    Another theory that explains economic growth is modern economic theory. The Harrod-Domar growth theory is one of the modern economic growth theories, where this theory emphasizes the importance of investment formation for economic growth. So, the higher the investment, the better the economy will be. Investment here does not only affect aggregate demand, but also aggregate supply through its effect on production capacity. In a longer perspective, investment will increase the capital stock.

    Economic growth is an effort to increase production capacity in order to achieve additional output, which is measured using the Gross Domestic Product or GDP or Gross Regional Domestic Product or GRDP in a region. This economic growth is a process of increasing output per capita in the long run. Where the emphasis is on three aspects, namely process, per capita output, and also the long term. Economic growth is a process, not a picture of the economy at one time. Here, we can see the dynamic aspects of an economy, namely how an economy develops or changes from time to time. The emphasis itself is on change as well as development itself.

    According to Prof. Simon Kuznets, economic growth is an increase in the long-term capacity of a country concerned to provide various kinds of economic goods to its people. This increase in capacity is made possible by advances or technological, institutional, and ideological adjustments to various existing conditions. This economic development has a broader meaning and includes changes in the economic structure of society as a whole. Where economic development is usually defined as a process that causes an increase in the real per capita income of the people of a country in the long term which is also accompanied by improvements in the institutional system.

    In this case, it means that economic development is an active action effort that needs to be carried out by a country in order to increase per capita income. That way, the participation of the community, government, and all elements within a country is needed to actively participate in the development process.

    From the various theories of economic growth described above, there are three main factors or components involved in economic growth, including:

    1. Accumulation of capital, which includes all forms or types of new investments invested in land, capital or human resources, and physical equipment.
    2. Population growth in the next few years will increase the number of labor force.
    3. Advances in technology are increasingly advanced.

    Regional development is carried out to achieve three important goals, namely to achieve growth, equity or sustainability, and sustainability.

    1. Growth or growth: the first objective is growth which is determined to the extent where scarcity of resources can occur for human resources, natural resources, and humans can be optimally allocated and utilized to increase productive activities.
    2. Equity or equity: in this case it has implications for achieving the third goal, where resources can be sustainable, so you shouldn’t focus on just one area. So that the benefits obtained from growth can be enjoyed by all parties with equity.
    3. Sustainability: while the goal of sustainable regional development must fulfill various conditions, the use of resources, whether transacted through the market system or outside the market system, must not exceed production capacities.

    Regional development as well as sectoral development must always be carried out in harmony. So that the sectoral development that takes place in the regions is indeed true to the potential and also the priorities of the area. For overall development, the region really is a political, social, cultural and economic unit as well as defense and security in realizing national goals.

    Relationship Between Variables and Economic Growth

    The following are some of the relationships between variables and economic growth, including:

    1. Investment and Economic Growth

    Investment is one of the factors that can contribute to economic growth. With investment, a company can automatically increase both in terms of productivity and technology, because the investment itself is additional capital for the company that receives the investment. Harrod-Domar conducted a study on the effect of investment on economic growth by building a model based on the experience of developed countries.

    This research reveals that the effect of investment on the process of economic growth is positive and also significant, especially regarding the dual effect that investment has through the acceleration process and also the multiplier process. First, it creates income which is also called the “demand impact”. Second, increasing the production capacity of the economy by creating a capital stock, which is also called the “supply effect” of investment. As long as the net investment continues, real income and output will also always increase.

    Capital is the most important factor, because with capital, various other factors of production will be fulfilled. Investments invested in economic development prioritize service motives, namely providing services, encouraging the community, although economic considerations are also considered.

    The low equilibrium level trap theory reveals that at a low level of per capita income, the level of investment will also be low and cause growth in national income to be lower than the rate of population growth. Under these conditions, the level of social welfare will tend to return to the subsistence level. Therefore, even greater investment is needed, which can guarantee that in the long run, the rate of economic growth is always greater than the rate of population growth. So that it will create improvements in the level of social welfare.

    2. Labor and Economic Growth

    According to Todaro, population growth is closely related to the number of available workers and is one of the factors that will affect economic growth. In addition to production factors, the number of available labor will also increase from year to year. So that if utilized optimally, it will increase economic growth.

    Then when referring to Adam Smith’s theory, namely about the assumption that economic conditions are always in full employment conditions, then automatically everyone or labor can be productive, whether in the form of goods or services. Then, the theory put forward by David Ricardo who is considered to represent the classics in building his theory. As the characteristics of Ricardo’s classical school focus attention on the role of humans in economic growth or in other words, national output depends on labor.

    3. Government Spending and Economic Growth

    Government investment made through local government spending has a fairly close contribution to economic growth in an area. This government expenditure will be realized in the form of public facilities such as roads, airports, bridges, and so on. In addition, government spending will also be realized in the form of assistance, such as to finance productive communities and so on.

    According to Sukirno and Sitaniapessy, government spending is part of fiscal policy, namely a government action that aims to regulate the course of the economy by determining the amount of government revenue and spending each year, which is reflected in the State Budget or APBN document for the national and Revenue Budget documents. Regional Expenditure or APBD for regional or regional. The purpose of this fiscal policy is to stabilize prices, output levels, or employment opportunities and spur or encourage economic growth.

    Thus the explanation of what is the theory of economic growth. Hope it is useful.

  • What is Dividend: Definition, Types, and Payment Procedures.

    Understanding Dividends – Almost everyone who is investing in stocks expects a high return or rate of return. Well, there are two types of returns or rates of return in the world of stocks, namely capital gains and dividends. In general, capital gains mean the selling price minus the purchase price or the increase in price after you buy a stock product.

    For example, if you buy stock products belonging to Bank Rakyat Indonesia or BRI which have the code (BBRI) at a price of Rp. 4,000. Then, you make a sale when BBRI touches the price of Rp. 4,500. So, the capital gain you get is 500 per share, or if the percentage is 12.5%. That means you can enjoy the benefits of rising prices or value of BBRI shares.

    However, the benefits that can be felt in investing in stocks are not only capital gains. Another form of profit or return that you can get is dividends. In general, dividends are rights or allotments from companies that benefit from those who become investors or shareholders. In buying a stock or investing in a company, of course, what investors expect is that the company will get a large profit or profit. That is because companies that succeed in getting large profits, these companies can distribute profits to investors or shareholders in the form of dividends.

    So, therefore, this article will discuss what dividends are. Discussion of the meaning of dividends according to experts, types of dividends, factors that influence getting dividends to procedures and how to calculate your dividends.

    A. Definition of Dividend

    According to the introduction above, dividends are distributions to parties who own shares of a company, adjusted for the number of shares owned. The majority of dividend distributions are carried out with a fixed period of time, but sometimes there are also those who distribute special or additional dividends outside the specified distribution time. Dividends will be distributed to those who own shares, but with a note that the company has made a sizable profit and the board of directors of a company has deemed it appropriate to announce dividend distribution.

    The function of this dividend itself is as a return on investor services for having invested capital in a stock product from a company. That’s what makes a company that earns profits will provide benefits to investors or shareholders.

    In addition to this general opinion, dividends are also considered as a shareholder’s right or common stock to obtain a share that comes from the profits of a company. If a company has decided that it will share profits in the form of dividends, then all shareholders of the company will get the same rights according to the number of ownership. However, there are several reasons why companies don’t always give all the profits to shareholders. The reason used is usually for the benefit of increasing the company’s capital.

    A company may not distribute dividends because there are more prioritized needs. For example, company profits are prioritized for the benefit of business expansion or development, of course this can be the reason a company does not distribute dividends to its shareholders. However, companies usually still promise to issue dividends in order to increase shareholder confidence for long-term plans. In addition, the promise of issuing dividends is very influential in attracting interest from new investors who want to get a steady income.

    B. Definition of Dividend According to Experts

    Apart from the general understanding above, here are several opinions regarding the meaning of dividends from experts, including:

    1. Baridwan (1997)

    According to Baridwan, dividends are part of a profit or profit that can be distributed to shareholders whose number is in accordance with the number of shares owned by shareholders. The size of a dividend that can be obtained by shareholders can change from year to year. This amount depends on how much profit the company gets.

    2. Scott Besley and Eugene F. Brigham (2005)

    The definition of dividend according to Scott Besley and Eugene F. Brigham is the distribution of profits earned by a company to its shareholders, whether it’s from profits or profits earned during the current period or profits or profits during the previous period.

    3. Paul D. Kimmel, Jerry J. Weygandt, and Donald E. Kieso (2011)

    Paul D. Kimmel, Jerry J. Weygandt, and Donald E. Kieso argue that dividends are distributions made by a company to shareholders in a professional manner by adjusting the number of their shareholdings. This means that shareholders can only receive profits or profits according to the percentage of their investment in a company.

    4. Jamie Pratt (2011)

    Jamie Pratt revealed that dividends are distributions of cash, shares, or property to shareholders of a company. Dividends are also a resolution of the corporation’s board of directors every quarter with the amount declared on a per share basis.

    5. Nikiforous K. Laopodis (2013)]

    Finally, according to Nikiforous K. Laopodis, dividends are cash payment activities made by a company to shareholders. The dividend is a form of representation of the shareholders on direct or indirect receipts for their investment in the company.

    B. Types of Dividends

    After understanding the meaning of dividends, here are several types of dividends that you need to know, including:

    1. Cash Dividend

    Cash dividends are dividends distributed by a company to its shareholders in the form of cash or cash. This type of dividend can be said to be the most frequent distribution of dividends. Shareholders also really like the distribution of cash dividends, this is because shareholders will benefit in the form of cash. The cash dividend distribution period can be done from two to four times per year, the distribution depends on the period. For the record, this dividend distribution will also be taxed according to applicable regulations.

    2. Property Dividends

    Property dividends or goods dividends are dividends that are distributed in the form of assets. This dividend is a type of dividend that is quite rare, usually because the distribution process is relatively difficult. Companies also generally distribute dividends in this way because there is no cash. It could be because cash from one company is being used in investing in another company’s stock or for inventory purposes.

    If a large amount of cash comes out, it is feared that the selling price of investment or inventory will fall so that it can harm the company or shareholders. As a result, dividend distribution from the company to investors or shareholders is then tried to be carried out in the form of asset distribution

    3. Liquidation Dividend

    Basically, liquidation dividends are dividends distributed to shareholders in the form of a portion of profit and a partial return on capital. Companies that will provide liquidation dividends are generally companies that have plans to terminate their companies, such as joint ventures or companies that are experiencing bankruptcy.
    When a company goes bankrupt and still has remaining wealth, the remaining wealth will be distributed to the shareholders. This is what is referred to as a liquidation dividend. However, if the company does not have any remaining capital, then the company cannot share anything.

    4. Dividend Pledge Debt

    Payable dividends or commonly called script dividends are dividends distributed from the company to shareholders in the form of promissory notes. In this type of dividend, the company promises its investors that it will pay dividends at a predetermined time. This dividend distribution is also usually because the company does not have enough cash to pay dividends to shareholders. Therefore, promissory notes or scripts are made as guarantees for the payment of dividends to shareholders.

     

     

    5. Stock Dividends

    Stock dividend or stock dividend is the distribution of dividends made in the form of shares from a company to its investors. Stock dividends are almost like rearranging company capital or company recapitulation, but do not reduce the amount of ownership of the shareholders. In this type of dividend distribution, investors do not get cash, but they get an additional number of shares.

    In stock dividends, investors will get an increase in the number of shares. However, if the distribution of dividends is due to other factors, then the increase in the number of shares outstanding will affect the market price of the shares and have the potential to decrease. Overall, the value of investors’ shares did not change or increase. Now, for shareholders who need fast money, they can make sales of the additional shares obtained, by re-adjusting the number of shares before dividends.

    Stock dividends will greatly benefit shareholders if the company also pays dividends in cash. This allows shareholders to receive additional shares in the number of shares, but also receive dividends in the form of cash. In giving stock dividends, companies usually also aim to save the company’s cash so that it can be used for bigger and more profitable investment opportunities.

    C. Factors Influencing Stock Policy

    Now, after understanding the meaning and five types of dividends, the following will explain five factors that can influence stock policy, including:

     

     

    1. Need for Funds to Pay Obligations

    When a company is going to get new debt or sell debt securities to finance the company, it must have planned how to repay the debt beforehand. Debt can be repaid at maturity by replacing the debt with new debt. In addition to these methods, several companies usually also use other alternative methods, such as the company having to provide its own funds from profits to pay off the debt.

    2. Liquidity

    Company liquidity is a major consideration in many dividend policies. Dividend distribution for a company is cash out, it makes the greater the cash position and liquidity of the company as a whole, the greater the company’s ability to pay dividends. Companies that are experiencing growth and have enormous profit potential will require substantial capital to finance their investment. That is what makes the company less liquid because the capital that has been obtained is more invested in fixed assets and permanent current assets.

    3. Company Growth Rate

    The faster the growth rate of a company, the greater the need for funds to finance the company’s growth. The greater the need for funds to finance the company’s growth in the future, the greater the desire of a company to retain its earnings rather than being paid as dividends to shareholders.

    4. Condition of Shareholders

    If a company’s shareholding is relatively private, management generally understands the dividend expected by shareholders and can act accordingly. When almost all shareholders are in the high tax bracket and prefer to receive capital gains, it can make a company maintain a low dividend payout ratio.

    With a low dividend payout ratio, of course, one can predict whether the company will retain profits for profitable investment opportunities. For companies with a large number of shareholders, they can only assess the expected dividends of shareholders in the market context.

    5. Legal Restrictions

    Restrictions of a law can affect the distribution of the amount of dividends by a company.

    D. Dividend Payment Procedures

    Now, after understanding the meaning and types of dividends, here are some dividend payment procedures or dividend announcement dates that you need to pay attention to, including:

    1. Announcement Date

    The date of announcement of dividend payments or commonly called the declaration date is the date that the issuer or a public company officially announces the form and amount to be distributed as well as the schedule for dividend payments to be made. This announcement is usually also for the distribution of dividends on a regular basis. The date of the announcement usually conveys matters that are considered important, such as the date of recording, date of payment, to the amount of cash dividends per sheet.

    2. Date of Recording

    The date of recording or commonly called the date of record is the time when the company records who its shareholders are. Shareholders who are registered in the register of shareholders of a company are entitled to receive dividends. This means that shareholders who are not listed or sell their shares before the date of recording will not get the right to receive dividends.

    3. Cum-Dividend date

    Cum-Dividend Date is the time or date of the last day of stock trading for shareholders who wish to receive dividends in the form of cash dividends or stock dividends from an issuer or company.

    4. EX-Dividend date

    Ex-Dividend date means the date on which a company’s shares are traded and no longer has the right to receive dividends. This means that if an investor makes a purchase on this date or after, then the investor cannot enter his/her name into the dividend distribution list of a company.

    5. Payment Date

    The payment date or payment date is the time to make payments by a company to shareholders who have earned the right to receive dividends. Thus, on this payment date, the shareholders can take the dividend which is distributed according to the type of dividend that has been determined by the issuer, whether it’s a cash dividend or a stock dividend.

     

     

    E. How to Calculate Dividends

    Company CV. Water Drinking has 1,000,000 shares. This company managed to generate a net profit of IDR 500,000,000.-. The dividend payout policy or commonly called the Dividend Payout Ratio is 40% of the net profit generated by the company. By using this data, how to calculate dividends in the company CV. Drinking Water, namely, as follows:
    Dividend = Net Profit x Dividend Payout Ratio
    = IDR 500,000,000 x 40%
    = IDR 200,000,000
    Dividends/shares outstanding = IDR 200,000,000/1,000,000 shares
    = IDR 200 per share

    • Definition of Referral Marketing
    • Understanding MLM Business
    • How to Calculate Profit Margins
    • Small Capital Business Opportunities
    • 10 Best Securities Companies in Indonesia
  • What is Devaluation and Revaluation? Read Here Full Review

    Devaluation and revaluation – In the world of the world economy, there are many terms that we often encounter. In fact, conditions such as an increase and decrease in the value of the local currency against foreign currencies or vice versa are conditions that we certainly have encountered.

    Where the increase or decrease in the local currency is more widely known as devaluation and revaluation. Compared to these two terms, perhaps people are more familiar with the fluctuations in the value of the local currency against the value of foreign currencies.

    Of course, the existence of devaluation and revaluation has its own purpose. However, do you already know what is related to devaluation and revaluation? If not, you don’t need to worry about this because this article will explain more things related to these two terms in the world of economics. So, keep reading this article, until it’s finished, Sinaumed’s.

    Devaluation

    Definition of Devaluation

    The first thing we will discuss together is the meaning of devaluation. Devaluation itself is a decrease in the value of a country’s currency by the government in relation to another country’s currency.

    Conditions of devaluation can occur because of monetary policy which sets a benchmark exchange rate against foreign currencies. Basically, the devaluation policy is a step to improve the existing economic situation in a country. The devaluation policy will usually be carried out to be able to respond to economic conditions that have given the country an adjustment to the devaluation.

    Quoted from the Big Indonesian Dictionary or KBBI, devaluation is a deliberate reduction in the value of local currency against foreign currencies and gold. The existence of devaluation aims to improve the existing economic conditions in a country.

    In addition, devaluation is also used to reduce a country’s export costs so that it is finally able to increase competition in the global market and can reduce the intensity and cost of imports at the same time.

    The existence of a devaluation policy will also have the potential to encourage greater export activities because goods sold in foreign currencies abroad will be cheaper in price compared to using local currency whose value is in a declining condition. That way, it can automatically be said that with the devaluation will be able to increase foreign demand.

    Even so, devaluation will cause the currency to weaken, so import activities will also decrease. This is none other than because the purchase price is getting higher. When the intensity of imports decreases, this will indirectly lead to export growth and increase spending on domestic products by the public.

    The point is that devaluation conditions will have quite a broad influence on a country’s economy, especially those related to the international trade sector. Where these conditions will also have an impact on the long term, even in the medium term.

    Causes of Devaluation

    Devaluation is a condition of decreasing the value of local currency against foreign currency. Several factors can cause the issuance of a devaluation policy in a country.

    1. Balance of Payments Deficit

    One of the main causes of devaluation is related to the balance of payments deficit. Where when the amount of a country’s payments is greater than the amount of receipts, it will eventually put pressure on the economy at a broader level.

    The condition of devaluation will have an influence on people’s consumption behavior. The existence of dependence or the public’s need for foreign products that are so high can cause the level of payments abroad to also be higher.

    2. High Import Activity

    If import activity is high, if it is not matched by export activity, it will have an impact on the intensity and volume inequality of local currency exchanges against foreign currencies. An example is the exchange from Rupiah to US dollars.

    Where conditions like this will eventually make the buying rate of the dollar increase but the value of the Rupiah will decrease, leading to domestic inflation. When the condition of the devaluation policy exists, it can act as a countermeasure to this pressure and as a form of effort to restore a country’s economic stability.

    3. Restricted Export Practices

    Not only because of the high level of imports, devaluation can also occur due to export practices which tend to be very limited and fixated on basic ingredients or food ingredients only. This does not provide significant added value.

    4. The Country’s Economy is Getting Worse 

    In addition, devaluation can also be caused by a country’s economic situation that is getting worse due to the relatively high unemployment rate. The existence of a devaluation is expected to be one of the government’s strategies in improving the economy of a country.

    Devaluation Purpose

    As previously explained, devaluation is a monetary policy condition held to respond to a weakening economic situation in a country. With the existence of a devaluation policy, the country’s government is trying to give a boost to export activities, but this policy will also limit import activities.

    There are several specific purposes for holding a devaluation policy which you can read below.

    1. Strengthening a country’s economic conditions by using local products that will be able to compete, both at home and abroad. With the increase in the price of imported products, people will automatically use more local products.
    2. The devaluation will also help local products dominate the market more and will also encourage the creation of a healthier economic climate. This can happen because of an increase in consumption of local products which at the same time can spur a more competitive domestic business climate.
    3. The devaluation policy was able to encourage export activities and limit import activities. The goal is to make it easier to improve the balance of payments or the balance of costs in order to reach an equilibrium or ideal point. Where the ideal point is the condition of the country’s economy which is getting healthier with a more balanced intensity and value of imports and exports.
    4. A devaluation that is able to balance the balance of payments can eventually create a balance in the foreign exchange rate, so that it becomes more stable than before. In addition, the devaluation policy can also trigger an increase in the country’s foreign exchange reserves.

    From an economics point of view, the devaluation policy aims to stabilize currency exchange rates which can also help boost the domestic economy. Therefore, for the general public and business actors, the devaluation policy will be able to have quite a big influence on various things.

    As previously explained, devaluation can increase the value of the exposure. Then, when this happens, domestic production activities will also increase so that it requires resources in the production process being carried out. This also encourages the opening of greater job opportunities.

    Then, the devaluation policy can also increase output in the medium and long term. Where later there will be an increase in production indicating more and more business movements so that many investment schemes and new investment are opened in the country.

    Impact of Devaluation

    After knowing the purpose of the devaluation policy, next we will discuss related to the impact provided by the devaluation policy. The reason is, there are several impacts of the devaluation policy that will occur.

    So, for more details, here are some of the impacts of the devaluation policy.

    1. Suppressing the Amount of Imported Goods

    By implementing a devaluation policy, in the end it was able to change the mindset of the people to use local products compared to using foreign products. This makes the devaluation policy more able to increase the use of local products and reduce the number of imported products in the domestic market.

    2. Increased Export Activities

    When a country implements a devaluation that makes the value of the local currency lower than the value of foreign currency, then the devaluation policy can also make the price of local goods considered cheaper by foreigners. This will encourage increased demand for local products by foreigners, so as to increase domestic export activities.

    3. Making Local Products Able to Compete Overseas

    When the people of a country decide to use local products, this condition will encourage the quality of local products to be better. In addition, local products are also able to compete in international markets at more affordable prices.

    The existence of good quality, low prices and a wide selection of products makes foreigners prefer to use imported products at affordable prices which also have the best quality compared to using local products which tend to be more expensive.

    4. Increasing State Foreign Exchange

    When local products are able to compete in the international market and are widely used by foreigners, this condition will increase domestic export activities. Where an increase in export activity can have a positive impact on a country. Then, later the domestic foreign exchange will increase along with increased export activity.

    A devaluation policy that can increase the country’s foreign exchange can be used to establish many companies so that they can create more new jobs.

    5. Balance of Payments is More Balanced

    From the existence of a devaluation policy, a balance of payments will be created. Where an increase in foreign currency will be able to cause domestic export activities to increase and import activities to decrease. As a result of this condition, the trade balance will also experience a deficit and eventually the balance of payments will also be in a deficit.

    Revaluation

    Definition of Revaluation

    After knowing the meaning of devaluation, next we will learn about the meaning of revaluation. Strictly speaking, the revaluation condition is the opposite of the devaluation condition.

    Where revaluation is a policy that will be issued by the government in increasing the local currency against foreign currency. In addition, another opinion states that revaluation is a policy of adjusting the currency value upwards officially in a country against the selected baseline. Where the baseline can have coverage on wage levels, gold prices and foreign currencies.

    A revaluation policy can be issued by the government with the aim of improving a country’s economic condition. That way, it can also mean that there is intervention by the government to maintain the value of the domestic currency to remain stable.

    In general, a revaluation can indeed give a sign that a country is getting better. Even so, on the other hand the revaluation policy will have a negative and positive impact on a country, especially on the people’s economy related to the import and export sector.

    In essence, a revaluation will have an impact on the local currency exchange rate and thus affect the amount of prices that will be paid or received by business actors in the import and export sectors.

    Causes of Revaluation

    Revaluation policies can occur due to various triggering factors. Several causes of revaluation are such as changes in interest rates between countries and major events that can affect economic conditions, such as profitability and competitiveness.

    Revaluation can also be caused by a change in leadership in a country which ultimately results in changes to the stability of certain markets. In addition, speculative market demand can also have an influence on the value of a country’s currency.

    An example of this is speculation about Britain’s exit from the European Union in 2016. This event had an impact on fluctuations in currency values ​​in several countries such as GBP, USD and also Yuan.

    Where at that time there was no certainty whether Britain would actually leave and remain part of the European Union. This condition of uncertainty ultimately causes all forms of action to be considered speculative in nature.

    Revaluation Purpose

    The existence of a revaluation policy is for the economic interests of a country but in the long term. When the value of the local currency is stable over a long period of time, this can give a sign that the economic growth in a country is getting better.

    Moreover, if the trade balance can be said to be in surplus or deficit, it will also have an impact on the value of the local currency. Even so, there are also effects due to the revaluation policy, especially for business people.

    Where the revaluation policy will have an impact on competitiveness and profits for domestic entrepreneurs who carry out export-import activities. With the revaluation will make the price of local goods cheaper in the international market.

    This condition will also put pressure on local business actors to increase productivity, carry out greater promotion of goods so they can be more competitive in the international market and also reduce the price of goods.

     

    Revaluation Impact

    Like devaluation, revaluation also has its own impact. Where later the revaluation policy can help the country’s economic interests in the long term or the long term.

    Simply put, the revaluation policy will be able to make the value of the local currency in a fairly stable position for quite a long time. Where the condition of a fairly stable currency value can be a sign that a country’s economic growth is getting better.

    Even so, the revaluation policy can also have an unfavorable impact on business actors’ competitiveness and the benefits gained when carrying out export-import activities.

    The revaluation policy will make local product prices more affordable in the international market. If this happens, it will put pressure on local entrepreneurs in several aspects. Starting from increasing productivity, promoting greater goods in order to compete in the international market and lowering the price of products sold.

    Well, that’s a review related to devaluation and revaluation. Where both policies will have a significant influence on a country’s economic conditions. Hopefully all the discussion above can add to your insight.

    If you want to find books on accounting or economics, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

    Author: Hendrik Nuryanto

  • What is Cultural Acculturation? Driving Factors and Process Occurrence

    Cultural acculturation will certainly occur in almost all regions in the world. Where cultural acculturation becomes a counterbalance to life that is absurd, but is actually very systematic. One of them is the environment and also the culture of this pluralistic Indonesian society. There is a lot of cultural acculturation that occurs naturally. These forms of cultural acculturation then encourage interaction, customary habits, and also cultural beliefs. In this article, we will discuss more about what cultural acculturation is and the factors that cause it.

    What is Cultural Acculturation?

    In language, acculturation is a word that comes from the Latin word “acculturate” which means to develop and grow together. Acculturation can be called an effort to develop and grow together. Starting from individual changes, then moving to affect a group.

    This cultural acculturation occurs between two different cultures, then meet and merge to become harmonious and peaceful. The combination of these two cultures can give birth to a new culture. Even though there is acculturation of two different cultures, it will not cause the old cultural elements to disappear. The original cultural elements or old elements will still be there, so we don’t need to worry about cultural acculturation. Generally, cultural acculturation occurs between the community or indigenous people and migrants from other areas.

    Understanding of Cultural Acculturation According to Experts

    The following are some definitions of cultural acculturation according to experts, including:

    1. Diaz & Grainer

    According to Diaz and Grainer, acculturation is an individual who adopts certain values, culture, beliefs, and also practices into the new culture they have.

    2. Koentjaraningrat

    According to Koentjaraningrat, cultural acculturation is a social process that usually arises due to the inclusion of foreign cultural elements and occurs continuously. So that these foreign cultural elements will gradually be accepted and become part of the culture itself.

    3. Redfield, Linton, and Herskovits

    According to him, acculturation is a phenomenon that can occur in individuals or groups. Where they actually have an old culture, then a new culture emerges that is interconnected and sustainable. Therefore, the impact will be a touch of change. Whether it’s a change in the original cultural pattern or a change in the two groups themselves.

    4. Berries

    According to Berry, acculturation is a process of cultural and psychological change resulting from contact between two or more cultural groups and their members. The acculturation of this group involves intuition and social structure. While the occurrence of individual acculturation will involve behavior.

    Those are some definitions of cultural acculturation according to some experts. From this explanation, we can conclude that cultural acculturation is a phenomenon that is born when there are individuals or groups who have different cultures. These differences will lead to changes in the original culture and the new culture. The cultural acculturation that occurs will lead to linkages and continuity with one another. It is a form of acceptance of change.

    Whereas if there is a rejection of cultural acculturation from the start, it is clear that acculturation will not be possible. Because, one of the conditions for the formation of acculturation is openness to the influence of other cultures.

    Acculturation Process

    Acculturation itself occurs because of the mixing of foreign cultures with their own culture. Some fields that often experience acculturation are culinary, fashion, architecture, and so on. As explained above, the acculturation process occurs very slowly or slowly. Where acculturation requires quite a long time, namely up to years in order to produce a new culture in society. As we understand, the acculturation process cannot be separated from foreign cultures or cultures from outside the community.

    Foreign culture that enters the community cannot be directly accepted. Community factors are still very influential on the acceptance or rejection of society in a culture in the community. Therefore, not all cultural mixing can become social change. This is what makes the acculturation process take a long time and process.

    Meanwhile, when viewed from the process of cultural acculturation, it can be caused by several factors. Among them are those who fulfill some of the elements below.

    1. Substitution

    It is said to be a substitution because cultural acculturation will replace the old culture with new cultural elements. For example, past and present culture of communication. In the past, long-distance communication would only use telecommunication shops or e-mail. Meanwhile, nowadays, we can communicate super fast using only the internet network. If in the past culture people used kentongan to call residents, now we only need to use a short message application to announce something to many people in an instant.

    2. Addition

    Addition is a mixture of old culture and new culture that directs society to modernity and convenience. For example, in the past, public transportation only used animal power, such as gigs, carts, or horses. Nowadays, transportation can use public transportation, motorbikes, cars, ships, and also airplanes.

    3. Origination

    The process of acculturation of origination culture is an element of culture that enters and is really the first time. So, when new cultural elements enter, it will cause quite prominent changes. For example, when electricity first came to the village, there used to be no electricity at all in the area. So that it changes the behavior of local people fundamentally. Not only can they enjoy the light from the lamp, but they can also watch television, listen to the radio, even now we can also cook using electricity.

    4. Syncretism

    Syncretism is a mixture of two cultural elements, namely the new culture and the old culture. For example, religious teachings from ancestors in Indonesia before the arrival of Islam. The average Indonesian will adhere to the teachings of Hinduism and Buddhism. When Islam began to enter the homeland, acculturation of beliefs began to occur. Where the teachings of Islam in Indonesia become a Javanese belief system due to the fusion of new culture and old culture.

    5. Deculturation

    Maybe many of us are still unfamiliar with the term deculturation. So, deculturation is cultural acculturation that occurs due to the process of losing old cultural elements and being replaced with new cultural elements. For example, in the past, the Indonesian people met their needs for rice from the harvest directly by pounding it in a mortar, only then could it be cooked into rice. But now, from the harvest it can be directly processed using a grinding machine.

    6. Rejection

    While what is meant by rejection is the process of rejection. Usually the rejection occurs because the community is not ready to make social changes. For regions that are still not ready for change, this can have a negative impact.

    Well, those are some of the elements of the process of acculturation. Of these several elements, have you ever felt any of the social changes above?

    Factors Driving Cultural Acculturation

    Cultural acculturation can occur slowly and requires quite a long time. There are several factors that can drive this acculturation. Below are several factors that support the process of cultural acculturation, including:

    1. Advanced Education

    One of the main factors driving acculturation is advanced education. Education can open people’s insight into cultures outside their current culture. The introduction of foreign cultures will have an impact on the imagination of advancing civilization to become even stronger in the face of increasingly advanced times. Not only that, education can also make people more aware of the social impact of culture that comes from outside or culture that already exists in society.

    2. Attitudes and Behavior of Mutual Respect for Culture

    In an effort to create a good relationship with other cultures, people must have attitudes and behaviors of mutual respect between cultures. The attitude and behavior of appreciating this culture cannot be denied as one of the driving factors for cultural acculturation. People who do not have this will be difficult to be influenced by culture that comes from outside. This can lead to feelings of hatred and dislike between cultures. So there will be no cultural acculturation.

    3. Tolerance of Other Cultures

    Everyone is certainly born from a different cultural background. In the midst of these conditions, cultural tolerance has an important role in giving birth to cultural acculturation. Where the attitude of tolerance makes meeting and mixing of cultures easier. This happens because tolerance can create a more open society, without the fear of losing the characteristics of their own culture.

    4. There is a Heterogeneous Society

    The driving factor for cultural acculturation which is quite fast is a heterogeneous society. Where people can meet different cultures. This will make it easier for individuals to learn from different cultures together.

    5. Oriented to the Future

    The future is indeed one thing that everyone will definitely face. Therefore, people who have a future orientation will be more familiar with various plans and preparations. So that it can encourage people to always be open to the development of the times or cultures outside of them.

    The five factors above are factors that encourage internal acculturation of culture. But besides internal factors, below are some external factors that can encourage cultural acculturation. These external factors occur from outside the group or individual. So they have to carry out cultural acculturation, including:

    1. Changes and Natural Phenomena

    One of the external factors that drives cultural acculturation is change and also natural phenomena, such as floods, earthquakes, and so on. Some of these natural phenomena require local people to move because their area can no longer be used as a place to live. This will force people to go and carry out cultural acculturation to a new place of residence.

    2. Foreign Cultural Influence Through Diffusion or Dissemination Process

    People who do not have advanced education will be slow to understand cultures that come from outside. Thus, the presence of people who travel and spread culture will greatly support this acculturation to occur.

    3. International Conflict

    War can be one of the drivers of cultural acculturation if people have the same feelings as victims of war. Apart from being a driving factor, there are also inhibiting factors. So, not all people in an area can undergo a process of cultural acculturation. So that their culture still looks original.

    Acculturation Inhibiting Factors

    The following are some of the inhibiting factors of acculturation in an area, including:

    1. Science in Slow Motion

    Science that moves slowly will greatly affect the quality of education. Where knowledge and education that do not develop will produce a stagnant culture. This greatly hampers acculturation, because people as cultural actors do not have sufficient insight and knowledge about cultures outside of them.

    2. Traditional Community Attitudes

    Usually, traditional people will always adhere to their own culture and assume that the arrival of a new culture can threaten the sustainability of their original culture. Therefore, traditional society is very difficult to accept foreign culture. Traditional societies will tend to close themselves off from foreign cultures because they feel that their culture is the best.

    3. New things are considered taboo

    Cultural acculturation will never happen if people judge that all new things are bad. One of the new things is change. People who find it difficult to accept a new culture will be a factor inhibiting the changes that occur in society. So that acculturation will never happen.

    4. Customs or Habits

    Customs or habits that have been instilled since childhood are one of the inhibiting factors of acculturation. Therefore, when people encounter a new culture, they will perceive it as something foreign. Generally, people who have strong customs tend to find it more difficult to accept a new culture.

    Example of Acculturation

    Examples of cultural acculturation in the lives of Indonesian people are actually very easy to find. This is due to the diversity of ethnicities, cultural entities, religions, and ethnic groups owned by the people of Indonesia. The following are some examples of acculturation that occurred in Indonesia:

    a. Semarang Gambang Art

    Gambang Semarang art is the result of acculturation of Javanese and Chinese culture.

    b. Pelabuhan Ratu, Sukabumi, West Java

    Ratu Sukabumi Harbor is the result of cultural acculturation of the Bugis and Sundanese people who are located in Sukabumi, West Java.

    c. Legit Lapis Cake (in the Dutch colonial era it was called spekkoek)

    Lapis legit cake is one of the traditional foods of the Indonesian people. It turns out that the lapis legit cake is the result of acculturation of Dutch and Indonesian culture.

    d. Soto

    Various soto in Indonesia are the result of acculturation of Chinese culture and Indonesian regions (such as Java, Makassar, Medan).

    e. Milk pie

    Pie Susu, which is usually used as souvenirs for tourists from Bali, turns out to be the result of acculturation of European (English and Portuguese), Chinese (Hong Kong) and Indonesian (Bali) cultures.

    f. Meatbun

    Bakpao is not authentic Indonesian food, it turns out that bakpao is the result of acculturation of Chinese and Indonesian culture in food

    g. Langgar Tinggi Mosque, Pekojan, West Jakarta

    The Langgar Tinggi Mosque is the result of acculturation of Chinese and Javanese culture.

    h. The Sacred Heart of Jesus Pugeran Church, Yogyakarta

    The Church of the Sacred Heart of Jesus Pugeran is the result of acculturation of traditional Javanese and European architectural cultures.

    i. Cekepung Theater Arts

    Cekepung theater art is the result of acculturation of Javanese, Balinese and Lombok cultures. This art is usually performed in Bali.

    j. Sweet soy sauce

    Sweet soy sauce that we use as a food topping is the result of acculturation of European, Chinese and Indonesian cultures.

    Book Recommendations & Related Articles

  • What is Counseling Guidance? Definition, Techniques, Functions, and Benefits

    When we were still in school, of course we were all familiar with counseling or counseling. Since school, the practice of guidance and counseling has become one of the important things for students and also the school itself. This is because an understanding is obtained that later the understanding of guidance and counseling has a very broad scope. Besides being able to play a big role in being an agent of good, counseling guidance can also provide other benefits.

    This counseling refers to the goal of realizing good behavior for young people or students obtained from their counseling guidance teacher so that they have a good personality for their future. The guidance and counseling teacher’s task is to re-polish the personality of their students. At the school level, counseling guidance will assist students in dealing with and solving various kinds of problems or things that exist outside of teaching and learning practices. So it is not surprising that many students are then directed to go to counseling when they have problems, whether they are in school or outside school.

    The goal itself is that this counseling can support the future achievements of its students, in addition to the educational goals and also the teaching that students get from school. Even so, this practice also needs to be balanced with students’ efforts to maximize their respective abilities in solving problems. Then, what is the true meaning of guidance counseling?

    What is Counseling Guidance?

    The definition of counseling guidance or what is often shortened to BK is a series of activities in the form of assistance carried out by an expert in face-to-face counseling, either individually or in groups by providing additional knowledge. It is hoped that this additional knowledge will become a way out to overcome and resolve problems experienced by counseling, namely in a continuous and systematic way. Counseling guidance has also been regulated in the Minister of Education and Culture Decree No. 025/1995 regarding Teacher Functional Guidelines and Credit Points.

    Here it is stated that guidance and counseling are assistance services aimed at students, both individuals and groups, so that they are independent and can still develop optimally. Not only that, the guidance provided also includes social, career, study, and other guidance through a variety of services and also support activities based on applicable norms. In essence, counseling guidance is a process of interaction between the counselor and the counselee. Either directly or indirectly in order to help counselees so they can develop the potential that exists within them or be able to solve the problems they are experiencing.

    In addition, counseling guidance can also be referred to as one of the efforts that are systematic, objective, sustainable, and logical, as well as programmed which is carried out by counselors to provide counselee development facilities so that they can achieve independence and achieve a better life.

    Definition of Guidance Counseling According to Experts

    The following are some definitions of counseling guidance from experts. Let’s get to know what guidance counseling is in more depth through the explanation below:

    1. Abu Ahmadi (1991)

    According to Abu Ahmadi, counseling is assistance given to individuals or groups so that with the potential they have, they are able to develop it optimally by understanding themselves, understanding their surroundings, and also overcoming obstacles to determine better future plans. .

    2. Priyatno and Erman Amti (2004)

    According to them both, guidance is a process of providing assistance carried out by an expert to a person or several individuals, be they children, adolescents, or adults. So that people who are guided can develop their own abilities better. In addition, they also hope to be independent by utilizing individual strengths as well as existing facilities and can be developed based on applicable norms.

    3. Bimo Walgito (2004)

    Meanwhile, Bimo Walgito said that guidance is assistance and assistance given to an individual or a group of individuals to achieve prosperity in their lives.

    4. Syamsu Yusuf (2009)

    According to Syamsu Yusuf, counseling is the process of providing counselor assistance to individuals or counselees on an ongoing basis so that they can understand the potential that exists within themselves and also their environment, accept themselves, develop themselves optimally, and adapt positively. In addition, the counselee is also expected to be constructive towards the demands of the norms of life both religiously and culturally. So that they can achieve a more meaningful life, both personally and socially.

    5. Regulation of the Minister of Education and Culture

    According to him, guidance and counseling is a systematic, logical, objective, as well as continuous and programmed effort carried out by counselors or guidance and counseling teachers. This BK teacher aims to facilitate the development of students or counselees to achieve independence in their respective lives.

    6. Tohirin

    According to Tohirin, guidance and counseling is a process of assistance provided to individuals or groups of counselors or mentors through face-to-face or reciprocal relationships between the two. So that the counselee has the ability or skill to see and find the problem. The counselee is also expected to have the ability to solve his own problems.

    The Purpose of Counseling Guidance

    After understanding the various meanings of guidance and counseling, it is certain that in its implementation, this guidance and counseling will be carried out without being separated from the goals to be achieved. Then, what are the objectives of this counseling guidance? Let’s find out the answer below:

    a. Planning study completion activities, career development, and also the lives of students in the future.
    b. Adapting to the educational environment and also the community environment.
    c. Knowing the difficulties and obstacles faced by students in their studies, adjustment to the educational environment that exists in society.
    d. Developing obstacles and difficulties faced by students in learning systems, adjustments to the educational environment and society.
    e. Develop all potentials by using the strengths possessed by students more optimally.
    f. Having awareness to describe the appearance and recognize the specificity that is in himself.
    g. Can carry out skills or learning techniques effectively.
    h. Can develop a positive attitude, such as describing people they admire.

    Techniques in Counseling and Explanation

    Below are the techniques that exist in counseling, including:

    1. Serving or Attending

    According to Carkhuff (1983), personally serving counselees is one of the efforts made by counselors in giving total attention to counselees. This is shown through gestures and facial expressions.

    2. Empathy

    This empathy technique is closely related to serving. Where empathy in counseling guidance means the counselor’s ability to be able to feel and also put himself in the client’s position by paying attention to the client’s posture and also his facial expressions. Then listen very carefully to what the client is telling and understand it well.

    3. Reflection

    The next technique in guidance and counseling is reflection, where this reflection is an attempt by counselors to get more information about what clients are feeling by reflecting back on the thoughts, feelings, and experiences of clients.

    4. Exploration

    Exploration is the skill of counselors to explore the infrastructure as well as the client’s mind. This exploratory technique allows clients to speak freely without fear, threat, or pressure.

    5. Capture Key Messages

    This one technique requires the counselor to be able to capture the main message conveyed by the client. This is very important and needed, because sometimes clients express their thoughts, feelings, and experiences in a convoluted, circular, and too long way.

    6. Ask to Open Conversation

    This technique is one way that can be used to provoke further conversation. The trick is that the client begins to ask questions, but does not start with the word why, why, and so on, but uses words like these: “what”, “how”, “is there”, “may”, or “can”.

    7. Ask Closed

    The closed question technique is a form of question that is often answered briefly by clients such as yes or no. Where this one technique is used to gather information, clarify and clarify things, and stop client chatter from going too far.

    8. Minimal Push

    This technique is one of the efforts of a counselor so that his client is always involved in the conversation and also opens himself up to the counselor. This encouragement is said with the words “then”, “oh yes”, “and”, and so on with the aim of making the client more enthusiastic in conveying his problem.

    9. Interpretation

    In the interpretation technique, the counselor will use counseling theories and adapt them to the client’s problems. This is done to avoid subjectivity in counseling relationships.

    10. Directing

    This technique requires counselors to have the ability to direct clients to participate fully in the counseling process so that clients are willing to do something directed by the counselor.

    Benefits of Counseling Guidance

    Why guidance and counseling is needed in schools? Guidance and counseling is given to students in schools with the consideration that these students can benefit, including:

    1. Creating a positive view of yourself with a feeling of being happier, better, and also calm and comfortable.
    2. Reducing the level of stress faced by students due to quite a lot of assignments and learning loads or because of other problems they have to face.
    3. Help students to better understand themselves or others. So it will create a close and effective kinship.
    4. Help students to be more able to develop themselves. So that it can use the potential that exists in itself optimally in the future.

    Counseling Guidance Functions in Schools

    Apart from being able to provide quite important benefits for students, guidance and counseling also functions as follows:

    1. Comprehension Function

    Through guidance and counseling, students will be helped to better understand who and how they are. So that they can recognize their potential or the environment they live in.

    2. Development Function

    BK will help students to develop what is their potential. So that later can be useful for the future. In carrying out the development function, counseling is provided through systematic and continuous guidance, facilities that support and create an environment that remains conducive.

    3. Preventive Function

    The preventive function is to provide anticipation for various kinds of problems that may occur and be experienced by students and then make efforts to prevent them.

    4. Facilitation Function

    BK will provide various facilities for students to achieve growth and development as optimal as possible, aligned, harmonious, and also balanced in all aspects of the student’s self.

  • What is Corruption? Causes and Effects

    The definition of corruption along with its causes and ways to overcome corruption is something that is very interesting to study. As you already know, corruption is a common practice in Indonesia. Efforts to eradicate corrupt practices are still being maximized today.

    Even so, it seems that the ingrained habit of corruption has yet to be completely eradicated. Where, corruption is a big homework for this country. In addition to strict enforcement officers to eliminate corruption, an individual mentality that is anti-corruption is also needed. In fact, it is not only the Indonesian state that has been undermined by corruption at almost all levels.

    Many other countries, especially developing countries, are experiencing the same thing. Then, what exactly is corruption? What causes this practice to grow and mushroom and hard to get rid of? The following is a discussion related to corruption, starting from the meaning of corruption, the causes of corruption, to how to deal with corruption.

    Definition of Corruption

    You can find the definition of corruption in various perspectives. As previously mentioned, the notion of corruption can occur from any aspect of life, not only in government. As a result, corruption also develops with so many definitions. Internationally there is no one definition that is the only reference in the whole world regarding what is meant by corruption.

    Corruption is a symptom of society that you can find almost anywhere. The word corruption itself comes from the Latin word corruptio or corruptus which means damage, ugliness, depravity, dishonesty, can be bribed, and immoral chastity.

    Where, the word then appears in English and French, namely “Corruption” which means abusing authority to benefit himself. Meanwhile, based on a complete dictionary called Webster’s Third New International Dictionary, that the notion of corruption is an invitation from a political official with improper consideration, for example a bribe to commit a violation of duty.

    Meanwhile, based on the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), states that the notion of corruption is the misappropriation or misuse of state funds (companies, foundations, organizations, and so on) for personal gain or for other people. Meanwhile, in a broad sense, the notion of corruption is the abuse of official office for personal gain.

    Where, all forms of government/government are prone to corruption in practice. The severity of corruption itself varies from the lightest in the form of the use of influence and support to give and receive help, to the serious corruption that is formalized and so on.

    Not only that, as quoted from kppu.go.id, based on a legal perspective, the definition of corruption has clearly been explained in 13 articles in Law no. 31 of 199 which has been amended by Law no. 20 of 2001 concerning the Eradication of Corruption Crimes. According to these articles, corruption is formulated into 30 forms or types of criminal acts of corruption. These articles explain in detail the actions that can be subject to criminal sanctions due to corruption.

    The 30 forms or types of corruption can basically be categorized into various groups, including the following:

    • State financial losses
    • Bribery bribe
    • Embezzlement in office
    • Extortion
    • Conflict of interest in procurement
    • Cheating
    • Gratification

    Definition of Corruption Based on Experts

    The following are a number of definitions of corruption according to experts. Well, what are they? Let’s get to know the full explanation below.

    1. Based on Syed Hussein Alatas

    In the book Corruption and the Disting of Asia it states that actions that can be categorized as corruption are bribery, nepotism, extortion, and abuse of trust or position for personal gain.

    2. Based on Robert Klitgaard

    The definition of corruption is behavior that deviates from the official duties of a state office due to status gains or money involving personal (individuals, close family, own groups, and others) or violating the rules of implementation of a number of personal behavior.

    3. Based on Jeremy Pope

    According to Jeremy Pope, corruption involves behavior on the part of public sector officials, be they politicians or civil servants. Where, they unfairly and illegally enrich themselves and those close to them to abuse the authority entrusted to them.

    4. Based on Nurdjanah

    The definition of corruption is a term that comes from the Greek language, namely corruptio which means an act that is not good, bad, fraudulent, can be bribed, immoral, deviates from holiness, violates religious, mental and legal norms.

    5. Based on Juniadi Suwartojo

    The definition of corruption is the behavior or actions of a person or more that violates applicable norms by using or abusing power or opportunity through the procurement process, determining receipts or providing facilities or other services carried out in the activities of receiving and disbursing money or assets, money fraud or wealth as well as in permits or other services with the aim of personal or group gain. So that it directly or indirectly harms the financial interests of the state and society.

    6. Based on Haryatmoko

    The definition of corruption is an attempt to use the ability to intervene because of its position to misuse information, decisions, influence, money, or wealth for the benefit of oneself.

    7. Based on Mubrayanto

    The definition of corruption is a political problem more than economics that touches on the legitimacy or legitimacy of government in the eyes of the younger generation, educated elites and officials in general. The consequence that arises from this corruption is reduced support to the government from elite groups at the provincial and district levels.

    Causes of Corruption

    When people’s consumptive behavior and the political system are still aimed at material things, this can increase the occurrence of money games which are the cause of corruption. Where, corruption itself is an act that will never break if there is no change in viewing wealth. The more people who misinterpret wealth, the more people who commit corruption.

    There are 2 (two) main factors that cause corruption, namely internal factors and external factors. So, what causes these two factors? Let’s find out together the explanation below.

    1. Internal Factors

    Internal factors are one of the factors that cause corruption that arise from a person’s self. It is generally characterized by the existence of human nature which belongs to 2 (two) aspects, including:

    Based on Individual Behavior Aspects

    There are several aspects of individual behavior, including the following:

    The Nature of Greed or Greed

    Greed or greed is one of the human traits that always feels lacking with what it has or it can also be said as someone who has a lack of gratitude. Greedy or greedy people will have a desire to increase wealth and wealth by taking actions that harm others, for example corruption.

    Less Strong Morale

    People who do not have strong morals will certainly be easily tempted to commit acts of corruption. One of the causes of this corruption is a milestone for a person’s self-reliance in his life. If a person does not have strong or inconsistent morals, it can make it easy for outside influences to enter into him.

    Consumptive Lifestyle

    Lifestyle is certainly one of the causes of corruption caused by internal factors. If someone has a consumptive lifestyle and their income is less than that consumption, this will be a cause of corruption. Surely this is very closely related to one’s income.

    Based on Social Aspects

    Based on the social aspect, a person can commit acts of corruption. This can happen because of encouragement and support from the family even though it is personal that the person does not want to do it. The environment in this case actually gives encouragement to commit corruption, instead of giving punishment.

    2. External Factors

    External factors that cause corruption will be more inclined to outside influences which include various aspects including:

    Aspects of Public Attitudes Against Corruption

    the cause of corruption in this aspect is when the values ​​in society are conducive to corruption. People do not realize that the main losers or victims of corruption are themselves. In addition, people are also less aware if they are involved in corruption.

    Corruption can certainly be prevented and eradicated if you take an active role in the agenda for preventing and eradicating corruption. Therefore, there is a need for socialization and education regarding awareness in responding to corruption for the community.

    Economic Aspect

    The economic aspect is almost the same as consumptive behavior, there are internal factors. The difference, here is more emphasis on a person’s income not on his consumptive nature. With insufficient income, it can be a cause for someone to commit corruption.

    Political Ace

    In the political aspect, corruption can occur because of political interests and gain and maintain power. In general, in the political aspect this can form unbroken chains of causes of corruption from one person to another.

    Organizational Aspects

    In the organizational aspect, the causes of corruption can occur due to several things, for example, lack of exemplary leadership, lack of the right organizational culture, lack of proper accountability systems, and weak management control systems and weak supervision.

    The Impact of Corruption on a Country

    Corruption is an act that is very detrimental to the country. Corruption causes a number of negative impacts, including the following:

    • Slowing down of a country’s economic growth
    • Increasing poverty
    • Decreasing investment
    • Increasing income inequality
    • Lowering the level of happiness of the people of a country

    In addition, corruption has a very large negative impact on Indonesian society from various walks of life. Starting from the impact on the economy, social, government bureaucracy, politics and democracy, law enforcement, defense and security, as well as the environment. The following are some of the impacts of corruption on the economy by covering:

    Productivity Decline

    Sluggish economic growth and the absence of investment causes productivity to decline. This is what hinders the development of the industrial and production sector to be able to develop even better.

    Sluggish Economic Growth and Investment

    Within the private sector, corruption increases the cost of commerce because of losses from illegal payments, management costs in negotiations with corrupt officials, and the risk of cancellation of agreements or investigations.

    Low Quality of Goods and Services for the Public

    Damaged roads, overturned trains, collapsed bridges, rice not fit to eat, explosions of gas cylinders, inadequate public transportation, fuel damaged people’s vehicles, collapsed school buildings are the reality of the low quality of goods and services as a result of corruption.

    Reducing Revenue From the Tax Sector

    About 70% of the APBN is financed by taxes. Where, Income Tax (Pph) and
    Value Added Tax (VAT) are one type of tax that contributes the most. The decline in income that occurred from the tax sector was exacerbated by the fact that many unscrupulous employees and officials were playing for personal gain and to enrich themselves.

    Increasing State Debt

    Corruption can occur in Indonesia, this can increase foreign debt to swell. Therefore, every citizen is prohibited from committing acts of corruption.

    Types of Corruption

    Quoted from the book “Theory & Practice of Anti-Corruption Education” based on a study conducted by Transparency International Indonesia, corrupt practices include manipulation of state funds, bribery and extortion, money politics and business collusion. Basically, corrupt practices can be grouped into various types, including the following:

    1. Bribery (Bribery)

    Bribery is a payment in the form of money or the like that is given or taken in a corrupt relationship. Thus, in the context of bribery, corruption is the act of paying or receiving bribes. In general, bribery is carried out with the aim of facilitating or facilitating action matters, especially when they have to go through a formal bureaucratic process.

    2. Embezzlement or Embezzlement

    Embezzlement and theft are acts of embezzlement or stealing public money committed by government employees, the private sector or bureaucratic officials.

    3. Fraud

    Fraud can be defined as an economic crime in the form of lies, deception, and behavior. This type of corruption itself is an organized economic crime and generally involves officials.

    In this way, fraudulent activities are also relative activities. Meanwhile, fraudulent activities are relatively more dangerous and have a wider scale than bribery and embezzlement.

    4. Blackmail (Exotic)

    Corruption is a form of extortion, which is a type of corruption that involves officials by forcing them to gain profits in exchange for services provided. There are usually extortion carried out by from above, including carried out by service providers and residents.

    5. Favoritism (favoritsm)

    Favoritism is commonly known as favoritism which means that it is an act of abuse of power which involves an act of privatization of resources.

    How to Eradicate Corruption in Indonesia

    Reporting from the website of the Inspectorate General of the Ministry of PUPR, in the guide to eradicating corruption in an easy and fun way by the KPK RI, there are 3 (three) strategies that can be implemented to eradicate corruption, including:

    1. Repressive

    The repressive strategy is carried out by means of the Corruption Eradication Commission to ensnare corruptors to court, reading out the charges, and presenting witnesses along with musical instruments to strengthen them.

    2. System Repair

    In the system improvement strategy, the KPK provides recommendations to related ministries or institutions to take corrective steps. Not only that, this strategy is also carried out through the arrangement of public services through coordination and supervision of prevention as well as encouraging transparency of state administrators. In order to encourage transparency of state administrators, the KPK accepts LHKPN and gratuities.

    3. Education and Campaigns

    Education and campaigns are carried out as part of prevention and have a strategic role in eradicating corruption. Through this education and campaign, the KPK raises public awareness about the impact of corruption, invites the public to be involved in the anti-corruption movement and builds anti-corruption behavior and society. These educational and campaign activities should be carried out as part of prevention which is carried out not only for students and the general public.

    So, those were some explanations regarding corruption and several other things. Hopefully the discussion above can be helpful and useful for readers.

    Book Recommendations & Related Articles

  • What is Content Creator? Job Prospects and How to Become a Content Creator

    Definition of Content Creator – The magnitude of the development of the internet in Indonesia along with the addition of infrastructure in technology has made business people have the flexibility to choose a media and what format will be used in conveying the best message to their consumers.

    One of the favorite formats for brand owners is endorsement via  content creators. This is considered more effective because it can reach more people with the same interests as the target audience they want.

    There are many brands that are interested in using content creator services to carry out promotions. Its own role in terms of creating interesting content about the product to be advertised. But not only that the content they create must also be creative and useful for their followers.

    A content creator now doesn’t have to be a public figure or a well-known celebrity. However, those who become famous for their skills and creativity in creating content can already become content creators. Check out more details about this profession, following Sinaumed’s:

    A. What is Content Creator?

    Content Creators are tasked with creating content in the form of writing, images or videos that will be displayed on various popular media such as YouTube, Snapchat, Instagram, and many more. Now content is not only limited to images and sound but also in the form of tutorials, vlogging, podcasting and so on.

    Content creators are tasked with collecting ideas and data, then conducting research to create concepts that will be turned into content. After that, they will create content that matches the desired identity and branding in meeting the agreed objectives of the content.

    The knowledge needed in this profession includes knowledge of media production, communication, and techniques and methods of its dissemination. Including alternatives to inform and entertain the audience through written, spoken, and visual media.

    Knowledge of the techniques, tools, and design principles involved in producing precise technical plans, blueprints, drawings, and models is required for this profession. In addition, a content creator is also required to multitask in various ways, ranging from soft skills to hard skills, has the ability to write attractive advertising language, can also collaborate, because a successful content creator does not stand alone.

    They build networks with other content creators to create content that audiences can enjoy . As you can see on YouTube today, there are many content creators  who create content together. They collaborate to increase the number of subscribers besides studying the success of each other’s content. This Professional Responsibilities include:

    • Collect ideas, data, and conduct research and create concepts to produce content that is attractive to audiences
    • Audience Research  to find out the various needs of your audience . FYI, your creativity must continue to follow the pattern of audience needs, so understand your audience as best you can
    • Customize content with the selected platform. In this case a content creator can produce works that are multi-platform
    • Not only with the ability to write, create video content and even dubber. A content creator must understand things related to SEO, because through good SEO management your content will be easily found through the Google search engine and will greatly affect traffic.
    • Re-evaluate every content that has been broadcast, and analyze what kind of content your audience needs and likes
    • Try to always be updated with everything that is happening in your industry. For example, if you are a Content Creator in the food vlogging category, then make sure you follow the cafe or food trends that are trending at the time.
    • Produce content that truly matches the desired identity and branding, as well as quality. As a content creator, you must be able to professionally create a variety of the highest quality content that you can provide to your audience

    The requirements to become a content creator include a bachelor’s degree from the majoring in English, Journalism, Marketing or other related fields. Experience uploading content to various content management systems (Content Management Systems/CMS), such as WordPress, Joomla, Drupal, Shopify, Wix, XSitePro, and others. Experience in creating strong and interesting content, as evidenced by the portfolio.

    It would be great if you have work experience as a Content Creator/Content Writer. Good understanding of SEO (Search Engine Optimization) practices. Demonstrates excellence in writing, proofreading, and editing. Excellent skills in research, organization and time management. Strong listening and communication skills. Capacity to work independently and collaboratively. Ability to work efficiently without compromising quality or accuracy.

    B. Content Creator Work Prospects

    Broadly speaking, the task of a content creator is to create content that is liked by the audience so that the account continues to grow. To be liked by the audience, content must be useful or enjoyable to view or consume. Specifically for content creators for personal accounts, they usually choose a topic to develop their content. Of course, becoming a content creator is not instantaneous, you must have persistence and certain skills. Content creators work for themselves and can work from anywhere, whether from home, cafe, studio and others. The difference between one content creator and another lies in the type of content and media they use, here are some of them, as you describe, Sinaumed’s:

    1. Youtubers

    • The most basic thing before starting a YouTube career is determining the goals you actually want to achieve. Are the videos you make to entertain the audience (make sketches), provide cooking tips, beauty, build robots, or just for fun, do you want to share your daily vlog with the audience? It could also be that your main goal is to work fully as a professional YouTuber.
    • Create content according to expertise. After determining the goal, the next step is to determine the content or video content. Content, of course, has a close relationship with the goals you have set and the skills you have mastered.
    • After determining the strategy, now is the time for you to prepare the tools for war. Video quality is one of the important points that you should pay attention to because no matter how good the content of your video is, poor video quality won’t invite people to see it. To produce quality video, of course you need a good camera, lighting for promising visual quality, and a mic for clear audio quality.
    • In the next stage, you need a laptop and the right program to enhance the video you recorded earlier. You can look for some program references for editing videos that you think are easy and comfortable to use.
    • Branding, this stage is arguably the most difficult stage in your journey to become a successful YouTuber. After your videos have been successfully uploaded on the YouTube channel, you need to think about how to get more people to know and get to know your channel.

    2. Instagrammers

    The way to have lots of followers on Instagram is easy, Sinaumed’s, first determine your Instagram theme (whether it’s about travel, food, tips, beauty fashion, choose one and be consistent with the theme), upload quality photos based on photography, don’t just do it. To get lots of likes in addition to good quality photos (composition, color, etc.), lastly, don’t forget to include captions that are interesting and informative or useful for others. Instagrammer’s duties include:

    • Produce Instagram content (visuals and captions) that match the concept or branding of their account
    • Uploading Instagram feed regularly
    • Most professional Instagrammers also take and edit pictures or videos
    • Promote their Instagram account
    • Take responsibility for the content of their Instagram

    The skills needed for this profession include the ability to think critically, use logic and reasoning to identify the strengths and weaknesses of alternative solutions, conclusions, or approach to the problems being handled.

    In addition, the ability to Persuasion or Persuading others to change their thoughts and behavior. Writing Ability Communicating effectively through writing that suits the needs of the audience Creative Ability to imagine and create original ideas, especially related to work that is artistic in nature.

    3. Travel bloggers

    Initially, the work of a travel blogger also started as a hobby of traveling which later turned into a travel blogger who earns, of course. For this work, a Travel Blogger must also maintain its existence so that it can continue to share travel stories in an updated manner.

    You could say travel blogger is one of the most popular professions of many people. In addition to channeling the hobby of traveling, a travel blogger will also earn money or enjoy various travel facilities with free plane tickets and lodging. Fun is not it? With the increasing public need for information about traveling , making the profession of a travel blogger more promising.

    C. Steps to Become a Successful Content Creator

    Some of the duties of being a content creator include writing, reviewing, editing, and updating content for websites, blogs, marketing materials, and other platforms prior to publication. Promote content on social networks and monitor the extent of engagement of followers (as seen from comments, likes and shares).

    Conduct research and in-person interviews (if needed) to learn more about recent trends, developments, and perceptions of the subject matter, and contextualize the findings. Assist creative team with promotional material design. Coordinate with marketing and design teams to illustrate articles.

    Use social media to engage consumers, respond to questions or complaints, and promote company initiatives. Collaborate with internal departments to set product campaign goals, complete tasks, and identify and solve problems.

    Monitor social media metrics and company website. Utilize SEO (Search Engine Optimization) methods to increase website/site traffic. Conduct keyword research and use SEO guidelines for content optimization. Suggest new ways/strategies to promote the company’s offerings and reach consumers.

    Researching industry or business related topics developed by the company. Prepare well-structured drafts using digital word processing and publishing platforms. Create and distribute marketing copy for the purpose of advertising the company and its products. There are several ways you can do it to become a successful content creator, including:

    • Choose Content According to Your Passion: The first thing you need to do is choose the type of content that suits your passion. Because, whatever you do with passion, the result will inspire many people.
    • Create Original Work: If you are interested in entering this world, then the most important thing to do is to create original work. Be yourself when you work, and don’t plagiarize other people’s work.
    • Always updated with the latest things: Always be updated with the latest news. By always following the latest news, the content you create will be more relevant and needed by the community.
    • A reliable content creator must also be up to date about things that are happening around him. By knowing the topics that are currently being discussed, you might be able to find content ideas that are relevant to the theme of your channel. The method is very easy, you can read news portals, social media trends, and explore Google Trends.
    • In creating content, of course, a content creator must produce original content. Original content is produced from the creativity of a content creator. To get content ideas, you can look for references to other creators’ content on the same platform or different platforms. If you find yourself having a hard time coming up with content ideas, worry not! Your creativity will be honed along with the amount of content you create.

    Does Sinaumed’s understand the currently hyped profession among Millennials, namely Content Creator? If you haven’t yet, Sinaumed’s can buy and read the book “New Content Marketing” by Iwan Setiawan & Yosanova Savitry. This book is available in soft cover and eBook form. Sinaumed’s can purchase the book through sinaumedia.com.

    sinaumedia will always be #Friends Without Limits by always providing quality and easily accessible books for all of you.

    Also read articles related to “Content Creator” :

    • Definition of Marketing Management
    • Definition of Goods Market
    • Banking Institution
    • Definition of APBN
    • Understanding the System and Types of Payment Instruments in Indonesia
    • Get to know the Types and Forms of Business Entities in Indonesia
    • Definition of Inflation: Causes, Types, Impact and Role of the Central Bank

    1. Quickly Become a Youtuber and Content Creator

    2. New Content Marketing

    Source: from various sources

  • What is Commissioner? How important is its role?

    What’s a commissioner? – Commissioner is one part of the company. Commissioner is an important position in the company. Not just anyone, to reach the position of commissioner is also not easy.

    Commissioners are people who will take part in the achievement of a company. Is the company running well or not. Commissioners are people who have to provide oversight and provide advice to the directors and their subordinates.

    Before knowing more about commissioners, see the explanations below

    Definition of Commissioner

    Commissioner is the highest position in a company. Sometimes, someone who serves as a commissioner can act as a shareholder or owner of the company. The position of the commissioner will work closely with the directors.

    In addition, commissioners also have responsibility for the progress of the company. As well as supervise the parties under it effectively.

    Commissioner is a designated position, the point is to oversee all company activities. Especially like the policies and management of a company. Generally, the position of commissioner will be filled by a group of people.

    This group of people is called the board of commissioners. The board of commissioners will be chaired by a main commissioner. The position of commissioner is important in a company.

    A company leader, such as directors will need supervision. The goal is to be able to make policies in accordance with the vision and mission of the company. Not only that, commissioners can also change the leadership of a company.

    This is done if it is felt that the company leader cannot carry out his responsibilities properly.

    As explained briefly above, the commissioner is the highest position in a company. Sometimes, the commissioners also act as a company owner. Not only that, the commissioner can also act as a shareholder of the company.

    The commissioners are people who work closely with the directors. Apart from being responsible for the development of the company, they will also command various parties within the company. In this case, the commissioner will also oversee the running of the company.

    Why is the commissioner a very important position? Because, the directors also need supervision. So that they can carry out their duties properly. Every company certainly has a commissioner.

    Commissioners Duties and Responsibilities

    • Give orders to the company, by implementing various policies and broad objectives of the company or organization it leads.
    • Has the right to support, elect, appoint and even give an assessment on the performance of the directors of the company he leads.
    • Duty to ensure that the company’s financial resources are sufficient.
    • Responsible for approving the annual budget.
    • Responsible for the performance of the company to the shareholders
    • Can determine the nominal salary and compensation that will be received by each member of the board of commissioners in the company.

    In article 114, Law no. 40 of 2007, regarding limited liability companies or UUPT, there are several main functions and main tasks of a commissioner. The main duties and main functions of a commissioner are as follows:

    • The board of commissioners can supervise company policies.
    • The board of commissioners can supervise operational management in general. Both matters related to the company and the company’s business.
    • The board of commissioners can provide advice to the board of directors.
    • Providing advice and supervision is carried out in the interests of the company. Conducted in accordance with the aims and objectives of the company.
    • The board of commissioners will carry out their duties with full attention, good intentions and be responsible for the interests of the company.
    • The board of commissioners must take responsibility if there is a loss suffered by the company, if they are negligent in carrying out their duties and functions.

    However, even though the commissioners must take personal responsibility for losses that may be experienced by the company, the board of commissioners cannot be held directly responsible for these losses. Especially if the commissioner proves several things, such as:

    • The commissioners have finished carrying out supervision with good intentions and are very careful, in the interests of the company. Also in accordance with the main goals and objectives of the company.
    • The commissioners have no personal interest, directly or indirectly, in an act of management of the directors which may result in a loss.
    • The commissioners have been able to give all their advice to the board of directors. To prevent the occurrence or continuation of such losses.

    Then, in article 116 of the Company Law, the board of commissioners also has several obligations in carrying out their functions and duties. The obligations of the commissioners are as follows:

    • The board of commissioners makes a minutes of meeting of the board of commissioners. Then keep a copy neatly. The goal is to make it easy to find when you need it later.
    • The board of commissioners must provide a report to the company or company. The report is related to share ownership or family to the company.
    • The board of commissioners must report on the duties and supervision that have been carried out during the new standard year that has just passed at the GMS.

    What is the difference between an Independent Commissioner and a Main Commissioner?

    Then, what is the difference between an independent commissioner and a delegation commissioner?

    Independent commissioners are commissioners who are from outsiders. Then, based on a decision he is appointed at the GMS or General Meeting of Shareholders. The legal position for an independent commissioner in the organ of the board of commissioners is a commissioner who is classified as independent.

    Therefore, an independent commissioner must at least be able to fulfill various main requirements. such as having no affiliation with any party, especially with major shareholders, other members of the board of commissioners, and members of the board of directors who have been regulated in an articles of association.

    While the delegation commissioner is a commissioner who is elected based on a decision from the meeting of the board of commissioners. In law, the position of delegation commissioner is an inseparable part of the board of commissioners.

    In addition, what distinguishes independent commissioners and delegation commissioners is the process of selecting or appointing them. Independent commissioners will be selected based on the resolution of the GMS or General Meeting of Shareholders. While the delegation commissioners will be selected based on the meeting of the board of commissioners.

    How Much is the Commissioner’s Salary?

    As you know, there are several types of companies. Is the company privately owned, or state-owned (BUMN). This will affect the salary of the commissioners.

    A commissioner’s salary is determined using the basis for calculating remuneration. Generally, the chief commissioner will earn around 45% of the salary earned by the chief director. If there are other commissioners, then the amount of salary they will get is 90% of the salary of the main commissioner.

    However, the size of this presentation also depends on the policies or rules of the company itself. Meanwhile, commissioners in state-owned companies or BUMN are regulated in the Minister of BUMN Regulation Number Per-12/MBU/11/2020.

    This regulation is the fifth amendment to the Minister of BUMN Regulation PER-04/MBU/2014, concerning Guidelines for Determining the Income of Directors, Board of Commissioners and Board of Trustees of State-Owned Enterprises.

    The amount of performance incentives from commissioners has been stipulated in CHAPTER 2, number 13, part E. It is stated that the main commissioner will receive a salary of around 45% of the salary earned by the main director.

    Meanwhile, the deputy main commissioner will receive a salary of around 42.5% of the salary earned by the main director. The board of commissioners will receive a salary of 90% of the main commissioner’s salary.

    Appointment or Election of Commissioners

    GMS is a meeting, where the shareholders can have exclusive authority. The authority referred to here is to obtain information about the company from the directors or commissioners. As well as decision making on policies in a company.

    In the law, it is explained that the GMS has a central function for shareholders. This function can be used in determining various policies regarding the company.

    The requirement to become a commissioner or board of commissioners is a person who is considered capable and capable of carrying out legal actions. A person who becomes a commissioner is not allowed to have ever been bankrupt, have committed a crime related to finance, or have the potential to bankrupt a company.

    Referring to Law no. 40 of 2007, shareholders who have represented at least 1/10 of the total shares with voting rights, can sue members of the board of commissioners who have negligence or mistakes that have the potential to cause losses to the company. The shareholder can report it to the district court.

    This case will certainly be different from the appointment or election of BUMN commissioners. This is because SOEs are companies owned by the state. Based on this, the appointment or selection of commissioners is also the authority of the government or the state.

    Based on Presidential Instruction No. 8, 2005, it is explained that the appointment of SOE commissioners must go through a feasibility test that is accountable and transparent. In addition, the names that are shortlisted to become commissioners must also have gone through an assessment from the TPA or the Final Assessment Team.

    The final assessment team consists of several key people. Such as the President, Vice President, Minister of Empowerment, Minister of BUMN, State Apparatus, Head of the State Intelligence Agency and Cabinet Secretary. As well as technical ministers in accordance with the business activities of the relevant BUMN company.

    After the candidate for BUMN commissioner has been deemed worthy by the final assessment team, he can then be appointed as a commissioner at the relevant BUMN GMS.

    Conclusion

    In addition, the board of commissioners also has the duty and responsibility to provide input and advice to the company’s board of directors. Apart from being the duties and responsibilities of the board of commissioners, this is also done so that the company has a good image in the eyes of the public and its shareholders.

    The board of commissioners must also be able to monitor the smooth running and health of the company’s finances. In this case, the directors of the company through their subordinates must be able to provide neat and accurate financial reports. The goal is to be reported to the board of commissioners. In order to be able to make the right policies in the future within the company.

    That is an explanation of what a commissioner is. Find more information at www.sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

    Author: Wida Kurniasih

    Source: from various sources

    • Types of Economic Activities and Examples
    • Introduction to Microeconomics: Definition, Theory, Purpose and Scope
    • Understanding and Theory of International Trade According to Experts
    • Banking Institutions: Definition, History, Laws and Types
    • Definition of Entrepreneurship: Concept, Purpose, Nature and Types of Entrepreneurship
  • What is Caviar, its benefits and preparations

    What is caviar? For some people it might sound foreign when they hear the word “caviar”. Caviar is a food that is believed to be very expensive. Even so, the content in it is very much and beneficial to the health of the body.

    Then, what makes this one food expensive? And where does it come from and how is it processed? Here’s a further explanation.

    Origin of Caviar

    Caviar is a food made from certain fish eggs, generally sturgeon fish, which have been processed and salted. These foods are commercially marketed as luxury foods. Apart from that, this caviar is usually used as a complement to a dish.

    Caviar has various types with different price ranges. Each price of this caviar really depends on the quality and also the type of caviar itself. The price of caviar is estimated to be around IDR 1,549,000 to IDR 3,484,000 . This price is usually sold in 30 grams . Although the price is expensive, caviar has a very delicious taste.

    The highest quality caviar is harvested when the female sturgeon is ready to spawn. Then, when out in the wild, sturgeons that are about to spawn usually move from salt water to creeks. Here, it’s time for them to be caught.

    Meanwhile, female sturgeon fish in the farm are usually monitored using a special machine to find out when the eggs are ready to be harvested. The number of eggs produced in one harvest can vary. The difference is usually seen from the size of the sturgeon.

    In general, the most abundant black caviar comes from the caviar of the Caspian sea sturgeon in Azerbaijan, Iran, Russia and Kazakhstan. Meanwhile, the most expensive types of caviar are the Beluga, Ossetra and Sevruga varieties.

     

    Kinds of Caviar

    After discussing the origin of caviar, in the next discussion we will discuss the various types of caviar. The following is an explanation of the types of caviar:

    1. Beluga Caviar

    Beluga caviar is the most expensive variant, why is that? This is because the female fish takes about 10-15 years for caviar to start producing eggs.

    These caviar beads are large, plump, and sturdy. The color can range from light gray to dark gray. Beluga caviar has a distinctive taste, which is soft and almost like butter.

    Previously the female fish had to be killed to take the eggs. However, now with the advancement of technology, the environmentally friendly fishing methods used do not involve killing the female fish.

    2. Ossetra Caviar

    Ossetra caviar is one of the most valuable and expensive types of caviar (surpassed only by beluga caviar in price). This caviar is obtained from the Osetra sturgeon which weighs 50-400 pounds and can live up to 50 years.

    Ossetra caviar varies from dark brown to golden in color. The milder varieties are more sought after, as they have the richest flavor and come from the oldest sturgeon. Golden Ossetra is a rare form of Ossetra caviar, and is golden yellow in color with a very rich flavour.

    In Russia, there are different names for sturgeon species that live in different regions such as Beluga ( Huso huso ), Sevruga ( Acipenser stellatus ) and Sterlet ( Acipenser ruthenus ). The name Ossetra corresponds to the species Acipenser gueldenstaedtii which is much smaller than the beluga sturgeon ( Huso huso ), and has a firmer texture.

    On the territory of the Russian Federation there are other types of sturgeon, such as, Siberian sturgeon ( Acipenser Baerii ) which is cultivated worldwide because it can adapt to a wider range of habitats. It starts producing caviar faster than Acipenser gueldenstaedtii.

    3. Caviar Sevruga

    Salted roe of the sturgeon sevruga species is one of the most common and popular caviar variants in the world. This fish comes from the Black and Caspian Seas. Sevruga caviar is one of the highest priced varieties of caviar, only inferior in price to the beluga and ossetra varieties. Sevruga caviar can also be found, made from a mixture of Osetra and Sevruga caviar that has been heated in a salt solution.

    This caviar is harvested from a variety of endangered species of sturgeon fish, known for their tiny gray eggs. In Eastern Europe, it is harvested from the Sevruga sturgeon ( Acipenser stellatus ), Sterlet sturgeon ( Acipenser ruthenus ) and Siberian sturgeon ( Acipenser baerii ), which originate in the Caspian Sea and surrounding rivers.

    This fish reproduces faster than other sturgeon variants, resulting in abundant caviar production at a relatively more affordable price when compared to beluga and ossetra caviar. In addition, this type of caviar is also easy to find.

    It is estimated that about half of this caviar production comes from Sevruga. Sevruga caviar eggs are pearl gray in color, and they are smaller in size than other sturgeon. Talking about the taste, it tastes more salty when compared to other varieties. Even so, there are some variations depending on the origin of the fish. Caviar sevruga is usually packaged in red cans.

    Caviar has a small size with a salty and buttery taste. The general color ranges from light gray to black. This type of caviar is best served plain without any additives, or it can be enjoyed exclusively with pearls or a wooden spoon.

    4. Starlet Caviar

    Starlet caviar is a variant of caviar harvested from starlet sturgeon which is native to the rivers that flow into the Caspian, Black, Baltic, Barents and Azov seas. This breed is one of the smallest sturgeons.

    This type has a faster maturity rate than other sturgeon variants. In the IUCN list, the starlet sturgeon is included in the list of vulnerable fish. Currently, most of this type of fish is raised on farms.

    The eggs are small and smooth. The color ranges from light gray to dark gray. Caviar has a mild, slightly sweet, buttery taste. This food is perfect when combined with buttered toast, blini, potatoes or eggs.

     

     

    Caviar Nutrition

    Caviar is very fragile and must be kept cold before consumption. Pasteurized caviar has a slightly different texture, so this type of caviar is not brittle and may not be refrigerated before opening.

    Solid caviar consists of broken or brittle eggs and can be a combination of several different fish eggs, so this type of caviar is specially treated, salted and compacted.

    Although a spoonful of caviar can meet the needs of an adult for vitamin B12 in a day, the salt and cholesterol content is also high. Therefore, for those who have a risk of cholesterol disease, you should not consume caviar in excess.

    In one tablespoon of caviar or about 16 grams it contains several nutrients, such as:

    • Calories: 42
    • Fat: 2.86 grams
    • Carbs: 0.64 grams
    • Fiber: 0 grams
    • Protein: 3.94 grams
    • Sodium: 240 milli grams
    • Cholesterol: 94 milli grams

    Caviar Benefits for Health

    This expensive food if we consume it certainly has many benefits for the health of the body. The benefits of consuming caviar for health include:

    1. Maintain the Function of the Heart and Blood Vessels

    The content of omega-3 fatty acids in caviar has the benefit of optimizing the function of the heart and blood vessels.

    The following are the benefits of omega-3 fatty acids for the function of the heart and blood vessels:

    • Lowering triglyceride or blood fat levels.
    • Reducing the risk of irregular heartbeats (arrhythmias).
    • Slows the buildup of plaque that can clog arteries.
    • Lowers blood pressure.

    2. Maintain Skin Health

    Apart from food, caviar is often found in beauty products. For example skin care products for anti-aging or anti-aging. This is due to the high content of omega-3 fatty acids, vitamin A and vitamin E in caviar.

    That is why consuming caviar regularly helps maintain healthy skin. This includes dealing with scaly skin dermatitis, and the skin feels rough.

    3. Good for Bone Health

    Another benefit of caviar lies in its high calcium and vitamin D content. Adequate intake of calcium and vitamin D is important for maintaining long-term bone health.

    As we get older, bone-related diseases are at risk, such as arthritis and osteoporosis. That is why, it is important to meet calcium and vitamin D intake from a young age. There are various foods and drinks that are sources of calcium and vitamin D, one of which is found in caviar.

    4. Maintain Eye Health

    Vitamin A plays an important role in optimizing and maintaining visual function. One of the benefits of vitamin A for the eyes is to keep the cornea area, namely the clear and thin layer at the front of the eyeball, so that it stays good.

    In addition, vitamin A is a component in rhodopsin. Rhodopsin is the pigment in the eye which is responsible for receiving light, including when the light is low (a bit dark).

    5. Supports Brain Function and Health

    Omega 3 fatty acids, protein, and antioxidants play an important role in maintaining brain health and function.

    These nutrients are known to play a role in improving memory and concentration as well as preventing senility or dementia, especially in the elderly.

    6. Relieves Inflammation

    A research shows that the content of omega-3 fatty acids can relieve symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis, especially swelling in the joints. This benefit is due to the nature of omega-3 fatty acids which can reduce inflammation in the body.

    Those are some of the benefits of caviar, Sinaumed’s. After knowing the benefits of caviar, are you interested in consuming caviar?

    How to Eat Caviar

    The best way to enjoy caviar is to eat it with a spoon. It would be nice, avoid eating caviar using a metal spoon because it can affect the taste.

    There are also people who put caviar on the back of their hand, then immediately enjoy it. This method is actually to test the quality of caviar before people buy it.

    In addition, caviar is also suitable served with crackers , toast points, or blini. Not only that, caviar can be used as a complement in the final touch of appetizers and pasta toppings.

    Processed Caviar

    Interested in trying caviar? The following are processed menus that Sinaumed’s can try with caviar-based ingredients:

    1. Eggs Stuffed with Red Caviar and Cheese

    Ingredients:

    • 5 chicken eggs
    • 50 – 70 grams of hard cheese
    • 70 – 80 grams of red caviar
    • Mayonnaise
    • Salt
    • Green leaves

    How to make:

    1. Peel the previously boiled egg shell, halve and remove the yolk.
    2. Grate the cheese, mix with mayonnaise and yolks.
    3. Make sure you don’t add too much mayonnaise to keep the dough in shape.
    4. Mix and add a little salt.
    5. Fill the eggs with this dough. Do not fill too much.
    6. Top with caviar.

    2. Biscuit Topping Caviar

    For processing this one menu is quite easy. You only need biscuits as a base. Put cream cheese on top of the biscuits, and top with caviar. You can decorate them with leaves, or replace the biscuits with chips.

    You have to eat this snack as soon as possible so the biscuits or chips don’t get soggy. You can also serve caviar over cucumbers. Easy isn’t it?

    3. Caviar Topping Pancakes

    First of all, you have to make egg pancakes or omelette first. Then, brush the pancakes with cream cheese, and roll them up. Cut into small pieces and place vertically on a serving plate. Top with caviar.

    Apart from that, you can also make draniki, small potato pancakes and put cream cheese and caviar on top. Good luck!

    4. Salmon and Caviar Roll

    This menu is also fairly easy. You can simply slice salted or smoked salmon thinly lengthwise, or buy pre-made slices as a start. Then, put a teaspoon of butter, roll it up and place it vertically on a plate. You can tie the salmon with the leeks, then place the caviar on top.

    5. Starsky salad

    Ingredients:

    • Squid 300 grams
    • Cheese 200 grams
    • Boiled potatoes 6 pieces
    • 6 eggs
    • Red caviar 160 grams
    • Mayonnaise and salt

    How to make:

    1. Clean and boil the squid until they turn white for a maximum of five minutes.
    2. Slice the squid, eggs and potatoes.
    3. Grate the cheese in medium size.
    4. All raw materials must be placed on a plate in the following order: squid, potatoes, eggs and cheese.
    5. Cover the arrangement with mayonnaise and salt. Garnish with red caviar.

    6. Egg Topping Caviar

    Ingredients:

    • 6 eggs
    • 50 grams of mashed boiled potatoes
    • 1 tsp mustard
    • 1/2 tsp ground pepper
    • 1/2 tsp salt
    • 1/4 tsp granulated sugar
    • 1 1/2 tbsp tobiko

    How to make:

    1. Boil eggs until cooked.
    2. Peel the egg shell in half lengthwise while still hot.
    3. Take out the yolk and set aside the egg white.
    4. Grind the egg yolks and mix with the potatoes, mustard, pepper, salt, sugar and then mix well.
    5. Put in a triangular bag. Prepare a star syringe and then an egg yolk syringe into the egg white bowl pieces.
    6. Sprinkle caviar

    7. Caviar Sandwiches

    Ingredients:

    • Bread
    • Vegetables
    • Mayonnaise
    • Sauce
    • Meat

    How to make:

    1. Bake the bread until crisp
    2. Cut the vegetables and wash them clean.
    3. Put vegetables on the bread
    4. Fill with meat, sauce, mayonnaise
    5. Cover the sandwich with more bread on top.
    6. And don’t forget to top it with caviar
    7. Caviar sandwiches are ready to be enjoyed

    Caviar is a processed food whose price is quite expensive. Therefore, not everyone can enjoy caviar. Even so, consuming caviar, you should not overdo it because it can cause side effects and can interfere with the body’s health.

    Thus the discussion about caviar, from its origin to its processing. Then, is Sinaumed’s interested in trying this expensive caviar dish?

    To get more information, Sinaumed’s can read books available at sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

    Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

     

  • What is Biochemistry and What are Biomolecules

    The term biochemistry was first introduced in 1903 by Karl Neuber, a German chemist. Since then, biochemistry has progressed, especially since the mid-20th century, with the advent of new techniques such as chromatography, X-ray diffraction, electrophoresis, RMI (nuclear magnetic resonance, NMR), radioisotope labeling, electron microscopy, and molecular dynamics simulations. . These techniques then enable the discovery and deeper analysis of various molecular and cellular metabolic pathways, such as glycolysis and the Krebs cycle. Let’s take a closer look at the following explanation of Biochemistry, Sinaumed’s:

    What is Biochemistry

    Biochemistry is a field of science that studies the knowledge of the structure, function and interactions of biomolecules that make up cells, reaction mechanisms of enzyme catalysis, energetics and cell metabolic reactions, signal transduction processes related to the biological and physiological functions of cells at the molecular level and genetic information.

    History of the Development of Biochemistry

    The biochemical renaissance began with the discovery of the first enzyme molecule, diastase, in 1833 by Anselme Payen. In 1828, Friedrich Wöhler published a book on the synthesis of urea, which proved that organic compounds could be made independently. Biochemistry also deals with the functions of molecules, elements, and chemical molecules found in living organisms, their functions, amounts and ratios, and how they interact with each other which are discussed in Biochemistry books.

    This discovery is contrary to the understanding that believes that organic compounds can only be made by organisms. The development of new sciences such as bioinformatics also helps a lot in forecasting and modeling the structure of giant molecules. Today, biochemical discoveries are used in a variety of fields, from genetics to molecular biology and from agriculture to medicine. Learn more in the book Health Analysis Practicum Biochemistry which discusses basic theory, reactions, and practice questions.

    The first application of biochemistry was probably in the manufacture of bread using yeast, some 5000 years ago. Another important discovery in the field of biochemistry is the discovery of genes and their role in transferring information within cells. This part of biochemistry is sometimes also called molecular biology. Next:

    • In the 1950s, James D. Watson, Francis Crick, Rosalind Franklin, and Maurice Wilkins discovered how the structure of DNA and tried to find its relationship with the transfer of genetic information.
    • In 1958, George Beadle and Edward Tatum won the Nobel Prize for their research on fungi which showed that one gene produces one enzyme.
    • In 1988, Colin Pitchfork was the first person to be convicted of a crime through DNA evidence.
    • More recently, Andrew Z. Fire and Craig C. Mello won the Nobel Prize in 2006 for discovering the function of RNA interference (RNAi).

    Learn various basic biochemical concepts systematically at the theoretical and practical levels through the book Biochemistry Concepts and Practice Questions by Dr. Yohanis Ngili, M.Sc.

     

    What are Biomolecules?

    Biomolecules are simple organic compounds that form living organisms and are characteristic as products of biological activity.

    In understanding various molecular aspects in an integrated manner, Sinaumed’s can read the book Biomolecular: For Basic Medical Science by Abdillah Imron Nasution which is below.

    Many biological molecules are “polymers.” In this case, monomers are macromolecules that are relatively small and combine together to form macromolecules, which are also called “polymers”. When many monomers combine to synthesize a biological polymer, they then go through a process known as dehydration synthesis. There are four main classes of molecules in biochemistry, namely:

    Carbohydrate

    Carbohydrates or Charcoal Hydrates are nutrients whose main function is to produce energy, where each gram produces 4 calories. Humans need energy as fuel for activities and most of this energy is met by the process of carbohydrate metabolism. In a series of reactions for the process of carbohydrate metabolism against a catalyst that works very specifically which you can study in detail in the Biochemistry book below.

    Although fat produces more energy, more carbohydrates are consumed daily as a staple food, especially in developing countries. In developing countries carbohydrates are consumed around 70-80% of total calories, even in poor areas it can reach 90%.

    Whereas in developed countries carbohydrates are consumed only about 40-60%. This is because food sources that contain carbohydrates are cheaper in price than food sources that are rich in fat or protein.

    Lipids

    Lipids are usually formed from one molecule of glycerol joined to another molecule. In triglycerides, there is one mole of glycerol and three molecules of fatty acids. In this case, the fatty acids are monomers. Lipids, especially phospholipids, are also used in some pharmaceutical products, for example as solvents (eg in parenteral infusions) or as components of drug carriers (eg in liposomes or transfersomes).

    Proteins

    Proteins are very large molecules-or macro-biopolymers that are composed of monomers called amino acids. There are 20 standard amino acids, each consisting of a carboxyl group, an amino group, and a side chain (referred to as an “R” group). This “R” group is what makes each amino acid different, and the characteristics of this side chain will have an overall effect on a protein.

    When amino acids join, they form special bonds called peptide bonds through dehydration synthesis, and become polypeptides, or proteins. Learn more about this in the book Protein – The Easy & Uplifting Biochemistry Series.

     

    Nucleic Acid

    Nucleic acids are the molecules that make up DNA, a very important substance used by all cellular organisms to store genetic information. The most common types of nucleic acids are deoxyribose nucleic acid (DNA) and ribonucleic acid (RNA). The monomers are also called nucleotides. The most common nucleotides include adenine, cytosine, guanine, thymine, and uracil. Adenine pairs with thymine and uracil, thymine pairs only with adenine, while cytosine and guanine can only pair with each other.

    saccharides

    Monosaccharides (mono- meaning ‘one’, -saccharides meaning ‘sugar’) are the simplest form of carbohydrates consisting of one sugar. In their structure, monosaccharides contain an aldehyde group (this group is called an aldose) or a ketone group (this group is called a ketose). Monosaccharides with three carbon atoms are called trioses, if four carbon atoms are called tetrose, five are called pentoses, six are called hexoses, and so on. Examples of monosaccharides are glucose, fructose, galactose, ribose, and deoxyribose. When consumed, glucose and fructose have different rates of gastric emptying, are absorbed differently, and have different metabolic fates, opening up many opportunities for the two types of saccharides to affect food intake differently. Most of the saccharides are used as fuel for cellular respiration. Disaccharides are formed when two monosaccharides form a glycosidic bond by removing a water molecule. One disaccharide molecule can also be separated into two monosaccharide molecules by hydrolysis. Examples of disaccharides are sucrose, maltose, and lactose. Polysaccharides are monosaccharides polymerized into complex carbohydrates. Examples are starch, cellulose, and glycogen. Polysaccharide molecules are generally large and often have complex branched connectivity. The shorter polysaccharides, with 3 to 10 monomers are called oligosaccharides. Polysaccharides are monosaccharides polymerized into complex carbohydrates. Examples are starch, cellulose, and glycogen. Polysaccharide molecules are generally large and often have complex branched connectivity. The shorter polysaccharides, with 3 to 10 monomers are called oligosaccharides. Polysaccharides are monosaccharides polymerized into complex carbohydrates. Examples are starch, cellulose, and glycogen. Polysaccharide molecules are generally large and often have complex branched connectivity. The shorter polysaccharides, with 3 to 10 monomers are called oligosaccharides.

    Carbohydrate

    Did you know, Sugar is a carbohydrate, but not all carbohydrates are sugar. There are more carbohydrates on earth alone than any other biomolecule. Carbohydrates are composed of monomers known as monosaccharides. Examples of monosaccharides are glucose (C6H12O6), fructose (C6H12O6), and deoxyribose (C5H10O4). When two monosaccharides go through a dehydration synthesis process, water is formed, because two hydrogen atoms and one oxygen atom are released from the two monosaccharide hydroxyl groups. Types of carbohydrates include:

    Monosaccharides

    The simplest type of carbohydrate is the monosaccharide, which usually consists of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen atoms, usually in a 1:2:1 ratio (the general formula is CnH2nOn, where the smallest n is 3). Glucose, one of the most important carbohydrates, is an example of a monosaccharide. It also includes fructose, the sugar usually found in sweet fruits. Some carbohydrates (especially after condensation into oligo- and polysaccharides) have relatively lower carbon numbers than H and O. Monosaccharides can be grouped into aldoses (having an aldehyde group at the end of their chain, for example glucose) and ketoses (having a ketone group at the end of their chain, for example fructose).

    Disaccharides

    Two monosaccharides can be joined together by dehydration synthesis. Thus, one hydrogen atom and one hydroxyl group (OH-) will be released. Hydrogen and hydroxyl atoms will combine and form water molecules (H-OH or H2O), hence the name “dehydration”. This new molecule is called a “disaccharide”. The reaction can also be reversed (breakdown reaction), by using one water molecule to break down one disaccharide molecule, it will break the glycosidic bond in the disaccharide. This reaction is called hydrolysis. The best known type of disaccharide is sucrose or what we usually know as cane sugar. One sucrose molecule consists of one glucose molecule and one fructose molecule. Other disaccharides, such as lactose, consist of one molecule of glucose and one molecule of galactose. inside the body, It is known that the enzyme lactase breaks down lactose into glucose and galactose. Usually, in elderly people, less lactase production and the result is lactose intolerance.

    Oligosaccharides and Polysaccharides

    When several (about 3-6) monosaccharides are joined together, they are referred to as oligosaccharides (oligo- meaning “a few”). If many monosaccharides are joined together, it is called a polysaccharide. Monosaccharides may combine to form one long chain, or may branch. The two best known types of polysaccharides are cellulose and glycogen, both of which are composed of glucose monomers.

    • Cellulose is made by plants and is an important component that forms cell walls. Humans cannot make or digest cellulose.
    • Glycogen, or muscle sugar as it is also known, is used by humans and animals as a source of energy.

    Use of Carbohydrates as an Energy Source

    Glucose is the main source of energy for living things. For example, polysaccharides are broken down into their monomers (glycogen phosphorylase removes glucose residues from glycogen). Disaccharides such as lactose or sucrose are broken down into their 2 monosaccharide components.

    Glycolysis (anaerobic)

    Glucose will be digested in the body in respiration reactions. The first step in the respiration reaction is glycolysis. The stages of glycolysis start from one glucose molecule until the final stage will produce 2 pyruvate molecules. This stage will also produce 2 ATP and give two electrons and one hydrogen to NAD+ to become NADH. This stage does not require oxygen. If the supply of oxygen in the body is not sufficient, NADH will be used to convert pyruvate into lactic acid (in the human body) or into ethanol and carbon dioxide.

    aerobic

    In aerobic respiration, when cells receive enough oxygen, the pyruvate produced from the glycolysis stage will be digested again and converted into Acetyl Co-A. Pyruvate will remove one of its carbon atoms (to become carbon dioxide) and will give its electrons again to NAD+ to become NADH. 2 Acetyl Co-A molecules will enter the Krebs cycle stage, and will produce another 2 ATP, 6 NADH molecules, and 2 ubiquinone (FADH2), and carbon dioxide. The energy in NADH and FADH2 will later be used in electron transport. This energy is used by gradually releasing electrons and H+ from NADH and FADH2 in the electron transport system. The electron transport system will pump H+ out of the inner mitochondrial membrane. H+ concentration outside the mitochondrial inner membrane will cause a proton gradient,

    Gluconeogenesis

    In vertebrate bodies, striated muscles that are forced to work hard (for example when lifting weights or running), will not get enough oxygen so they will carry out anaerobic metabolism, which will convert glucose into lactic acid. The liver will re-produce the glucose, through a process called gluconeogenesis. The process of gluconeogenesis actually requires 3 times more energy than is produced in the process of glycolysis (there are 6 ATP made, whereas glycolysis only produces 2 ATP).

     

    Proteins

    Like carbohydrates, some proteins also have vital functions in the body. For example, the movement of the proteins actin and myosin play a role in striated muscle contraction. One of the characteristics of most proteins is that they can only bind specifically, only one particular molecule or one group of molecules, so they are very selective. An antibody is an example of a protein that can only bind to one type of molecule. One of the most important types of protein are enzymes. Enzyme molecules can only recognize one type of reactant molecule, this reactant is called a substrate. Enzymes will catalyze the reaction, so the activation energy will decrease, and the reaction speed can take place up to 1011 times faster. A reaction might take 3,000 years to completely complete, but with enzymes it might be less than a second. The enzymes themselves are not used in the reaction process, so they will directly catalyze other substrates. Basically, proteins are made up of chains of amino acids. An amino acid consists of one carbon atom bonded to four groups. The first group is an amino group, —NH2, the second group is a carboxylic acid, —COOH (although they exist as —NH3+ and —COO− under physiological conditions). The third group is the hydrogen atom. The fourth group is usually abbreviated as “—R”, and it is this group that differentiates between amino acids. An amino acid consists of one carbon atom bonded to four groups. The first group is an amino group, —NH2, the second group is a carboxylic acid, —COOH (although they exist as —NH3+ and —COO− under physiological conditions). The third group is the hydrogen atom. The fourth group is usually abbreviated as “—R”, and it is this group that differentiates between amino acids. An amino acid consists of one carbon atom bonded to four groups. The first group is an amino group, —NH2, the second group is a carboxylic acid, —COOH (although they exist as —NH3+ and —COO− under physiological conditions). The third group is the hydrogen atom. The fourth group is usually abbreviated as “—R”, and it is this group that differentiates between amino acids.

     

    Lipids

    The term lipid refers to a diverse group of molecules, including those that are poorly soluble in water, such as waxes, fatty acids, and their derivatives, such as phospholipids, sphingolipids, glycolipids, and terpenoids. Some lipids are linear aliphatic molecules, but some have a ring structure. Some are also aromatic molecules, and some are soft. Some lipids are polar although most of them are nonpolar or hydrophobic. However, some parts of its structure are hydrophilic or “water-loving”, thus making the molecule amphiphilic (has both hydrophobic and hydrophilic properties). In the case of cholesterol, the polar group is simply -OH (hydroxyl or alcohol). In the case of phospholipids, the polar group is larger so it is considered polar. Lipids are one of the important elements in the body. Most of the oil and dairy products we use to cook and eat such as butter, cheese and ghee are composed of fat. Foods that contain fat, when digested in the body it will be broken down into fatty acids and glycerol.

    Nucleic Acid

    Nucleic acids are complex biochemical macromolecules, consisting of nucleotide chains that store genetic information. The most common types of nucleic acids are deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and ribonucleic acid (RNA). Nucleic acids are found in all types of living cells and viruses. Aside from being a repository of genetic information, nucleic acids also play a role in delivering second messages, as well as forming the basic molecule for adenosine triphosphate. The monomers of nucleic acids are called nucleotides, and each nucleotide consists of 3 components:

    • Nitrogenous bases (purines and pyrimidines)
    • Pentose sugars or 5-carbon sugar compounds
    • Phosphate group

    Different types of nucleic acids can be found in the types of sugars in the chain (for example, DNA is made up of 2 deoxyribose). Also, the types of nitrogenous bases that may be present in nucleic acids can also differ: adenine, cytosine, and guanine can be present in both RNA and DNA, thymine only in DNA, and uracil only in RNA.

    Other Articles Related to Biochemistry and Biomolecules

  • What is Binahong Plant? Here are the benefits of the leaves

    18 Rarely Known Benefits of Binahong – Has Sinaumed’s ever heard of the binahong plant? Although it may sound foreign to some people, in fact, this vine has been used since ancient times as a traditional medicinal ingredient.

    Sinaumed’s may have seen binahong leaves that have a familiar shape. Binahong leaves which have a heart shape have a myriad of benefits for the health of the body.

    What is Binahong Plant?

    Binahong is a perennial vine with the Latin name Anredera cordifolia. The length of this perennial (long-lived) plant can grow up to 5 meters.

    The binahong plant, which belongs to the Caryophyllales order , is a potential medicinal plant that can treat various types of diseases. Binahong is known to have come from mainland China with the original name Dheng shan chi .

    The binahong plant belongs to the Basellaceae family originating from China and spreading to Southeast Asia. In Indonesia alone, the binahong plant is known as gendola which is often coiled over garden paths.

    Binahong leaves are known to be able to treat burns, chronic kidney disease, and other diseases. This medicinal plant is often found in the highlands to the lowlands.

    Morphologically, this vine has a soft trunk, single leaf, and compound flowers. The soft stems of the binahong plant are cylindrical and twisted together.

    This single leaf plant has very short stems with limp thin leaves. Then the flowers from the binahong plant are compound rhizomes with long stalks that appear in the leaf axils.

    The binahong plant flower has a cream-colored crown that smells good. While the roots of the binahong plant itself are in the form of rhizomes and have soft flesh.

    Besides being able to overcome burns, the binahong plant is efficacious to restore endurance and improve blood circulation.

    Consuming binahong leaves can be a natural alternative that can prevent several diseases. Actually, what are the ingredients of binahong so that they are good for consumption by the body?

    The following is an explanation of the nutritional content and benefits of binahong that sinaumedia.com has compiled from various sources. Check out the full review below.

    Binahong Nutrition Content

    As a medicinal plant, binahong with the Latin name Anredera cordifolia has a lot of nutritional content. The following is the nutritional content in binahong which is good for the health of the body.

    • Proteins
    • Beta carotene
    • Organic acids
    • Aldonic acid
    • Glucan C
    • D Galactose
    • L Arabinosa Mucopolysaccharide
    • Phenol
    • Iron
    • Calcium
    • Potassium
    • Vitamin A
    • Vitamin C

    In addition, the binahong plant contains flavonoids, steroids, alkaloids, triterpenoids, saponins, tannins, and essential oils. As an alternative herbal medicine, binahong plants are antioxidants, painkillers and anti-inflammatories. The following details the benefits of binahong that Sinaumed’s can get if they consume it regularly.

    Benefits of Binahong for Body Health

    1. Treat Burns

    This vine turns out to be efficacious for treating burns, you know, Sinaumed’s. Binahong leaf extract in an ointment can treat burns that require fast treatment.

    Binahong leaves contain antioxidants which are good for closing wound tissue quickly. Then the antiseptic content in binahong leaves can prevent infection of burns on the skin.

    The formation of collagen is the main key to the healing process of burns. Collagen itself is a part of the protein in human body tissues, including the skin. Binahong leaf extract can be a faster healing solution for burns.

    In addition, Sinaumed’s can grind fresh binahong leaves by mashing them to get this benefit. After that, paste the crushed binahong leaves on the injured skin.

    2. Treating ulcers

    Illustration of Heartburn (source: stylecraze.com)

    Binahong leaves can be a good solution for treating acute gastritis. Ulcer disease that often recurs when the eating schedule is messy can be overcome by consuming binahong leaves.

    Binahong leaves contain good nutrition to make the stomach calmer. In addition, consuming binahong juice or boiled water binahong regularly can treat dysentery in the digestive system.

    Stomach acid can be controlled by consuming binahong leaves regularly. That way, binahong leaves can be an alternative medicine to treat ulcer disease.

    3. Restore Stamina

    Consuming boiled water from binahong leaves is believed to be effective in restoring tired stamina. The nutritional content in binahong leaves can help reduce the effects of muscle inflammation after exercise.

    The catchecin content in binahong is considered suitable for restoring Sinaumed’s’ stamina, which often carries out strenuous activities. Curious how?

    Sinaumed’s only need to boil 1 sheet of binahong leaf with 2 cups of water. Bring the mixture to a boil. After that, consume the boiled water regularly to get maximum results.

    4. Prevent Diabetes

    Diabetes can be caused by high blood sugar levels in the body. The binahong plant is believed to be able to control blood sugar levels accompanied by a good diet.

    Alkaloid compounds in binahong leaves have hypoglycemic properties which can help prevent diabetes. Binahong leaves are known to be efficacious for optimally lowering blood sugar levels. Consuming binahong leaf boiled water regularly can keep blood sugar stable in diabetics.

    5. Prevent Heart Disease

    Illustration of Heart Disease (source: rd.com)

    Consuming binahong leaves regularly has proven effective in preventing heart disease. Binahong leaves contain saponins which can reduce bad cholesterol levels in the body.

    Sinaumed’s can brew binahong leaves like making herbal tea. Then you can add a little sugar or honey to make it sweeter. Sinaumed’s can consume binahong infusion twice a day to get maximum results.

    6. Prevent Cancer

    In addition to preventing heart disease, the binahong plant can help prevent cancer. Generally, cancer occurs when cell growth does not run normally in the body.

    Sinaumed’s can consume binahong leaves as a form of cancer prevention. The binahong plant itself thrives in tropical climates such as Indonesia. This single leaf plant is high in antioxidants, such as zeaxanthin, beta-carotene, and lutein.

    The antioxidant properties of binahong leaves have proven effective in preventing cancer. Sinaumed’s can drink boiled water binahong 3 times a day to get optimal benefits.

    7. Treating Uric Acid

    Binahong leaves contain good nutrition for treating gout. Sinaumed’s can reduce purine levels in the body by consuming boiled water from binahong leaves regularly.

    What are purines? Organic compounds in the body’s DNA that arise after consuming foods that trigger uric acid are called purines.

    Foods that trigger gout are organ meats, nuts, and red meat in excess portions. After consuming foods that trigger gout, Sinaumed’s can drink boiled water from binahong leaves as a preventive measure.

    8. Overcoming Anemia

    Anemia can occur when a person has blood pressure that is below normal. Sinaumed’s can overcome anemia by balancing iron intake in the body. Binahong leaves which are rich in iron can be a solution to increase one’s blood pressure.

    9. Increase Appetite

    Binahong leaves are efficacious to increase appetite in children. Binahong cooking water can be a good addition of vitamins to increase appetite. Routinely consuming boiled water from binahong leaves can have a positive effect on children who have difficulty eating.

    10. Prevent Premature Aging

    Side effects due to oxidative stress can increase the risk of premature aging. Then free radicals can exacerbate the natural process of aging.

    Free radicals that damage the skin can make skin wrinkles faster. Lutein, beta-carotene, vitamin A, vitamin C, and zeaxanthin are the antioxidants contained in binahong leaves.

    These nutrients can provide protection to the skin from free radicals. Binahong leaves contain high amounts of vitamin A and vitamin C to rejuvenate the skin, help the skin become more elastic and prevent premature aging.

    11. Counteract Free Radicals

    Apart from preventing premature aging, the bihanong plant is believed to be effective in counteracting free radicals. Binahong plants contain antioxidants, such as ethanol and flavonoids which are good for counteracting free radicals.

    12. Overcoming Brain Problems

    Bacteria, viruses, food intake, and too hard an impact can be the cause of brain problems. If explored further, brain problems can befall children to adults.

    Binahong leaves can be a solution to overcome problems in the brain. Sinaumed’s only need to consume boiled water from binahong leaves regularly to overcome brain problems.

    13. Provides Postoperative Healing Effects

    The nutritional content in binahong leaves is believed to be able to provide a healing effect on patients who have just had surgery. Grames who just had surgery can drink boiled water from binahong leaves every day as a natural healing solution. The good mineral and protein content in binahong leaves can provide an effective healing effect.

    14. Maintain Eye Health

    Illustration of Healthy Eyes (easyhealthoptions.com)

    Binahong leaves which have a heart shape can help maintain eye health. The content of vitamin A, vitamin C, beta-carotene, lutein, and zeaxanthin in binahong leaves can provide extra protection to maintain eye health. Eye diseases such as nearsightedness can be avoided by consuming boiled water from binahong leaves regularly.

    15. Prevent Kidney Disease

    Besides being able to maintain eye health, binahong leaves are efficacious for preventing kidney disease. Creatinine is a waste product that the body produces from muscle activity. Excess creatinine levels in the body can increase the risk of kidney disease.

    Routinely consuming binahong leaf extract is believed to be able to improve kidney function, especially chronic kidney failure. Several studies have proven that binahong leaf extract can repair kidney cells in people with kidney failure.

    16. Prevent Chronic Sprue

    Although not a worrying disease, canker sores often cause discomfort. The nutritional content of binahong leaves is believed to be effective in treating chronic canker sores. Sinaumed’s only needs to boil 1 sheet of binahong leaf with 2 cups of water to get the benefits of binahong as a preventative for chronic canker sores.

    17. Improve Memory

    Binahong leaves which are rich in folic acid and vitamin B complex are efficacious for improving memory. The nutritional content in the heart-shaped binahong leaves is considered good for supporting mental function and keeping the brain sharp.

    In addition, binahong leaves are rich in thiamine and biotin which play an important role in mental health. When Sinaumed’s lacks vitamin B complex, the risk of depression and fatigue will increase. For this reason, Sinaumed’s is advised to consume boiled water from binahong leaves to improve memory.

    18. Overcoming Dysentery

    Dysentery is an inflammatory bowel condition that can cause watery diarrhea accompanied by blood or mucus. The disease caused by this amoeba will increase the frequency of defecation. Dysentery often occurs when a person does not maintain personal, environmental and food hygiene.

    Then bacteria and contaminated water can cause dysentery. Binahong leaf cooking water is believed to be effective in reducing the symptoms that arise due to dysentery, such as nausea, vomiting, fever, cramps, and abdominal pain.

    • Bengkoang benefits
    • Benefits of Honey for Health and Beauty
    • Betel Leaf Benefits for Health
    • Black Seed Benefits
    • Benefits of Kencur for the Body
    • Benefits of Soy Milk for Health
    • Benefits of Waking Up Early
    • Benefits of Eating Raw Garlic
    • Benefits of Aloe Vera for Health
    • Benefits of Green Tea
    • Benefits of Pineapple Fruit
    • Benefits of Tomatoes

    Well, that’s an explanation of the content and benefits of the binahong plant for the health of the body. There is nothing wrong with trying the binahong plant as a hereditary herbal medicine which is good for the health of the body. Interested in reaping its benefits?